"Science, Faculty of"@en . "Earth, Ocean and Atmospheric Sciences, Department of"@en . "DSpace"@en . "UBCV"@en . "Smith, Roberta K."@en . "2011-09-07T19:03:00Z"@en . "1965"@en . "Doctor of Philosophy - PhD"@en . "University of British Columbia"@en . "Foraminifera are described from massive, unconsolidated glacio-marine deposits probably of late Pleistocene age from the coast of British Columbia and southeast Alaska. Twenty families, 44 genera, and 102 species are recorded. The species Bolivina alexanderensis and the varieties Fissurina marginata (Montagu) var. juneauensis and Oolina collaris (Cushman) var. howensis are described as new. The Foraminifera lived in shallow water (less than 30 meters), which was cold (possible range -2\u00B0C to summer maxima of 25\u00B0C) and of variable salinities from brackish to normal marine (approximately 15\u00B0/oo to 35 /oo), with salinity at Lakelse having been the lowest. This work in combination with that of others demonstrates the existence of a foraminiferal province in high latitudes of the northern hemisphere in cold, shallow, coastal waters of brackish to normal marine salinities throughout Quaternary time. This province is notable for its wide geographic extent around North America and Eurasia.\r\nSamples studied are from the vicinities of Vancouver and Lakelse and Graham Island, British Columbia and Juneau, Alaska. Specimens were obtained from deposits at elevations from near sea level to several hundred feet above present sea level; isostatic rebound following ice load removal and local uplift along faults probably caused the present elevated exposures. The sediments consist mainly of clasts of heterogeneous grain size (clay to boulder)\r\nwhich rained down into near-shore marine waters from melting glacial ice. As well as Foraminifera and other marine fossils, much woody plant material occurs in the sediment. A presumably similar sedimentation pattern was observed occurring in Taku Inlet, Alaska. Shell casts in many outcrops investigated indicate marine origin of the sediment though weathering has advanced too far for retention of tests of Foraminifera. Similar deposits doubtless are widespread along the British Columbia and southeast Alaska coast and extend some distance south into the state of Washington and further north along the Alaska coast, as well as being present elsewhere in North America and Eurasia."@en . "https://circle.library.ubc.ca/rest/handle/2429/37169?expand=metadata"@en . "GLACIO-MARINE FORAMINIFERA OF BRITISH COLUMBIA AND SOUTHEAST ALASKA By Roberta K. Smith B.A. University of Alaska, 1957 M..A. University of Cal i fornia, Berkeley, I960 A, Thesis Submitted in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements for the Degree of Ph.D. in the Department Qf Geology We Accept This Thesis as Conforming to the Required Standard The University of Bri t i sh Columbia May, 1965 In p r e s e n t i n g t h i s t h e s i s i n p a r t i a l f u l f i l m e n t of the requirements f o r an advanced degree at the U n i v e r s i t y of \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 B r i t i s h Columbia, I agree that the L i b r a r y s h a l l make i t f r e e l y a v a i l a b l e f o r reference and study* I f u r t h e r agree that per-m i s s i o n f o r extensive copying of t h i s t h e s i s f o r s c h o l a r l y purposes may be granted by the Head of my Department or by h i s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s . I t i s understood that copying or p u b l i -c a t i o n of t h i s t h e s i s f o r f i n a n c i a l gain s h a l l not be allowed without my w r i t t e n permission* Department of ^ \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 1 Statement of the Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Acknowledgements 2 Location and Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Methods. . . . . . . . \u00C2\u00AB . . . . . \u00C2\u00AB . * \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 . \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 5 Deli n e a t i o n of the Fauna! Province . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 History of Study 9 De s c r i p t i o n of the Faunal Province . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Phys i c a l Features, 19 Vancouver Area . . . \u00C2\u00BB . . . . . . . . . \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 . . \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 19 Juneau Area. 19 Queen Charlotte Islands Area 20 Lakelse Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Geology. 22 Ar e a l , 22 Vancouver Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 . \u00C2\u00AB \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 22 Juneau Area. \u00C2\u00AB . . . . . . . . . . . . . \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 * \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 23 Queen Charlotte Islands. 24 Lakelse Area . . . . . . . . . . . . * * \u00C2\u00AB * < \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 25 Other Glacio-Marine and Related Deposits on the Alaskan Panhandle Coast Recognized before 1930 . . . . . . . . . 26 Lith o l o g y . . \u00E2\u0080\u009E \u00C2\u00BB \u00C2\u00AB \u00E2\u0080\u009E , \u00C2\u00AB . \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 . . , \u00C2\u00BB \u00C2\u00AB * \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00C2\u00AB * \u00C2\u00AB \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 * \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 ; \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 29 Stratigraphy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 . . . > \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 * \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 31 Ecology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . \u00C2\u00AB . . . . . \u00C2\u00BB . \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 34 General Considerations 34 Page E c o l o g i c a l T o l e r a n c e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Co m p a r i s o n o f F o r a m i n i f e r a l D i s t r i b u t i o n w i t h t h a t o f M a r i n e L a r g e r I n v e r t e b r a t e s w i t h i n t h e P r e s e n t A r e a o f Study . . 40 E v a l u a t i o n o f E c o l o g i c a l D i f f e r e n c e s Among t h e As s e m b l a g e s S t u d i e d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Summary o f P a l e o e c o l o g y o f t h e P r e s e n t F o r a m i n i f e r a l A ssemblages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Co m p a r i s o n w i t h o t h e r Q u a t e r n a r y N o r t h e r n , C o l d , S h a l l o w -Water F o r a m i n i f e r a l F a u n a s , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 F a u n a l C o m p o s i t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Age and C o r r e l a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 D e f i n i t i o n and C o r r e l a t i o n o f t h e P l e i s t o c e n e S e r i e s and Epoch 67 Age and C o r r e l a t i o n o f t h e B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a and S o u t h e a s t A l a s k a D e p o s i t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 C o n c l u s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 S y s t e m a t i c C a t a l o g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 D e s c r i p t i o n o f L o c a l i t i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 B i b l i o g r a p h y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 T A B U : O F I L L U S T B A T I O N S Figure 1 Maps of Vancouver Area and Queen Charlotte Islands L o c a l i t i e s Page 83 Figure 2 Maps of Juneau Area and Lakelse L o c a l i t i e s Page 84 Figure 3 Check L i s t of Foraminifera In Pocket at Back Plates 1-22 Figures of Foraminifera Following Page 228 INTRODUCTION 1 Statement of the Problem This study attempts the systematic d e s c r i p t i o n , e c o l o g i c a l evaluation, Internal and external faunal c o r r e l a t i o n , s t r a t i g r a p h i c and geochronologic c o r r e l a t i o n , and determination of the r o l e i n the geologic h i s t o r y of Foraminifera from Quaternary deposits of the northwest coast of North America i n B r i t i s h Columbia and Alaska, e s p e c i a l l y those from glacio-marine deposits. The content and d i s t r i b u t i o n of the fauna, as to the species represented and t h e i r r e l a t i v e abundances and a r e a l d i s t r i b u t i o n , previously were poorly known. This study i s designed to increase the knowledge of content and d i s t r i b u t i o n (geographic and ecologic) of h i g h - l a t i t u d e f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunas by evaluation of the present assemblages and comparison with f o s s i l and Recent faunas of s i m i l a r age and environment reported from various areas of the northern hemisphere. This comparitive study allows d e l i n e a t i o n of a faunal province. Comparison with faunas from comparable locations i n the southern hemisphere was not attempted since the r e l a t i v e l y meagre work done does not suggest much s i m i l a r i t y between northern and southern faunas. The present work also attempts to shed l i g h t on some problems of the geologic h i s t o r y of the B r i t i s h Columbia-southeast Alaska coast, allowing some conclusions regarding the age of the sediments, tectonic h i s t o r y of the area, conditions of sedimentation, climate, and marine paleoecology. The r e l a t i o n of those f o r a m i n i f e r a l deposits to the problem of the d e f i n i t i o n of the Pleistocene i s explored i n s o f a r as the data permit. Since t h i s study was intended p r i m a r i l y to describe and evaluate the f o r a m i n i f e r a l sediments, the general geology was examined only c u r s o r i l y for r e l a t i o n s to the glacio-marine deposits. 2 Acknowledg ement s C o l l e c t i o n of the material used i n th i s study was gre a t l y aided and encouraged by many to whom the author owes thanks. These include A. Sutherland-Brown, the B r i t i s h Columbia D i v i s i o n of Highways, J . E, Armstrong, W. H. Mathews, A. Davidson, W. Hay, C. P. M. Heath, R. A. Loney, the l a t e D. M i l l e r , N. E. Smith, L. C. N. Smith, K. C. Smith, and Helen Laurent, a l l of whom a s s i s t e d the author i n the c o l l e c t i o n of mate r i a l . J . W. Durham and V. A. Zullo. examined the megafossils c o l l e c t e d . The Museum of Paleontology of the U n i v e r s i t y of C a l i f o r n i a , Berkeley, has aided m a t e r i a l l y by providing f a c i l i t i e s and equipment and by agreeing to be the depository f o r the type and assemblage s l i d e s of the f o s s i l s c o l l e c t e d i n t h i s study. At the University of B r i t i s h Columbia, the f a c u l t y of the Department of Geology, ex p e c i a l l y R. V. Best, W. H. Mathews, V. J . Okulitch, G. E. Rouse, and R. M. Thompson, and the members of the thesis committee from other departments, G. L. Pickard and P. Dehnel, have given the author much a i d and encouragement. R. V. Best and G. E. Rouse kind l y gave p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n to the manuscript. A. EL. Cockbain and W. T. Brown al s o most k i n d l y a s s i s t e d the author. Much gratitude i s owed to micropaleontologists F. L. Parker, H. Tappan, 0. Bandy, Ruth Todd, and Patsy Smith of various i n s t i t u t i o n s f o r t h e i r examination of specimens and comments thereon, and to Ruth Todd, Martin Buzas, and J . Graham f o r allowing the author to examine type material. Ruth Todd aided over the years with h e l p f u l taxonomic advice and by examining the f o s s i l s and manuscript. Helpful advice on the manuscript was al s o given by R. C i f e l l i and E. Yochelson. Martin Buzas also offered much h e l p f u l information on for a m i n i f e r a l ecology. 3 0. G. Agren made possible the study of comparative material from the Gullmar F j o r d i n Sweden. Dr. and Mrs. G. D. Hanna allowed examination pf specimens at the C a l i f o r n i a Academy of Sciences and offered h e l p f u l advice about i l l u s t r a t i o n . Joachim Hampel devoted much time and energy to the i l l u s t r a t i o n s of the Foraminifera. R. M. K l e i n p e l l , G. H. Curtis,. M. N. Christensen, P. I s r a e l , and V. N o l l , a l l of the University of C a l i f o r n i a , Berkeley, and the author's parents, Mary K. and Elmer H. Smith, have a s s i s t e d i n making t h i s project possible. Great debts of gratitude are owed to J . F. Evernden and J . N. K. Langton, without whose help t h i s work would have been halted on many accounts. Location and Setting The f o r a m i n i f e r a l material discussed i n t h i s report comes from the northwest coast of North America, mainly from the v i c i n i t i e s of Vancouver, B r i t i s h Columbia and Juneau, Alaska. Samples also come from two intermediate points, the Queen Charlotte Islands and Lakelse on the road from Kitimat to Terrace, B r i t i s h Columbia. Examined but found barren of Foraminifera was other material from many areas including the Lower Fraser V a l l e y , V i c t o r i a , Ocean F a l l s , islands i n the S t r a i t of Georgia, and Prince Rupert, B r i t i s h Columbia and, i n Alaska, v i c i n i t i e s of Juneau and Wrangell, Taku Harbor, Copper Harbor on Prince of Wales Island, Green Gove on Admiralty Island, and the mainland surrounding Ketchikan as well as the nearby islands of Annette and Gravina. Several bottom samples from Icy S t r a i t , Lynn Canal, Stephens Passage, Gastineau Channel, and Taku I n l e t , Alaska, obtained f o r comparative purposes, y i e l d e d only a few Foraminifera. 4 Almost a l l samples studied were from unconsolidated glacio-marine deposits of the same gross l i t h o l o g i c aspect of heterogeneous g r a i n s i z e (usually from boulder to clay) and nonbedded. A l l sampled unweathered sediment with a d i s t i n c t i v e blue-grey color cast contained f o s s i l s ; some grey or greyish brown sediment contained f o s s i l s a l s o . The suggested c o r r e l a t i o n between blue cast; and marine depositional environment o f f e r s the p o s s i b i l i t y that the geologist may t e n t a t i v e l y i d e n t i f y such b l u i s h sediment as glacio-marine when cl o s e r examination i s not po s s i b l e . The glacio-marine sediment rests on indurated rocks, most of which are of pre-Genozoic age, with some Cenozoic bedrock present l o c a l l y i n the Vancouver area. A l l but one l o c a l i t y sampled i n the glacio-marine sediment are considered of l a t e Pleistocene age, probably representing the l a s t g l a c i a l advance; the other l o c a l i t y (D-1210, Highbury Tunnel, Vancouver area) may represent an e a r l i e r g l a c i a l advance. S i m i l a r deposits occur along the coast from Vancouver to Juneau and beyond, both north and south, extending at l e a s t 1,000 miles (see pp. 26-29 !jfor early reports; geologists R. A. Loney, R. W. Hodder, V. S. Mallory, C. Wahrhaftig, D. Hopkins, L. G. N. Smith, and J . Jensen reported other glacio-marine deposits i n t h i s area to the author, deposits which were examined at le a s t c u r s o r i l y but not included i n t h i s study; other deposits were seen but not studied by t h i s author which were c a l l e d to a t t e n t i o n by various prospectors, f o r e s t e r s , w i l d l i f e b i b l o g i s t s , engineers, fisherman, and residents of t h i s coastal area). In some areas the glacio-marine deposits can be found at le a s t several hundred feet above present sea l e v e l (see pp. 20-32)* I f r e l a t i v e sea stand was lower during the Pleistocene than at present, as i s commonly postulated, u p l i f t r e l a t i v e to sea l e v e l has been greater than would be i n f e r r e d from use 5 of present sea l e v e l as datum. This also implies that some deposits may have been u p l i f t e d above sea l e v e l and subsequently inundated by r i s i n g seas. The probable causes of the present exposure of glacio-marine deposits from below present sea l e v e l up to several hundred feet above include both i s o s t a t i c rebound due to removal of ice-loading present during times of great extent of i c e and r e l a t i v e u p l i f t associated with f a u l t i n g and r e l a t e d t e c t o n i c phenomena. At present the v e r t i c a l and a r e a l extent and continuity of the g l a c i o -marine deposits are not known. The heavy vegetation and s o i l cover and lack of exposures; the rapid weathering, both mechanical and chemical; the very steep topography i n many areas; the d i f f i c u l t y of access; and other re l a t e d factors w i l l always retard an understanding of the geographic extent of these glacio-marine sediments and a l s o of t h e i r f o s s i l content and the c o n c l u s i o n s that can be drawn therefrom. Knowledge of the d i s t r i b u t i o n of these deposits c e r t a i n l y i s important i n f u l l y understanding the Quaternary h i s t o r y of the northwest P a c i f i c Coast and increased a c c e s s i b i l i t y and new road-cuts, b u i l d i n g excavations, and quarries doubtless W i l l provide further d e t a i l e d information on the deposits and faunas discussed i n t h i s report. Methods A f t e r c o l l e c t i o n of samples and removal of large c l a s t s , samples were treated i n the following manner. F i r s t , larger marine invertebrates were removed either immediately, i f they could be removed without damage, or a f t e r breaking down the samples by soaking i n water. Samples then were washed through 20 and 120 mesh T y l e r Standard Screen Scale Sieves eight inches i n diameter. Examination of the residue on top of the 20 mesh screen followed, and such few 6 Foraminifera remaining thereon as we l l as the small specimens and recognizable fragments of larger marine Invertebrates and vertebrates were picked out for l a t e r study. The material which passed through the 120 mesh sieves was discarded, that remaining on the 120 mesh sieves retained. With some samples, screening a l s o included passage through 200 mesh sieves i n order to examine the material i n the s i z e range 120 to .200 mesh f o r f o r a m i n i f e r a l content. Since almost no specimens were found, t h i s procedure^aoandoned. In the regular procedure, .material remaining on the 120 mesh sieves was washed o f f onto f i l t e r paper i n funnels and allowed to drain. Drying of samples placed i n crucible s followed. Some were oven dried at approximately 200\u00C2\u00B0F, some allowed to dry at room temperature. Since the volume of sand grains i n these samples rendered them excessive f o r examination under the microscope, a further step was taken. Dry samples were soaked i n carbon t e t r a c h l o r i d e . In t h i s procedure the woody debris and calcareous tests of the Foraminifera f l o a t ? w h i l e the quartz, feldspar, and heavier mineral grains sink. A series of several'successive decantings of the f l o a t i n g material followed by addi t i o n of more carbon t e t r a c h l o r i d e to the remaining sample and vigorous s t i r r i n g of the sample insures removal of almost a l l of the calcareous foraminifers. Some arenaceous specimens a l s o f l o a t under these conditions; apparently t h i s i s because of t h e i r low s p e c i f i c g r a v i t y due to the high amount of cement i n the t e s t . However, as no c e r t a i n t y existed as to the c o l l e c t i o n of most or a l l arenaceous specimens by t h i s method, examination of several trays of each of the samples which sank i n the carbon t e t r a c h l o r i d e followed. No arenaceous specimens were recovered from the heavy concentrates; those present i n the samples studied were found i n the floated m a t e r i a l . Following the carbon t e t r a c h l o r i d e treatment, samples were drie d and were placed i n labeled closed containers, with those portions which ei t h e r 7 fl o a t e d or sank i n carbon t e t r a c h l o r i d e retained separately. Subsequently, a l l material which had f l o a t e d was examined under the microscope as well as some of that which sank. A l l foraminifers were I d e n t i f i e d and numerically representative suites from each sample were placed i n assemblage s l i d e s and hypotypes of each taxon placed i n separate s l i d e s . These assemblages and one set of hypotype s l i d e s were deposited i n the Univ e r s i t y of C a l i f o r n i a Museum of Paleontology and another set of hypotypes deposited i n the c o l l e c t i o n s of the Department of Geology of the Un i v e r s i t y of B r i t i s h Columbia. Many samples contained l a r g e i amounts of fibrous and woody plant debris. Presence of t h i s debris makes examination and picking of Foraminifera d i f f i c u l t and time consuming. I t i s , therefore, d e s i r a b l e to remove the plant debris. Several i g n i t i o n and dige s t i o n methods were attempted i n the present study, but with l i t t l e success. I t i s a simple matter to remove most of such material by i g n i t i o n , however, without damaging the Foraminifera, i f s u f f i c i e n t l y high temperatures can be reached. The procedure advanced by Sachs.f C l f e l l i , and Bowen (1964) and Sachs (1965) has been found most useful by the author, although only used i n the f i n a l stages of the present study. In b r i e f , t h i s procedure employs a furnace capable of maintaining samples at temperatures wi t h i n a few degrees of 500\u00C2\u00B0C f o r periods of time s u f f i c i e n t to allow i g n i t i o n of almost a l l organic compounds (approximately one to two hours is, adequate f o r normal-sized samples). So long as the c a l c i n i n g temperature of 550\u00C2\u00B0C i s not reached, the calcareous Foraminifera remain i n t a c t . S i l i c e o u s specimens melt at higher.-, temperatures. Arenaceous specimens must be tested i n order to asce r t a i n t h e i r a b i l i t y to withstand 500\u00C2\u00B0C without d i s i n t e r g r a t i n g . Some types of cement w i l l remain i n t a c t , others w i l l not. 8 Large samples were examined whenever possible i n order to see c l e a r l y the r e l a t i v e abundance of various taxa and thus to gain i n s i g h t i n t o the population dynamics. Such samples also allowed comparison of many specimens of s i m i l a r morphology, thus permitting c l a r i f i c a t i o n of the s p e c i f i c and generic r e l a t i o n s of the more abundant f o s s i l forms. Sizes of samples studied were approximately 200 cubic incfies from a l l Juneau-area l o c a l i t i e s , 50 cubic inches from D-1208, D-1210, D-1212, and D-1213 In the Vancouver area, 1500 cubic inches from D-1209 and D-1211 i n the Vancouver area, nine cubic inches each for the two samples from the Queen Charlotte Islands, and two-foot lengths \u00C2\u00B0f three-inch diameter cores from the Lakelse s l i d e . A l l samples except those from the Queen Charlotte Islands and Lakelse are considered at l e a s t adequate f o r the present study. The samples studied provided a greater taxonomic v a r i e t y than previously reported from t h i s and r e l a t e d areas; these a d d i t i o n a l taxa are among the rare forms or are forms here given d i f f e r e n t s p e c i f i c i d e n t i f i c a t i o n s than previously done by others. 9 DELINEATION OF FAUNAL PROVINCE History of Study In the early years of the study of Recent Foraminifera several workers provided s i g n i f i c a n t information on the d i s t r i b u t i o n of Foraminifera i n cold northern waters. Montagu (1803) included Foraminifera from around Great B r i t a i n i n his Testacea B r i t a n n i c a . The study of foraminifera from around the B r i t i s h I sles was further advanced by Williamson (1858) and Wright (1876-77). As early as 1851 B a i l e y discussed Foraminifera from along the A t l a n t i c Coast of the United States. Parker and Jones (1857, 1865) described Foraminifera from o f f the coast of Norway and from the North A t l a n t i c and A r c t i c Oceans, including Davis S t r a i t and B a f f i n Bay. Davis S t r a i t was further investigated by Carpenter (1876). Foraminifera from the Gulf and River St. Lawrence were Investigated by Dawson (1870). The outstanding early worker, Brady described foraminif e r a l species from the Shetland Islands (1864) and A r c t i c f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunas from several expeditions i n c l u d i n g one to the shores of Novaya Zemlya (1978, 1881a, 1881b). Many cold, northern forms were included i n Brady's (1884) monumental report on the Foraminifera obtained on the voyage of the Challenger. The early Scandinavian workers Goes and Kiaer contributed to the study of the North A t l a n t i c and A r c t i c Foraminifera. Goes (1894) discussed f o r a m i n i f e r a l d i s t r i b u t i o n i n the Norwegian Sea and around Spitsbergen. Kiaer (1899) noted 166 species of Foraminifera i n the Norwegian and Greenland Seas. Later (1908) he discussed the f o r a m i n i f e r a l content of Tr^mso F j o r d . From the second Norwegian A r c t i c Expedition i n the Fram, Kiaer (1909) studied sediments and Foraminifera from the Barents, Kara, and Laptev Seas and the A r c t i c Basin north of the New S i b e r i a n Islands. 10 P r i o r to 1930 the outstanding American micropaleontologist Cushman described l i v i n g Foraminifera from the North P a c i f i c (1913, 1914, 1915, 1917), A r c t i c Ocean (1920), Hudson Bay (1922), and B r i t i s h Columbia (1925). During the t h i r d decade of t h i s century several contributions were made which also helped to set the framework f o r t h i s study. Cushman continued h i s work which Included studies of the Foraminifera from the A t l a n t i c (1931) and the Foxe Basin north of Hudson Bay and o f f the northeast coast of Greenland (1933b). Two other s i g n i f i c a n t works were published i n 1933. Ecology of Recent Foraminifera was considered by Sparck (1933) who included topography, sediments, temperature, and s a l i n i t y descriptions with his study of invertebrate communi-t i e s from Franz Josef Fjord and adjacent east Greenland waters. Natland (1933) made a pioneering e c o l o g i c a l and paleoecological study of f o r a m l n i f e r a l d i s t r i b u t i o n with respect to temperature and depth. Rhumbler (1936) discussed the f o r a m l n i f e r a l fauna from around K i e l , Germany. L i t t l e was published during the years of World War I I . The reports of the f o r a m l n i f e r a l c o l l e c t i o n s made by the Velero I I I , however, did begin to come int o p r i n t (Cushman and McCulloch, 1939, 1940, 1942, 1948, 1950) and continued a f t e r the war. These reports included samples from many stations i n shallow water i n the northeast P a c i f i c . Cushman (1944) published a short paper on shallow-water Foraminifera from the New England Coast and Cushman and Todd (1947a, 1947b) published short papers on f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunas from Puget Sound and Amchitka Island. Also following the war and about the time of his death, Cushman's (1948) monograph on A r c t i c Foraminifera appeared. Nf^rvang's long report on Foraminifera from Iceland appeared i n 1945 and Hfiglands monograph on the Foraminifera from Gullmar F j o r d and the Skagerak appeared i n 1947. F. L. Parker (1948, 1952a, 1952b) began publishing her studies on Foraminifera from shallow water along the east coast of the United States just 11 less than 20 years ago. Beginning around that time a p r o l i f e r a t i o n of studies on northern, shallow, cold-water f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunas resulted i n the presenta-t i o n of considerable d i s t r i b u t i o n a l data on the species of these faunas and the inception of an understanding of the ecology of the faunas. Bandy's work on the d i s t r i b u t i o n of Foraminifera with respect to temperature and depth and the r e l a t i o n to test morphology, nature of wall, and ornamentation began around 1950. This resulted i n h i s e c o l o g i c a l papers of 1953 and 1960. In 1960 also Phleger published h i s comprehensive study of the ecology and d i s t r i b u t i o n of Recent Foraminifera, and i n 1964 h i s report on f o r a m i n i f e r a l ecology and marine geology. Walton's (1952) paper on s t a i n i n g techniques f o r recognition of l i v i n g Foraminifera has proved very h e l p f u l i n e c o l o g i c a l s t udies. In 1953 L o e b l l c h and Tappan published t h e i r monograph on A r c t i c Foraminifera. Since 1950 many papers dealing with p a r t i c u l a r northern, shallow, cold-water f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunas of Pleistocene and Recent age have appeared. Those dealing with the eastern North A t l a n t i c and r e l a t e d areas include the works of Fey ling-Hans sen (1953j 1954a,.b; 1957; 1964; 1965) on Pleistocene Foraminifera from Norway and Spitsbergen; R i s d a l (1964), a l s o on Pleistocene and Recent Foraminifera from Norway; Jarke (1960) on the Foraminifera from the Barents Sea; Bowen (1954) on Foraminifera from a r a i s e d beach i n West Spitsbergen; Brodniewicz (1965) on Quaternary Foraminifera of the southern B a l t i c ; and Adams and Frampton (1965) on some Recent Foraminifera from northwest Iceland. Other studies are being c a r r i e d on i n Great B r i t a i n and K i e l , Germany. The Quaternary shallow, cold-water f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunas of the western North A t l a n t i c and r e l a t e d areas have been reported on -by Parker (mentioned above), Said (1951) on Narragansett Bay, Ronai (1955) on brackish-water Foraminifera of the New York Bight, Todd and Low (1961) on nearshore 12 Foraminifera from Martha's Vineyard Island, Massachusetts, Buzas (1965a, 1965b) on Pleistocene species from Maine and Recent species from Long Island Sound, and Athearn (1954) on Labrador. On the faunas from the North American A r c t i c and r e l a t e d waters come studies by Phleger (1951, 1952) on the Canadian and Greenland A r c t i c , L e s l i e (1963) on Hudson Bay, and Green (1960) on \" s h e l f \" and deeper faunas from the middle of the A r c t i c Ocean. G. J . Anderson (1963) has reported on d i s t r i b u t i o n patterns of Recent Foraminifera of the Bering Sea, and Cooper (1964) on those from the Chukchi Sea. Stschedrina and others have accomplished much In t h e i r studies of shallow-water f o r a m l n i f e r a l faunas from the Russian A r c t i c . Stschedrina h e r s e l f has contributed a large number of papers on species of p a r t i c u l a r waters i n the A r c t i c such as the Kara, Okhotsk, Murman, and Greenland Seas as well as the A r c t i c Ocean i n general; ecology and d i s t r i b u t i o n of A r c t i c Foraminifera; and systematics of Foraminifera of the A r c t i c waters (see Stschedrina, 1936; 1938; 1939; 1946; 1947; 1948; 1950a,b,c; 1952a,b; 1953; 1955a,b; 1956; 1957; 1958; and 1959). Saidova (1956) discussed the method i n general use by Russian workers for extracting Foraminifera from sediments. Beljaeva (1960) described the d i s t r i b u t i o n of Foraminifera i n the western part of the Bering Sea, while Saidova (1960) treated the Okhotsk Sea s i m i l a r l y . Much Russian work i s not a v a i l a b l e to Western students of the Foraminifera. Enbysk (I960) and A. B. Smith (1963, 1964) described f o r a m l n i f e r a l d i s t r i b u t i o n i n the northeast P a c i f i c . Uchio (1953, 1959) reported on Recent Japanese f o r a m l n i f e r a l faunas and r e l a t e d e c o l o g i c a l f a c t o r s . P. Smith (1963) described f o r a m l n i f e r a l faunas from cores i n the Gulf of Alaska. Mumby i n Schmidt (1963) discussed Foraminifera from g l a c i a l marine sediments near Anchorage, Alaska. A c h e c k l i s t of Foraminifera prepared by L o e b l i c h from marine g l a c i a l sediments and terraces of Middleton Island, Alaska was given by 13 M i l l e r (1953). Cockbain (1963) c a r r i e d out a study of Recent Foraminifera from the S t r a i t of Georgia and Juan de Fuca S t r a i t i n the v i c i n i t y of Vancouver Island, B r i t i s h Columbia. Lankford (1962) studied Foraminifera from p r o f i l e s from shore out to approximately 60 meters along the unprotected P a c i f i c coast of Baja C a l i f o r n i a and the United States>(not including Alaska). Description of the Faunal Province Comparison of the present fauna with those described by the various workers mentioned above has allowed t h i s author to recognize the existence and extent of the f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunal province c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of shallow, cold waters of v a r i a b l e s a l i n i t y (approximately 15 to 35\u00C2\u00B0/oo) i n the high l a t i t u d e s of the northern hemisphere. A review of these works reveals the geographic extent of the hi g h - l a t i t u d e , shallow, cold-water, v a r i a b l e - s a l i n i t y , f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunal province of the northern hemisphere. Some s p e c i f i c q uantitative data regarding depth, temperature, and s a l i n i t y tolerances exists but i n most cases the l i m i t s of these p a r t i c u l a r ecologic parameters can only be i n f e r r e d f o r p a r t i c u l a r l o c a l i t i e s which have been studied. Such ecologic v a r i a b l e s as substrate, nutrients, and oxygen concentration cannot be Included i n a d e s c r i p t i o n of the faunal province as almost no data exist on these f a c t o r s . The most c h a r a c t e r i s t i c taxa throughout the e n t i r e province are Elphidium clavatum, sensu l a t o (including E. subarcticum, E_. incertum of some, E. excavatum of some), E. frigidum, E. b a r t l e t t i , C i b i c i d e s lobatulus, Cassidulina t e r e t i s , C_. crassa, C. Islandica, C. n o r c r o s s i , Buccella f r i g Ida, B. tenerrima, Nonion labradoricum, Pseudononion auriculum, Nonionella turgida var. d i g i t a t a , Astrononion galloway!, Protelphidium orbiculare , Eggerella 14 advena, \" V i r g u l i n a \" fusiformis, \"VV l o e b l i c h i , species of Quinqueloculina including (\u00C2\u00A3. seminulina, (\u00C2\u00A3. s t a l k e r ! , (\u00C2\u00A3. fusca, 0% subrotunda, (\u00C2\u00A3. a r c t i c a , and f^ . agglutinata. L o c a l l y ^ other species are abundant or c h a r a c t e r i s t i c a l l y represented along with the more generally c h a r a c t e r i s t i c forms. These include such taxa as Protelphidium japonicum, Discorbis b e r t h e l o t i , Bulimina marginata, B u l i m i n e l l a elegantissima, some species of Elphidium not given above, Ammonia b e c a r r i i , shallow-water b o l i v i n a s , some arenaceous forms Including species of Proteonlna, Reophax, Haplophragmoides, and Trochammlna, and members of the Polymorphinidae and Lagenidae. In most assemblages representative of the faunal province (where s a l i n i t y i s or was not too low), numerous other taxa are present i n small numbers. These include u n i l o c u l a r or u n i s e r i a l members of the Lagenidae, various members of the M i l i o l i d a e , a few species of B o l l v i n a and Bulimina, one or two species of Uvigerina, and various members of the Polymorphinidae. Most of the taxa l i s t e d above are l i m i t e d to the faunal province but some extend into e i t h e r or both warmer or deeper waters. The samples examined i n the present study y i e l d e d assemblages which are very s i m i l a r and constitute a s i n g l e l i m i t e d fauna. This fauna i s dominated by species of Elphidium, e s p e c i a l l y E. clavatum, sensu l a t o , with secondary dominants including other species of Elphidium, e s p e c i a l l y E. b a r t l e t t ! and E. frigidum, sensu l a t o , Cassidulina t e r e t i s , CJ. i s l a n d l c a , Buccella tenerrima, B, f r i g i d a , C i b i c i d e s lobatulus, and to a l e s s e r degree Pseudononion a u r i c u l a , \" V i r g u l i n a \" fusiformis, Nonion labradorium, Epistominella v i t r e a , and species of Quinqueloculina. As with almost a l l boundaries i n nature, the l i m i t s of the faunal province are mainly gradational and can best be defined as such, since a r b i t r a r y l i m i t s are not r e a l i s t i c and would be extremely d i f f i c u l t to set. In a geographic 15 sense, the province, i n i t s modern representation, can be recognized a l l along the coasts of the A r c t i c Ocean, extending south i n the P a c i f i c to the l a t i t u d e s of c e n t r a l Japan and the state of Washington, and, i n the A t l a n t i c , to about the l a t i t u d e of Cape Cod or that of Maryland ( t r a n s i t i o n a l area) on the west and to that of northern England and Germany on the east. Included i n the province are the large Inland marine water bodies of Hudson Bay and the B a l t i c Sea. Some workers may d i f f e r e n t i a t e \" A r c t i c \" and \"Boreal\" faunas, but an examination of the l i t e r a t u r e and of material from various areas does not substantiate t h i s separation. A d e f i n i t i o n of the southern boundary along the P a c i f i c coast of North America would be p a r t i c u l a r l y pertinent to t h i s study. Unfortunately, however, such a boundary cannot be delimited c l o s e l y . C e r t a i n l y Puget Sound, Juan de Fuca S t r a i t , and the area immediately to the south along the Washington coast can be Included i n the present faunal province. The Washington coast has received l i t t l e study. Lankford's (1962) work was not extensive i n the P a c i f i c Northwest, but h i s northernmost province extended northward from Point Conception i n C a l i f o r n i a . I t was w e l l defined along the C a l i f o r n i a coast but the northern boundary was l e f t In doubt. The small fauna described by Detling (1958) from Sunset Bay on the Oregon coast has been examined by the author as have species described by Lankford. The Sunset Bay fauna has s i m i l a r i t y to that of the present study and of the northern province i n general, but i t appears s u f f i c i e n t l y d i f f e r e n t as to represent the faunal province next southerly adjacent to that province found i n the highest l a t i t u d e s and described i n t h i s study. Possibly the southern l i m i t of the present faunal province may c o r r e l a t e d i r e c t l y with the northern l i m i t of the north-flowing Davidson Current (or countercurrent) which flows shoreward of the south-flowing C a l i f o r n i a current and e x i s t s from the surface 16 downward or only below 200 meters, r e s p e c t i v e l y , during winter and summer seasons. This countercurrent i s believed to extend at l e a s t as f a r as 48\u00C2\u00B0N l a t i t u d e . One f u r t h e r problem arises i n t h i s connection, however. The coast of C a l i f o r n i a , Oregon, and Washington stands remarkably unprotected, while that coast immediately north contains a l a b y r i n t h of inland marine waterways. The present samples, as well as most of those containing e s s e n t i a l l y the same fauna from other areas, have been obtained from r e l a t i v e l y protected s i t e s . Thus y comparison between l i v i n g faunas from r e l a t i v e l y protected and unprotected l o c a l i t i e s should include consideration of the degree of t h i s geographic d i f f e r e n c e , although the ecologic e f f e c t may be d i f f i c u l t to evaluate. In general, fewer taxa are represented i n the colder areas of the province. Moving south, the fauna becomes t r a n s i t i o n a l with that of warmer-water provinces i n the boundary areas. The most probable reason f o r the disappearance of most of the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c faunal elements i s a r e s u l t of competitive exclusion wherein higher temperatures allow other species to e x i s t p r e f e r e n t i a l l y . Such other species have temperature tolerances which exclude them from the colder, more northerly areas. Most of the species c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of the colder province have been observed l i v i n g i n areas where the summer temperature maxima may reach 25\u00C2\u00B0C. This strongly supports the idea that higher temperatures i n themselves do not l i m i t the faunal province. The temperature l i m i t s of the faunal province range from the coldest water where the yearly v a r i a t i o n i s w i t h i n one or two degrees of 0\u00C2\u00B0C to areas where winter temperatures may be as low as 0\u00C2\u00B0 C but the summer maxima may reach approximately 25\u00C2\u00B0C. The southern l i m i t s i n the A t l a n t i c occur i n warmer waters than they do i n the P a c i f i c . In the P a c i f i c , however, winter minima are not as low at the southern boundary as have been observed i n the A t l a n t i c and adjoining water bodies. The s a l i n i t y tolerances of the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c fauna range from approximately 35\u00C2\u00B0/oo to 15\u00C2\u00B0/oo. Most of the faunal elements drop out around 25P/oo, however, leaving mainly Elphidium clavatum with a few specimens of Bucce l l a, Cassidulina, and Quinqueloculina. In some areas the arenaceous species c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of even l o w e r - s a l i n i t y \"marsh faunas\" begin to appear along with E. clavatum at about 15\u00C2\u00B0 /oo and E. clavatum r a p i d l y disappears as s a l i n i t i e s go much below 15\u00C2\u00B0/oo. The fauna i s not represented i n hypersaline water. The depth boundary of the faunal province i s rather hard to f i x c l o s e l y except when considering Elphidium clavatum. That species f l o u r i s h e s from shore to approximately 30 meters. I t then decreases r a p i d l y , seldom being found l i v i n g below 60 to 100 meters. Other species c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of the faunal province have v a r i o u s l y greater depth ranges. These ranges overlap those of the species c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of the \"s h e l f fauna\" and such species as Ci b i c i d e s lobatulus characterize that fauna a l s o . In general, the present faunal province can be said, to extend from shore to 30 or 60 or 100 meters. As to the r e l a t i o n between the fauna and the substrate, l i t t l e can be sa i d at t h i s time. Such evidence as exi s t s indicates the existence of d e f i n i t e substrate preference. Both Gockbain (1963) and Cooper (1964) found d i f f e r e n t assemblages on coarse and f i n e sediment, with the arenaceous elements on the f i n e substrate. So f a r only the modern l i m i t s of the faunal province have been considered. In time, the province has existed from approximately the f i r s t g l a c i a l advance to the present, i n other words, throughout Quaternary time. F o s s i l 18 representatives are found throughout that i n t e r v a l , and i t i s presumed that ecologic tolerances i n the past agree with those of the present. During the Quaternary Epoch the southern l i m i t s of the faunal province are expected to have migrated south and north, corresponding to the f l u c t u a t i o n s of i c e advance and r e t r e a t . No close l i m i t s can be drawn on these southern l i m i t s of advances and r e t r e a t s , however, as i n s u f f i c i e n t data e x i s t f o r synchronous c o r r e l a t i o n w i t h i n the time i n t e r v a l considered. Faunal migrations can be demonstrated l o c a l l y (as i n Spitsbergen, see pp. 62-64). T h i s i s done by noting the presence and absence of p a r t i c u l a r species i n comparison with t h e i r present geographic ranges. No o v e r a l l c o r r e l a t i o n has been made as yet and presents a most d i f f i c u l t problem.Biostratigraphic methods are not applicable i n the s t r i c t sense since no relevant species evolved or become extinct during the Quaternary Epoch. Radiocarbon and other radiogenic dating may solve t h i s i n t r i c a t e problem. Although l o c a l differences e x i s t , t h e fauna was found to be b a s i c a l l y the same throughout the marine shallow water Quaternary sediments at high l a t i t u d e s a l l around the northern hemisphere. Thus a large f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunal province can be delineated. The geographic d i s t r i b u t i o n of t h i s fauna or faunal province excites those concerned with f oriaminif e r a l faunal;provinces, past and modern, because i t covers a f a r l a r g e r geographic area than any other known province characterized by benthonic Foraminifera. That t h i s should be the case i n shallow water, where conditions change markedly i n r e l a t i v e l y short distances, i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e r e s t i n g , even though Foraminifera as a group have an off-shore environmental optimum r e f l e c t i n g abundance and d i v e r s i t y when compared to most marine invertebrate groups. Some deep-water provinces may have a greater geographic extent, but data are not s u f f i c i e n t to determine t h i s . 19 PHYSICAL FEATURES Vancouver Area J . E. Armstrong (1957) has described the phy s i c a l features of the Vancouver area. He states that t h i s region l i e s w i t h i n two major physio-graphic d i v i s i o n s , the Coast Mountain and Coastal Trough. The Coast Mountain area i s that where the mountains r i s e abruptly 5,000 to 7,000 feet above sea l e v e l , separated by deep U-shaped valle y s with f l o o r s up to a few hundred feet above or below sea l e v e l . The Coastal Trough l i e s between the Coast Mountains and the outer mountain area of Vancouver Island. I t i s often r e f e r r e d to as the Lower Fraser V a l l e y , (See Figure 1.) The Fraser Lowland consists of extensive low h i l l s up to 1,100 feet i n el e v a t i o n and separated by wide, flat-bottomed v a l l e y s . The h i l l s e i t h e r consist e n t i r e l y of g l a c i a l debris or have cores of bedrock. The g l a c i a l debris includes glacio-marine m a t e r i a l , some of which i s t r u l y marine but consists of reworked g l a c i a l and glacio-marine m a t e r i a l . The major v a l l e y s range i n e l e v a t i o n from a few to 75 feet above sea l e v e l . Some are former embayments and some are the r e s u l t of stream erosion. Juneau Area The Juneau area resembles that of the Coast Mountain area of the Vancouver region. (See Figure 2.) Both on the mainland and on Douglas Island the mountains r i s e steeply out of the sea. The narrow marine Gastineau Channel separates the mainland and i s l a n d . Debris from the 20 Mendenhall G l a c i e r f i l l e d and closed the northern end of Gastineau Channel i n h i s t o r i c times, making the upper end of Gastineau Channel a s a l t marsh, A shallow channel dredged i n recent years reestablished the marine connection f o r shallow-draft boats. The r i s e of the land on Douglas Island i s not as steep as on the mainland; there i s a flat-topped ridge on the east s i d e of the i s l a n d between the Channel and the high core of mountains of the Island, This ridge r i s e s i n a northerly d i r e c t i o n from sea l e v e l to about 500 fe e t ; evidence i n d i c a t e s that the e n t i r e ridge may be covered by glacio-marine ma t e r i a l . Large U-shaped v a l l e y s such as that of the Mendenhall G l a c i e r separate the high ridges of the mainland. Some of these contain glacio-marine deposits. The v a l l e y of the Eagle River and Eagle River G l a c i e r t y p i f i e s t h i s s i t u a t i o n ; the lower part of the v a l l e y i s f i l l e d with glacio-marine debris, i n d i c a t i n g former existence of an i n l e t into which the g l a c i e r deposited d e b r i s . Both Eagle River and Mendenhall Glaciers have r e t r e a t e d thousands of feet i n h i s t o r i c times. A few rocky headlands les s than 200 feet above sea l e v e l j u t out into the sea north of Juneau. Some of the smaller islands resemble roches moutonnees. Only one small r a i s e d beach has been found i n the area (at the north end of Douglas Island), although the glacio-marine material i s found to extend to approximately 500 feet above present sea l e v e l on the steep sides of the mountains on both sides of Gastineau Channel. Physical features indicate that the r a i s e d beach postdates the glacio-marine deposits. Unexpectedly, r a i s e d beach deposits: or marine terraces are extremely rare i n most of southeastern Alaska, Queen Charlotte Islands Area The material from the Queen Charlotte Islands comes from the east coast of Graham Island near Cape B a l l . In t h i s area T e r t i a r y bedrock i s covered 21 by l a t e Cenozoie deposits which subdue the topography. The presence of marine sediment along with the nature of the topography i n d i c a t e that a s l i g h t u p l i f t of generally low-lying t e r r a i n accomplished the present exposure of sediment formed i n shallow marine waters, Lakelse Area Lakelse and the s l i d e s found there are located i n a narrow v a l l e y i n the Coast Mountains of B r i t i s h Columbia, between Terrace and Kitimat. The v a l l e y represents a former marine f j o r d - l i k e embayment, running i n a northerly d i r e c t i o n from the head of Douglas Channel. The nature of the glacio-marine deposits indicates that, although below sea l e v e l , the aqueous medium i n which the sediments were formed was strongly influenced by an inflow of f r e s h water, assumed to be from melting i c e . 22 GEOLOGY A r e a l V a n c o u v e r A r e a ( F i g u r e 1) The C o a s t M o u n t a i n s a r e composed o f g r a n i t o i d , m e t a m o r p h i c , and v o l c a n i c r o c k s . I n t h e F r a s e r L o w l a n d a r e a , T e r t i a r y s e d i m e n t s a r e exposed l o c a l l y and v o l c a n i c r o c k s c u t t h r o u g h o t h e r C e n o z o i e m a t e r i a l . S u r f i c i a l d e p o s i t s o f presumed P l e i s t o c e n e age ( s e e A r m s t r o n g , 1957) o v e r l i e t h e r o c k s o f t h e Lo w l a n d and t h e C o a s t M o u n t a i n s where t o p o g r a p h y a l l o w e d d e p o s i t i o n . Most a r e o f g l a c i a l o r i g i n b u t some a r e n o t . A r m s t r o n g s t a t e s t h a t t h e Lowland a r e a was s u b j e c t t o f o u r g l a c i a t i o n s , t h r e e o f w h i c h p r o b a b l y were o f i c e - s h e e t p r o p o r t i o n . S i n c e t h e t r a d i t i o n a l l y a c c e p t e d f o u r g l a c i a t i o n s , p r e s u m a b l y c o r r e l a t i v e on a w o r l d w i d e s c a l e , have p r o v e d t o be an o v e r s i m p l i f i c a t i o n , one may q u e s t i o n w h e t h e r h e r e , as i n c e n t r a l N o r t h A m e r i c a , i n E u r o p e , A f r i c a , and e l s e w h e r e , some g l a c i a l advances may have been o b s c u r e d by l a t e r e v e n t s (see?pp.68*69 )\u00E2\u0080\u00A2 The f o r w a r d movement o f t h e i c e i n t h e Vancouver a r e a was t o w a r d t h e s e a , and th u s g e n e r a l l y i n a w e s t e r l y d i r e c t i o n , w i t h w i t h d r a w a l toward t h e e a s t . Of t h e g l a c i o - m a r i n e d e p o s i t s A r m s t r o n g s t a t e s i \"The s t o n y , c l a y e y s i l t and r e l a t e d t i l l - l i k e m i x t u r e s a r e i n a l a r g e p a r t g l a c i o - m a r i n e and t o a l e s s e r e x t e n t n o r m a l m a r i n e d e p o s i t s t h a t were l a i d down i n t h e s e a d u r i n g t h e sub s e q u e n t u p l i f t o f t h e l a n d . The g l a c i o - m a r i n e d e p o s i t s a r e m a r i n e d r i f t ; t h a t i s , t h e s t o n e s and p a r t o f t h e f i n e m a t e r i a l were t r a n s p o r t e d by f l o a t i n g i c e and t h e r e m a i n d e r o f t h e f i n e m a t e r i a l c a r r i e d by m e l t w a t e r and s e a w a t e r . The somewhat s i m i l a r d e p o s i t s o f normal m a r i n e o r i g i n a r e 23 mainly reworked t i l l and marine d r i f t r e s u l t i n g from submarine slumping as the land rose above the sea. Mechanical analyses of stony, clayey s i l t s s i m i l a r to those found i n the mapped area show that , exclusive of the stones, they comprise about 50 per cent s i l t , 40 per cent sand, and 10 per cent c l a y . Many of these deposits are very s i m i l a r i n appearance* to true t i l l . \" The work of J . E. Armstrong (see 1954 (1953), 1965, 1957, and 1960) formed much of the geologic framework f o r the present study of the Vancouver area. Juneau Area (Figure 2) The geology of the Juneau area i s complex. Various s o r t s of metamorphic rocks, thought to be at l e a s t as o l d as T r i a s s i c , comprise the major part of the area. The rocks on e i t h e r side of the narrow Gastineau Channel may be i n f a u l t contact since they are of d i f f e r e n t l i t h o l o g i e s . Metagranodiorite, s l a t e and other less common rock types are found on the mainland while s l a t e and s c h i s t dominate the east side of Douglas Island. These rocks are over-l a i n l o c a l l y by s u r f i c i a l deposits mainly of g l a c i a l o r i g i n . Glacio-marine deposits have the appearance of being pasted onto the sides of the steep slopes of the bedrock. Recent g l a c i a l debris occupies the lower part of the g l a c i a l v a l l e y s . As mentioned above, one small r a i s e d beach deposit was found by the author on Douglas Island. I t i s composed mainly of rounded s l a t e pebbles, sand, and marine s h e l l s . Members of the Alaska Branch of the United States Geological Survey are studying the geology of the Juneau 24 A r e a ; t h e i r c o n s u l t a t i o n and work ( s e e L a t h r a m , L o ney, Condon, and B e r g , 1958) a i d e d t h e a u t h o r i n u n d e r s t a n d i n g t h e g e o l o g y o f t h e J u n e a u A r e a . Queen C h a r l o t t e I s l a n d s ( F i g u r e 1 i n s e t ) C o n c e r n i n g t h e g e o l o g i c h i s t o r y o f t h e Queen C h a r l o t t e I s l a n d s d u r i n g t h e t i m e o f d e p o s i t i o n o f t h e m a t e r i a l sampled, A. S u t h e r l a n d Brown, who c o l l e c t e d t h e samples s t u d i e d by t h e p r e s e n t a u t h o r , r e p o r t s t h e f o l l o w i n g (1962, p e r s o n a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n ) ; \"The Queen C h a r l o t t e I s l a n d s seem t o have been an a x i a l a r e a and l i t t l e a f f e c t e d by g l a c i a l r e b o u n d . Sea l e v e l changes appear t o be m o s t l y e u s t a t i c . The h i g h e s t p o s t -g l a c i a l s e a l e v e l i s o f t h e o r d e r o f 20 f e e t above t h e p r e s e n t . E v i d e n c e on t h e s e a l e v e l l o w e r i n g i s n o t a p p a r e n t . G l a c i a l m a r i n e s t o n y c l a y s and m a r i n e t i l l a r e exposed a t i n t e r v a l s a l o n g t h e c o a s t o f Graham I s l a n d f r o m Lawn P o i n t t o t h e mouth o f t h e Oeanda R i v e r . P a r t i c u l a r l y good e x p o s u r e s o c c u r a t Gape B a l l and E a g l e H i l l . L a t e g l a c i a l outwash c o v e r s t h e n o r t h e a s t e r n p a r t of Graham I s l a n d f r o m M a s s e t t o Cape B a l l t o R o s e P o i n t . The o n l y e x p o s u r e o f o l d e r s e d i m e n t s i s on t h e e a s t c o a s t w h i c h was u n d e r s e v e r e wave a t t a c k d u r i n g s o u t h e a s t s t o r m s . On M a s s e t Sound t h e r e a r e l e s s w e l l exposed m a r i n e t i l l s and s t o n y c l a y s and h e r e t h e y o v e r l i e sands o f p o s s i b l e P l i o c e n e age. O t h e r good e x p o s u r e s o c c u r a t t h e e n t r a n c e o f Naden H a r b o u r and on t h e r o a d n e a r J u s k a t l a Camp. I n g e n e r a l t h e l o w l a n d i s c o v e r e d by 25 organic t e r r a i n over t i l l of some sort but' there are few exposures. The e l e v a t i o n of the highest marine deposits i s unknown but may well only be 100 feet or so.\" Lakelse Area (Figure 2 inset) A t e n t a t i v e geologic h i s t o r y of the Lakelse area encompassing the time of deposition of the material studied i n t h i s thesis has been given by W. RV Mathews (1963, personal communication). Findings of the present study do not ind i c a t e or suggest any p a r t i c u l a r l y d i f f e r e n t conclusions. Dr. Mathews s t a t e s , i n r e f e r r i n g to a map of the s l i d e area: \"The map indicates that the upper l i m i t of the s l i d e s i s close to the 300 foot l e v e l and i t i s l i k e l y that the o r i g i n a l a l t i t u d e of the sediment was somewhat le s s than t h i s . I should add that a broad saddle, with an a l t i t u d e between 600 and 700 f e e t , separates Lakelse V a l l e y from Kitimat to the south and that were t h i s flooded i n l a t e P l e istocene time there would be a broad i n l e t (2 to 4 miles wide) extending from Lakelse to the sea; below t h i s a l t i t u d e a much narrower connection to the west (av. 1 to 1-1/2 miles wide) l i n k s Lakelse Valley to the sea v i a Skeena River, and the p o s s i b i l i t y of high s a l i n i t y extending t h i s f a r inland would not have been as good. For t h i s reason, therefore, . , \u00C2\u00AB consider the p o s s i b i l i t y of the sea l e v e l contemporaneous with deposition of the clays as being 600 feet + above present ( r e l a t i v e to present p o s i t i o n of the land), i . e . , 300 feet of water over 26 the s i te of deposition. If the depth of water were less, the connection with the sea must have been correspondingly more constricted.\" Other Glacio-Marine and Related Deposits on the Alaskan Panhandle Coast Recognized Before 1930 Benches and terraces of fossiliferous marine gravel, sand, and clay are found local ly at altitudes up to 600 feet throughout southeastern Alaska, although the comparative rar i ty of geomorphic features representing old sea stands has been commented upon by many geologists. In the Hyder d i s t r i c t , marine interlaminated clay and sand occur up to altitudes of 450 feet near Elevenmile on Salmon River at the head of Portland Canal and are found at similar altitudes on Bear River, In the Ketchikan d i s t r i c t , fossiliferous gravel and blue clay are found on Gravina Island, about half a mile northwest of the cabin at the head of Dall Bay, at an altitude of about 80 feet. The outcrop is covered on a l l sides by vegetation. The exposed base contains about two feet of g lac ia l t i l l and blue clay and is overlain by s t ra t i f ied beds of glacia l gravel five or s ix feet thick. Fossils occur i n both the blue clay and the s t ra t i f ied gravel, A long-time resident of Wrangell, Alaska, reported seeing, approximately 30 years previously, a foss i l loca l i ty i n Br i t i sh Columbia on Goat Creek, a small tributary entering the Stikine River from the west about 40 miles above i t s mouth and about five miles above the international boundary, William Healey Dall had early reported what probably is the same foss i l occurrence to members of the Harriman Alaska Expedition of 1899, The author found fossiliferous sediments about half a mile up the creek at an altitude estimated as 175 to 200 feet above sea l eve l . The beds crop 27 out i n the steep bank of the brook and consist of clay with f o s s i l s h e l l casts o v e r l a i n by coarse g r a v e l . In 1899 on Douglas Island, William Healey D a l l (see D a l l , 1904) traced elevated beaches containing Quaternary s h e l l s along a d i t c h f o r the town of Douglas water pipe to an a l t i t u d e of 200 f e e t . Other f o s s i l s h e l l s from the same source and up to 600 feet were c o l l e c t e d by Spencer i n 1903. D a l l f e l t that there was no doubt that there was an u p l i f t of some 200 feet i n the coast region of southeastern Alaska during Quaternary time, and that the Goat Creek f o s s i l s are probably of about the same age as those of Douglas Island but were deposited i n s i l t at the end of a g l a c i e r , whereas the Douglas Island f o s s i l s occur i n ordinary beach gravel. D a l l ' s exact l o c a l i t i e s have never been rediscovered, p a r t l y because a l l early records f o r the town of Douglas p u b l i c works were destroyed by f i r e many years ago and p a r t l y because dense vegetation covers former exposures as w e l l as abundant old mine shafts whose concealed presence the author found a dangerous deterrent i n attempting a thorough i n v e s t i g a t i o n of the area. The w r i t e r has found marine i n v e r t e b r a t e f o s s i l s at elevations up to 500 feet nearby and a l l f o s s i l s h e l l s found near the town of Douglas by the present author were i n g l a c i o -marine sediment rather than beach gravel. S i m i l a r f o s s i l marine invertebrate s h e l l s were found i n September, 1922, by Buddington (see Buddington, 1927, 1929, and Buddington and Chapin, 1929) i n the moraine of Great G l a c i e r on the west bank of S t i k i n e River above the mouth of Isku.t ; River,. The f o s s i l s were l y i n g on the surface where they had been washed out of clay at the top of the moraine j u s t i n f r o n t of the i c e . Clay with marine s h e l l s i s reported to have been struck i n digging the foundations f o r the old cable o f f i c e at Wrangell, Alaska. 28 U p l i f t e d gravel deposits of marine o r i g i n are found at several l o c a l i t i e s . Along the east side of Frederick Sound a gravel terrace extends from the point about three miles north of Point Agassiz south to and including Brown Cove. This terrace may continue across to Patterson River and may represent u p l i f t e d former d e l t a deposits. Just north of Point Agassiz the coastal edge of the terrace i s about 20 feet above low t i d e l e v e l . At the mouth of Patterson River, Thomas Bay, terraces of sand and gravel occur at l e a s t 40 f e e t above the r i v e r l e v e l . M i c r o f o s s i l s were not seen i n t h i s sandy m a t e r i a l . A remnant of an ancient u p l i f t e d d e l t a of S t i k i n e R i v e r , consisting of clay beds topped by f i n e sand, forms the point at the south entrance to Le Conte Bay, extending out to Camp Island, Its highest e l e v a t i o n i s 60 feet above sea l e v e l . Remnants of u p l i f t e d deltas of sand and gravel are common at the mouths of many of the streams, such as Powers Creek, on Endicott Arm; Patterson River, on Thomas Bay; and Harding Creek, on B r a d f i e l d Canal. F o s s i l i f e r o u s marine gravels are present on Lemon Creek and Eagle River close to Juneau and at an a l t i t u d e of 100 feet on the summit of the divide through which the Amalga tramway passes a f t e r leaving the f l a t s of Eagle River. Subsequent work has revealed f u r t h e r glacio-marine deposits, few of which are described i n p u b l i c a t i o n s . Some of these were described i n varying d e t a i l to the present author by geologists and others. Some were investigated along with other areas considered promising by the author. These include V i c t o r i a , Ocean F a l l s , and Prince Rupert, B r i t i s h Columbia and Annette and Gravina Islands, Copper Harbor and other l o c a l i t i e s on Prince of Wales Island, 29 Green Cove and other l o c a l i t i e s on Admiralty Island, Petersburg, Taku Harbor, and other s i t e s i n the v i c i n i t y of Juneau, Alaska. Wagner (1959) mentions f o s s i l l o c a l i t i e s i n the Vancouver area described by early workers. Lithology The material containing the Foraminifera studied i s very s i m i l a r at most l o c a l i t i e s ; i t consists of glacio-marine, unconsolidated, massive sediment of heterogeneous g r a i n s i z e (clay to boulder). Most of the sediment i n the Vancouver area appears derived from g r a n i t o i d rocks. Boulders, cobbles, and pebbles of g r a n i t o i d rock are common, and quartz grains abound. Fine-grained dark c l a s t s , both s l a t y and vo l c a n i c , also occur i n f a i r numbers. Clasts of a few other rock types are found. These observations are i n keeping with the fac t that the major source areas of the g l a c i a l debris probably were i n the Coast Range b a t h o l i t h , comprising mainly g r a n i t o i d rocks. Other rocks, including metasediments, metavolcanics, sediments and volcanics crop out l o c a l l y . In the Juneau area metagranodiorite and s l a t e and s c h i s t -apparently comprise the major source-rocks. Debris dropped out of g l a c i a l i c e a f t e r the i c e entered marine waters forms most of the sediment. The author examined m a t e r i a l , s i m i l a r to the fo r a m i n i f e r a l sediment, i n s i t u and i n the laboratory. In many cases leaching may have removed f o s s i l s which once were present; some casts of larger marine invertebrates were seen. The high r a i n f a l l of the region produces rapid chemical weathering of the 30 unconsolidated deposits i n the area studied. Most r e l a t i v e l y fresh f o s s i l i f e r o u s deposits have a p e c u l i a r blue cast, , e s p e c i a l l y when wet; these sometimes are c a l l e d blue c l a y . The c o r r e l a t i o n between presence of f o s s i l s and blue cast of the sediment i s so high that one may assume marine deposition f o r b l u i s h sediment of t h i s sort when cl o s e r examination i s not f e a s i b l e . Sediment of d i f f e r e n t type occurs at B-6892 from the north end of Douglas Island, near Juneau, where a narrow r a i s e d beach i s exposed about ten feet above present high t i d e . \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 This deposit consists mainly of small rounded s l a t e pebbles and s i l t with many limpet s h e l l s . Sediment from B-7076, at Tee Harbor near Juneau, consists mainly of f i n e l y comminuted fragments of tie dark green, fine-grained bedrock upon which i t r e s t s . The core material from Lakelse and the samples from Graham Island, though not examined i n s i t u by the author, appear to d i f f e r somewhat from more t y p i c a l glacio-marine deposits observed by the author. The material from the Lakelse s l i d e i s highly montmorillonitic, which i s , apparently, unusual. Taku I n l e t , whose entrance i s approximately f i v e miles southeast of the Juneau township l i n e , extends inland f o r more than 10 miles i n a d i r e c t i o n a few degrees east of north. I t i s les s than f i v e miles wide. It appears to provide a s i t e of sedimentation quite s i m i l a r to that presumed f o r most of the l o c a l i t i e s of t h i s study. Taku I n l e t forms a narrow, long embayment which today has a large g l a c i e r entering i t from the Juneau i c e f i e l d . The author examined the debris being moved into the I n l e t along with the ice from the g l a c i e r . Some attempt also was made to obtain samples of the bottom sediment of the I n l e t , but r e s u l t s were meagre. Observation of the sediment being transported revealed that c l a s t s from boulder to clay s i z e s were being 31 c a r r i e d to the Inl e t by meltwater and out into the water of the I n l e t by f l o a t i n g i c e . A few p a r t i c l e s were seen to melt out of the i c e and sink toward the bottom of the I n l e t . Presumably t h i s phenomenon occurs commonly. What sediment was r e t r i e v e d from the bottom of the I n l e t consisted of i l l -sorted c l a s t s obviously derived from the g l a c i e r . Unfortunately, no opportunity arose to examine an area where sea i c e covered the water. Such an area might also be represented by the f o s s i l sediments at some of the l o c a l i t i e s of the present study, although the p o s s i b i l i t y i s more remote than i s that of a type of deposition more s i m i l a r to modern Taku I n l e t . Stratigraphy The unconsolidated sediments which were examined jin s i t u d i r e c t l y over-l i e indurated rock, and may be o v e r l a i n by almost any s i z e of terrigenous c l a s t i c or peat or s o i l . At many l o c a l i t i e s considerable fragmental peaty material i s d i s t r i b u t e d i n the glacio-marine sediment. No apparent connection e x i s t s between the c o n s t i t u t i o n of the f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunas and the presence or absence of peaty material (or l i g n i t i c , found at two l o c a l i t i e s ) ; the j o i n t occurrence appears simply to r e f l e c t the shallow-water deposition and the transport of much terrigenous material to the s i t e of deposition. As a matter of i n t e r e s t i n t h i s regard, coal deposits apparently of marine o r i g i n are known. The author has seen a coal bed of Eocene age conformably under-l a i n and o v e r l a i n by what are best interpreted as f a i r l y deep-water (bathyal) marine sediments i n the Santa Cruz Mountains of C a l i f o r n i a . A l l geologic evidence indicates that a heavy i n f l u x of terriginous plant debris moved down 32 r e l a t i v e l y steep slopes to the bottom of a deep but geographically r e s t r i c t e d basin. The presence of much woody or l i g n i t i c plant debris at c e r t a i n horizons i n the thick upper T e r t i a r y s e c t i o n i n the Los Angeles basin of C a l i f o r n i a has been explained t e n t a t i v e l y as r e s u l t i n g from temporary great increases of such plant debris i n the runoff from nearby land f o llowing forest f i r e s . The thickness of most of the present deposits was not ascertainable because tops and bottoms of deposits were not seen and f u r t h e r , since the sediment i s massive, dips could not be determined (see l o c a l i t y d e s c r i p t i o n s ) . The deposits form l i m i t e d natural outcrops, being exposed mainly i n road cuts and excavations, as well as some stream cuts. The glacio-marine sediment c l e a r l y lacks s i g n i f i c a n t s t r a t i g r a p h i c continuity with underlying rock; the sediment i t s e l f i s massive and most of the rock i s e i t h e r u n s t r a t i f i e d or badly deformed. The presence of the glacio-marine with the nonmarine deposits overlying indicates that u p l i f t or sea withdrawal took place between deposition of the marine material and development of overlying deposits. The author found glacio-marine deposits from sea l e v e l to approximately 500 feet e l e v a t i o n i n the Juneau area. A l l those sampled from the Vancouver area came from below 100 feet above sea l e v e l , as d i d the samples from Graham Is l a n d . The Lakelse material studied was cored from between 200 and 300 feet above sea l e v e l i n a deposit apparently reaching to approximately 300 feet above present sea l e v e l . In the Vancouver area, marine deposits have been recorded from as high as 1,000 feet above sea l e v e l (see Wagner, 1959). Marine sediments, e s p e c i a l l y glacio-marine, of Quaternary age have been widely reported from the B r i t i s h Columbia - southeast Alaska coastal 33 area (see pp..26\u00C2\u00BB29} as well as from the state of Washington and further up the Alaskan coast (V. S. Mallory, 1963,and D. M. Hopkins, 1960, 1963, 1965, personal communications). No claim i s made that the present work establishes the l o c a l l i m i t s of these deposits w i t h i n the area studied but i t appears c l e a r that widespread deposition of shallow marine and g l a c i o -marine sediments took place during Quaternary time. 34 ECOLOGY General Considerations The f o r a m i n i f e r a l assemblages obtained from the B r i t i s h Columbia-southeast Alaska coast a l l belong to the same faunal province. That province, defined by i t s f o r a m i n i f e r a l content, extends a l l around the higher l a t i t u d e s of the northern hemisphere i n shallow, cold coastal waters; i t has existed throughout Quaternary time* The Foraminifera which characterize t h i s faunal province belong to a few euryhaline species. The dominant forms are species of Elphidium which t o l e r a t e a wide range of s a l i n i t y , from normal marine (approximately 35\u00C2\u00B0/oo) down to approximately 15\u00C2\u00B0/oo, so f a r as presently a v a i l a b l e data i n d i c a t e . I t should be emphasized at t h i s point that these s a l i n i t y data have only become a v a i l a b l e within the l a s t f i v e years, and mainly during the l a s t two. Other species c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of t h i s faunal province but less euryhaline include various members of C a s s i d u l i n a , C i b i c i d e s , Buccella, Nonion, Protelphidium, Nonionella, Astrononion, Eggerella, Quinqueloculina, and \" V i r g u l i n a \" and, l o c a l l y , members of such other genera as Trochammina, Reophax, Hap1ophragmoides, Proteonina, B o l i v i n a , Bulimina, B u l i m i n e l l a , Ammonia, the Polymorphinidae, the Lagenidae, and some other taxa. In the various assemblages studied f o r t h i s report, many other species are represented as well as most of the calcareous forms l i s t e d above. Most of the taxa found i n the assemblages studied here are often found as less abundant elements of the northern cold, shallow-water faunas. I t i s important to note that i n a l l areas and samples, Elphidium dominates, accounting f o r from 50 to 100 per cent of the assemblages studied. 35 Along a given p r o f i l e , such as along the s t r i k e of a bed, moving up-ward s t r a t i g r a p h i c a l l y through a s e r i e s of beds, or toward the head of a modern embayment or what one presumes on geologic grounds to have been an embayment, a progressive decrease i n number of species present usually indicates a progressive decrease i n s a l i n i t y . The almost exclusive presence of Elphidium appears to i n d i c a t e the lowest s a l i n i t i e s of the faunal province. The range i s between 20 and 15\u00C2\u00B0/oo; t h i s occurs i n the Lakelse samples and to a l e s s e r degree, at D-1208 (Fort Langley) i n the Vancouver area. For the former area, the paucity of taxa i n combination with the topography also in d i c a t e a very r e s t r i c t e d seaway. \"Marsh faunas\" consisting of arenaceous forms and u s u a l l y i n d i c a t i v e of even lower s a l i n i t i e s than 15\u00C2\u00B0/oo were not observed i n the study area, nor have they been reported i n the province. Some other arenaceous forms have been reported occurring i n large numbers within the presently described faunal province (see Phleger, 1952, Cockbain, 1963, Cooper, 1964). E c o l o g i c a l Tolerances U n t i l very recently very few s p e c i f i c ecologic data were a v a i l a b l e on the Foraminifera represented i n the present fauna e i t h e r on such major ecologic c r i t e r i a as s a l i n i t y or depth or temperature tolerances, not to say any other ecologic v a r i a b l e s such as substrate, n u t r i e n t s , or oxygen. In f a c t , Foraminifera were generally believed to be stenohaline around normal marine s a l i n i t i e s (approximately 33\u00C2\u00B0/oo) almost without exception, although widely d i s t r i b u t e d as to depth and temperature. 36 Natland (1933) began the comparison of Foraminifera with environment and l a t e r Bandy (1953, 1960) and Phleger (1960) began modern e c o l o g i c a l studies of Foraminifera. Recent work indicates that some species t h r i v e i n brackish water or can t o l e r a t e wide ranges of s a l i n i t y (see e s p e c i a l l y Buzas, 1965a, and 1965b, whose work on these ecologic problems i s presently being c a r r i e d on at the Smithsonian I n s t i t u t i o n ) . Elphidium figures strongly i n that group. The species of Elphidium, as well as of most of the other genera present i n t h i s fauna, do not, however, l i v e i n hypersaline water. With respect to s a l i n i t y tolerances, the following examples are noted. Although brackish-water Foraminifera were not recognized u n t i l r e c e n t l y , p e c u l i a r s p e c i f i c a l l y l i m i t e d endemic fo r a m l n i f e r a l faunas have long been known from the highly s a l i n e \" s a l t pools\" of Hungary and Turkestan. As mentioned above, recent work has demonstrated that some Foraminifera from the northeastern coast of the United States t o l e r a t e much reduced s a l i n i t i e s , although s t i l l b rackish^ This author has observed l i v i n g Foraminifera i n Lake Te Nggano, Rennell Island, B r i t i s h Solomon Islands Protectorate, where the s a l i n i t y i s 5,6\u00C2\u00B0/oo. L i v i n g Foraminifera have also been observed i n the F i j i Islands on the surface and i n the sediment where the s a l i n i t y drops well below normal marine at some times of day because of fresh-water runoff (absolute measurements not a v a i l a b l e ) . In t h i s case, of course, the s a l i n i t y of the i n t e r s t i t i a l waters may be higher than that i n the water column above. With respect to temperature, the northern shallow, cold water fauna exi s t s i n waters of s l i g h t l y less than 0\u00C2\u00B0C and, where seasonal v a r i a t i o n of bottom temperature i s considerable, where summer temperatures r i s e as high as 25\u00C2\u00B0G, being eurythermal. The l i m i t i n g temperatures as well as s a l i n i t i e s 37 and depths have not been cor r e l a t e d with p a r t i c u l a r p h y s i o l o g i c aspects of the Foraminifera, such as metabolism, phase of l i f e c y c l e , or reproductive h a b i t s . While doubtless l i m i t i n g high temperatures e x i s t f o r the species of Foraminifera c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of t h i s northern faunal province, i t i s probable that the l i m i t s as to temperature are more c l o s e l y set by competition with other Foraminifera c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of warmer-water provinces. When temperatures are reached where species less t o l e r a n t of cold water than those of the present province can p r o l i f e r a t e , probably they do e x i s t at the expense of the species t o l e r a n t of colder water. This i s i n keeping with the competitive exclusion p r i n c i p l e . Gibicides lobatulus and Ep i s t omi ne11a\u00E2\u0080\u00A2 v i t r e a , found commonly i n the present material, also are well represented i n shallow warm waters round the Gulf of Mexico and elsewhere. In any case, the present faunal/province extends a l l around the northern hemisphere i n high l a t i t u d e s , with the southern l i m i t s somewhat t r a n s i t i o n a l but present i n North America on both coasts i n the northern part of the United States. In Europe the southern l i m i t s occur at approximately the l a t i t u d e s of central England and North Germany and the province includes Scandinavia and the B a l t i c . In the western P a c i f i c the province extends as f a r south as Central Honshu on the west coast of Japan and along the east coast of Korea (approximately 35\u00C2\u00B0 N l a t i t u d e ) and to northern Honshu (approximately 40\u00C2\u00B0 N la t i t u d e ) on the east coast of Japan. The more northern l i m i t s i n Europe than i n eastern North America probably r e f l e c t the warming e f f e c t of the waters extended northeastward by the Gulf Stream and North A t l a n t i c Current, i n contrast to the cooling e f f e c t of the Labrador Current which extends southward i n the western North A t l a n t i c . Although the e f f e c t s of the Gulf Stream or the presence of \"Sargasso Water\" can be recognized at l e a s t as f a r north as 40\u00C2\u00B0 N l a t i t u d e o f f the east 38 coast of North America, colder water may flow southward immediately adja-cent to the coast* (This problem presently i s being investigated, using d i s t r i b u t i o n of planktonic Foraminifera, by R. C i f e l l i and t h i s author.) On neither side of the P a c i f i c do warm waters extend as f a r north as they do i n the eastern A t l a n t i c . Understanding of the faunal-province boundary i n the western P a c i f i c i s complicated by the current patterns around Japan and the mainland coast. Apparently, however, colder waters adjacent to the mainland allow the province to extend a few degrees further south along western Japan and the mainland than along eastern Japan* Apparently a l s o , the cold Oyashio Current e f f e c t s the east coast of Hokkaido so as to make i t part of the col d , northern, shallow-water f o r a m l n i f e r a l province described i n t h i s report. The warm waters of the Kuroshio Current flowing northward along the east coast of Japan mix with the cold Oyashio waters over a r e l a t i v e l y small geographic area. This r e s u l t s i n a f a r l e s s geographically extensive \" t r a n s i t i o n a l ' ' cool temperate-tennperate shallow-water f o r a m i n i f e r a l province than i s found on the west coast of North America, an area where s i m i l a r cool temperatures occur over a long distance even though seasonal reversal of along-shore surface current takes place. Unfortunately the faunal s i t u a t i o n pertaining to the west coast of Honshu and e s p e c i a l l y the Chinese mainland i s not known i n any d e t a i l . The lower depth boundary of the province under d i s c u s s i o n obviously i s a function of other depth factors and shows no e f f e c t of temperature decrease. This boundary, while not c l e a r l y established at present, can be delineated by the very marked r e l a t i v e and absolute decrease In numbers of the most c h a r a c t e r i s t i c species Elphidium clavatum, sensu l a t o . This decrease occurs at approximately 30 meters (Buzas, 1965, personal communication). Considering the depth ranges of Foraminifera as a group, i t was formerly believed that 39 they could withstand no exposure to a i r and thus could not e x i s t at the surface i n the i n t e r t i d a l zone except i n permanent pools* The author recently saw an abundance of the attached \" l a r g e \" foraminifer Marginopora l i v i n g as an epifaunal element completely exposed at low t i d e i n Suva Harbour, F i j i , At the same time a large number of smaller foraminifers were present i n the underlying damp muddy sand. The author believes that the upper depth boundary of the present cold-water fauna may be i n the i n t e r t i d a l zone; a l l of the v a g i l e forms could migrate down Into the sediment at low t i d e i f they were at the surface when i t was covered by water. The only questionable element of the fauna i s C i b i c i d e s l o b a t u l u s , an attached form; where that species i s present water cover may be necessary at a l l times. There are no reports of i t s being exposed at i.6<$i t i d e , but that does not deny the p o s s i b i l i t y . Despite the disjunct sample d i s t r i b u t i o n of the present study, the assemblages are e s s e n t i a l l y the same and i l l u s t r a t e the remarkable homogeneity possible throughout the faunal province. The province as a whole shows r e l a t i v e l y great homogeneity, both i n l i v i n g and f o s s i l faunas, although l o c a l d ifferences i n s h i f t s of dominance and t o t a l taxonomic content e x i s t . Comparison with the d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and ecologic data a v a i l a b l e on l i v i n g assemblages reveals that the only s i g n i f i c a n t d i f f e r e n c e that can be recognized at t h i s time consists of the r e l a t i v e abundance differences between Elphidium clavatum and other taxa. 40 C o m p a r i s o n o f F o r a m i n i f e r a l D i s t r i b u t i o n w i t h t h a t o f M a r i n e L a r g e r I n v e r t e b r a t e s w i t h i n t h e P r e s e n t A r e a o f S t u d y A t t h i s p o i n t i t i s p e r t i n e n t t o compare t h i s f o r a m i n i f e r a l f a u n a l p r o v i n c e as d e v e l o p e d on t h e B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a - s o u t h e a s t A l a s k a c o a s t w i t h t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n of l a r g e r m a r i n e i n v e r t e b r a t e s i n t h e same a r e a * The s i m i l a r i t y o f f o s s i l f o r a m i n i f e r a l assemblages o f t h e p r e s e n t s t u d y o v e r s e v e r a l h u n d r e d m i l e s o f l a t i t u d e and t h e c l o s e a f f i n i t i e s o f t h e s e assem-b l a g e s w i t h l i v i n g f a u n a s r e c o r d e d f r o m t h e same a r e a s a p p a r e n t l y c o n t r a s t s h a r p l y w i t h t h e P l e i s t o c e n e and R e cent d i s t r i b u t i o n of t h e m a r i n e l a r g e r i n v e r t e b r a t e s . F. J . E\u00C2\u00BB Wagner (1959) i n d i c a t e s t h a t n o r t h - s o u t h d i s p l a c e m e n t o f l a r g e r m a r i n e i n v e r t e b r a t e f a u n a s caused by t e m p e r a t u r e change was o f t h e o r d e r o f s e v e r a l hundred m i l e s i n t h e Q u a t e r n a r y Epoch. She s t a t e s t h a t s p e c i e s w h i c h l i v e d i n t h e Vancouver a r e a d u r i n g g l a c i a l t i m e s now l i v e a p p r o x i m a t e l y 600 m i l e s f u r t h e r n o r t h . The p r e s e n t a u t h o r c o l l e c t e d mega-f o s s i l s f r o m l o c a l i t i e s as c l o s e t o t h o s e d e s c r i b e d by Dr* Wagner as p o s s i b l e ; m e g a f o s s i l s and R e c e n t s h e l l s a l s o were c o l l e c t e d f r o m t h e J u n e a u a r e a * A s e p a r a t e s t u d y o f t h e s e s h e l l s has been u n d e r t a k e n by V. A* Z u l l o and t h e a u t h o r . W h i l e o n l y t e n t a t i v e c o n c l u s i o n s c a n be drawn, s u c h w o r k e r s as Durham and Z u l l o (1962, p e r s o n a l c ommunications) a r e n o t i n c o m p l e t e a g r e e -ment w i t h Wagner, p o i n t i n g o u t t h a t e c o l o g i c i n f o r m a t i o n a b out s p e c i e s c o l l e c t e d by t h i s a u t h o r and examined by them does n o t i n d i c a t e t h e g r e a t m i g r a t i o n s u g g e s t e d by Wagner. In s u p p o r t o f Wagner's h y p o t h e s i s , however, a r e d a t a f r o m t h e e a s t c o a s t o f N o r t h A m e r i c a where, as B u z a s (1965a) p o i n t s o u t , m e g a f o s s i l s h e l l s f o u n d i n l a t e P l e i s t o c e n e d e p o s i t s r e p r e s e n t s p e c i e s now l i v i n g a p p r o x i m a t e l y e i g h t d e g r e e s o f l a t i t u d e f u r t h e r n o r t h . 41 Simply comparing Foraminifera with larger marine invertebrates, i t i s generally accepted that the former do not respond as r e a d i l y to ecologic changes as do the l a t t e r ; f u r t h e r , the present f o r a m i n i f e r a l fauna i s r e l a t i v e l y eurythermal. The above disc u s s i o n means t h a t i (1) the Foraminifera do not show c l e a r l y any Quaternary north-south migration, migration which might be expected because of temperature changes; (2) Wagner (1959) postulates north-south migration of 600 miles based on ecologic information on and d i s t r i b u t i o n of l a r g e r marine invertebrates studied by her, a postulate supported i n theory by data from the east coast of North America; (3) Durham, Z u l l o , and t h i s author disagree with Wagner on the basis of f o s s i l and recent d i s t r i b u t i o n and ecologic information regarding species of l a r g e r marine invertebrates i d e n t i f i e d by them from Vancouver and Juneau, concluding that the species i d e n t i f i e d by them do not suggest much more than l o c a l migration caused by an o s c i l l a t o r y s e r i e s of temperature changes during the Quaternary; (4) whatever the marine l a r g e r invertebrates i n d i c a t e , f o r a m i n i f e r a l d i s t r i b u t i o n a l data do not contradict the conclusions, because, on the whole and most probably i n t h i s case, the Foraminifera are l e s s s e n s i t i v e to ecologic changes than are marine l a r g e r invertebrates. Evaluation of Ec o l o g i c a l Differences Among the Assemblages Studied Returning to the Foraminifera themselves, the following discussion of the faunal differences w i t h i n the area studied i s i n order. As pointed out above, examination of the f o s s i l s from a l l the l o c a l i t i e s of the present study does not reveal any p a r t i c u l a r l y s t r i k i n g d ifferences i n faunal content (see Figure 3), The Lakelse s l i d e material shows the most s t r i k i n g differences from the other assemblages, being very impoverished compared to the fauna 42 as a whole. Only D-1216 contains much besides the ubiquitous Elphidium clavatum, and i n a l l Lakelse assemblages E. clavatum has a thinner s h e l l and i s smaller than usual. The paucity of taxa and possibly the condition of test s i n d i c a t e low s a l i n i t y , probably 15 to 20\u00C2\u00B0/oo, during the deposition of most i f not a l l of the Lakelse s l i d e m a t e r i a l . A s i m i l a r fauna c o n s i s t i n g s o l e l y of E. clavatum was found by Feyling-Hanssen (1953) at Romerike, Norway, The samples from Lakelse consisted of three-inch-diameter cores sent to the author. Therefore, the megafossil content would not be expected to be e n t i r e l y representative; nevertheless i t i s i n t e r e s t i n g that almost a l l of the megafossil material obtained consisted of Mytilus and a species of Balanus, both euryhaline. The Queen Charlotte Islands samples r e f l e c t proximity to the open ocean i n t h e i r comparatively l a r g e r number of planktonic specimens. Otherwise the fauna i s nearly i d e n t i c a l with that c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of the majority of the assemblages. The fac t that the taxonomic d i v e r s i t y among r a r e l y occurring forms does not equal that of the Juneau area probably r e s u l t s from the r e l a t i v e l y small sample s i z e . As a r u l e , the Vancouver-area samples contain fewer species than do the Juneau-area samples, although the p a r t i c u l a r species found around Vancouver are common to both areas. D-1208 (Fort Langley) and D-1212 (King George Highway) i n p a r t i c u l a r contain only a r e l a t i v e l y few species and present the most outstanding examples of s p e c i f i c paucity found i n the Vancouver area, containing only s i x and nine species, r e s p e c t i v e l y . The assemblage s l i d e made from the D-1208 material includes v i r t u a l l y every specimen removed from the matrix. Rather than the usual assemblage s l i d e preparation, mainly i l l u s t r a t i n g r e l a t i v e , not absolute, abundance, D-1208 was prepared to demonstrate the lack of s p e c i f i c v a r i e t y and the very l a r g e absolute (not 43 r e l a t i v e ) number of Elphidium clavatum, sensu l a t o occurring i n a sample. D-1208 contained only E. clavatum, B u c c e l l a f r i g i d a , C a s s i d u l i n a i s l a n d i c a , \u00C2\u00A3 . t e r e t i s , E l p h i d e l l a a r c t i e a , and E. n i t i d a , a l l species very c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of the northern shallow, cold water f o r a m i n i f e r a l province. The other Vancouver-area s i t e s y i e l d e d an intermediate number of species except f o r D-1211 (Burnaby Lake) and D-1213 (Boundary B a y ) y which contained about as much s p e c i f i c v a r i e t y as d i d the Juneau-area samples. D-1211 was an e s p e c i a l l y l a rge sample, containing approximately three cubic feet of unwashed m a t e r i a l , but D-1213 was an average s i z e d sample of approximately 50 cubic inches, both with boulders removed. More f o r a m i n i f e r a l l o c a l i t i e s i n the Vancouver area are needed to determine i f the r e l a t i v e l y small taxonomic va r i e t y i s common to the area. I f i t i s common i t reverses the usual s i t u a t i o n i n which marine faunas, e s p e c i a l l y i n shallow water, increase i n v a r i e t y from north towards the equator. At present, i t seems more l i k e l y that l o c a l conditions, probably r e l a t i v e l y low s a l i n i t y caused by excessive d i l u t i o n of marine waters by g l a c i a l melt waters, caused t h i s r e l a t i v e paucity of taxa i n the Vancouver area. P o s s i b l y also depth played a r o l e and samples vith greater taxonomic v a r i e t y may represent a s l i g h t l y deeper-water environment, r e f l e c t i n g the general offshore optimum of the Foraminifera. With Foraminifera, as opposed to marine l a r g e r invertebrates, the number of species generally increases markedly with depth from the i n t e r t i d a l zone out to the outer n e r i t i c or upper bathyal zone. I t i s also true, however, i n common with l a r g e r marine invertebrates, that the f o r a m i n i f e r a l taxonomic v a r i e t y g r eatly increases i n shallow water moving from the poles toward the equator. In the present case reduced s a l i n i t y probably i s the major cause f o r r e l a t i v e l y low taxonomic d i v e r s i t y . 44 The most abundantly represented species i n the faunas from a l l l o c a l i t i e s except one i s Elphidium clavatum, sensu l a t o . In the exceptional sample, B-7076, the dominant element i s another species of Elphidium, here r e f e r r e d to E. frigidum Cushman. Other species of the E l p h i d i i d a e occur commonly to r a r e l y at many l o c a l i t i e s but t h e i r d i s t r i b u t i o n i s more, l o c a l . They do, however, make up part of the group of secondary dominant forms* The s p e c i f i c d i s t r i b u t i o n of the E l p h i d i i d a e may. not Indicate p a r t i c u l a r d ifferences between the Vancouver and Juneau area* (Figure 3.) Perhaps s i g n i f i c a n t l y , however, E* fridum and E. (?) sp* c f . E. frigidum are present only i n the Juneau area and are there present at almost every l o c a l i t y . More e c o l o g i c a l data on l i v i n g E. frigidum would c e r t a i n l y shed l i g h t on t h i s matter. D i s t r i b u t i o n a l data a v a i l a b l e seem to ind i c a t e that i t i s confined to more northerly waters than i s E* clavatum. I t has l e s s tolerance f o r reduced s a l i n i t y than has JE. clavatum and probably i t can l i v e i n deeper water. I t i s often d i f f i c u l t to evaluate d i s t r i b u t i o n a l data because d i f f e r e n t worker's methods and d e s c r i p t i v e environmental parameters often are not d i r e c t l y comparable, even when such a seemingly simple phenomenon as depth i s considered. The other secondary numerical dominants within the assemblages studied include Pseudononion auriculum and l e s s e r Nonion labradoricum of the Nonionidae, Cassidulina t e r e t i s and C, i s l a n d i c a of the Ca s s i d u l i n i d a e , Buccella f r i g i d a and B. tenerrima of the R o t a l i i d a e , and C i b i c i d e s lobatulus of the Anomalinidaeiv The r e l a t i v e abundance of a l l of these forms appears to vary from l o c a l i t y to l o c a l i t y with no important differences between the Juneau and Vancouver areas. Pseudononion auriculum does appear to be dominant over Nonion labradoricum i n the Juneau area whereas i n the Vancouver area N. labradoricum occurs but Pseudononion auriculum does not; however, few nonionids are present i n the l a t t e r area. With Cassidulina, which usually occurs i n at l e a s t moderate numbers* C. t e r e t i s u sually dominates. L o c a l l y , however, as at D-1211 (Burnaby Lake) and D-1214 and D-1215 (Graham I s l a n d ) , C. i s l a n d i c a predominates. The d i s t r i b u t i o n of Cassidulina c l o s e l y correlates with temperature, being a \" c o l d water\" form generally found i n abundance i n shallow c o l d water and thought to move down v e r t i c a l l y along isotherms as surface-water temperature increases. C. t e r e t i s was reported by Green (1960) as the dominant element of a \" s h e l f \" fauna i n the A r c t i c Ocean at depths of 433 to 510 meters. This species appears to have a r e l a t i v e l y great depth range, from 0 meters down-ward, although not being represented much below the uppermost bathyal zone. Cassidulina i s l a n d i c a has been reported from n e r i t i c depths o f f Iceland (N^rvang, 1945). Presently a v a i l a b l e data do not supply any reasons f o r d i s t r i b u t i o n a l differences between C. t e r e t i s and C. i s l a n d i c a . C i b i c i d e s lobatulus, p a r t i c u l a r l y abundant at D-1211, i s r e l a t i v e l y europic and widely d i s t r i b u t e d at n e r i t i c as well as l i t t o r a l depths i n many areas although, as previously mentioned, i t iswyunlikely that C\u00C2\u00BB lobatulus ever l i v e s i n the i n t e r t i d a l zone, except perhaps i n permanent pools. C. lobatulus has a greater southerly geographic range than most species found i n the present fauna. Among the l e s s abundant taxa more noticeable d i f f e r e n c e s occur between the l o c a l i t i e s sampled. The Lagenidae comprise a large number of i d e n t i f i e d species but are found i n small numbers at any one l o c a l i t y . In the present seas t h i s family has an offshore optimum i n waters of normal marine s a l i n i t y around the outer shelf and upper bathyal zone. In the region studied lagenids occur i n greatest numbers and v a r i e t y from the Juneau area and D-1209 (Shannon Creek) and D-1211 (Burnaby Lake) (see Figure 3). Even without lagenids 46 these l o c a l i t i e s e x h i b i t r e l a t i v e l y great taxonomic v a r i e t y , so that the presence of lagenids serves to support the suggestion that d e p o s i t i o n i n these areas was, as w e l l as i n waters of normal or only s l i g h t l y l e s s than normal marine s a l i n i t y , i n s l i g h t l y deeper water than other areas of t h i s study, even though i t i s t h e o r e t i c a l l y p o s s i b l e that a shallower h a b i t a t could have been attained by lagenids i n the more northerly, colder waters. M i l i o l i d s a l s o reach greatest frequency and taxonomic d i v e r s i t y i n the Juneau area, although the contrast i s not as great between the Juneau and Vancouver areas as i t i s with lagenids. This may only r e f l e c t the f a c t that as a group they are found widely d i s t r i b u t e d geographically i n modern shallow waters, regardless of temperature, but having s l i g h t l y greater s a l i n i t y tolerances than do the lagenids* I t may be s i g n i f i c a n t , however, that although l i t t l e i n d e t a i l i s known about the d i s t r i b u t i o n of Quinquloculina agglutinata and (J, a r c t i c a , they were o r i g i n a l l y described from the A r c t i c and they only occur i n the Juneau area of the present study, being found i n small numbers, but at most l o c a l i t i e s * The same i s true of Gorjiipspira c f . \u00C2\u00A3* a r c t i c a of the Ophthalmidiidae, a species o r i g i n a l l y described from the A r c t i c and here found only i n the Juneau area. These three species may have a northerly d i s t r i b u t i o n which has not reached as f a r south as Vancouver, e i t h e r presently or i n past time. To consider some other genera and species found i n r e l a t i v e l y small numbers i n the present assemblages but with some p a r t i c u l a r ecologic s i g n i -f i c a n c e , the author has selected B u l i m i n e l l a elegantissima, B o l i y i n a (two species were found i n t h i s study), T r i f a r i n a fluens and T. hughesi (taken together), Uvigerina cushmani, Epistominella v i t r e a and E. p a c i f i c a , and \" V i r g u l i n a w f u s i f o r m i s . B u l i m i n e l l a elegantissima was found i n small numbers at four l o c a l i t i e s i n the Juneau area and most abundantly at B-6892 (the 4 ? r a i s e d beach on Douglas Isl a n d ) . I t occurs i n great r e l a t i v e and absolute abundance i n modern shore sands and i n shallow waters of the English Channel, which has been studied i n great d e t a i l . From t h i s and other occurrences, i t i s always taken to indicate shallow water (up to the shore) of normal marine s a l i n i t y . B o l i v i n a was found i n r e l a t i v e l y small numbers at most Juneau-area l o c a l i t i e s . B o l i v i n a s with p a r t i c u l a r morphological characters have c l o s e l y delimited depth ranges (see Bandy, 1960). The present b o l i v i n a s are morphologically very s i m i l a r to known shallow-water forms from o f f southern C a l i f o r n i a . B u l i m i n e l l a and B o l i v i n a were found only i n the Juneau area. T r i f a r i n a fluens (a costate form) and T. hughesi (non-costate but very s i m i l a r and apparently c l o s e l y related) were found i n the Vancouver area (D-1211 and D-1213), the Queen Charlotte Islands (D-1215), and at twelve l o c a l i t i e s i n the Juneau area, but t h e i r r e l a t i v e numbers increased from rare elsewhere to few i n the Vancouver area. Uvigerina cushmani i s represented i n r e l a t i v e l y large numbers ( t h i r t y specimens present i n the assemblage s l i d e ) at D-1211 and by nine specimens from D-1213, while i t i s only represented by one specimen each from B-7067 and B-7068 i n the Juneau area. In the absence of other data, the southerly d i s t r i b u t i o n of uvigerinins would appear to r e f l e c t a preference f o r r e l a t i v e l y warm water. However, according to F. L. Packer and 0* Bandy (1964, personal communications) the presence of costate u v i g e r i n i n s does not harmonize with the shallow-water aspect of the faunas indicated by the dominant forms. Most costate uv i g e r i n i n s l i v e at bathyal depths today; however, a few species such as T r i f a r i n a fluens and T, hughesi which are not heavily costate, are known to l i v e i n shallow water. The author has seen these species i n moderate abundance i n a sample from water 13 meters deep i n Icy S t r a i t near Juneau. On the other hand, Uchio (1959) reports a 48 faunal boundary at approximately 70 meters based on the dominance change to T. fluens from other shallower-water forms, Uvigerlna cushmani i s heavily costate and heavily cost ate forms are not common i n shallow water at the present time, although the author has i d e n t i f i e d t h i s species from depths of less than 100 meters i n Taku Harbor, Alaska. S p e c i f i c tolerances of the species discussed here are not known; however, very s i m i l a r uvigerinins were found c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of the outer s h e l f (100-200 meters) i n the Bering Sea by Anderson (1963). Of the two species of Epistominella i n t h i s study, E\u00C2\u00AB v i t r e a dominates over JE. p a c i f j c a i n abundance and wider d i s t r i b u t i o n though both are l o c a l l y d i s t r i b u t e d throughout the area. I t i s i n t e r e s t i n g to note that t h e i r greatest abundance together, as well as the greatest abundance of E. v i t r e a , occurs at B-6892, the ra i s e d beach deposit on Douglas Island (Juneau area), an obviously shallow-water deposit containing many s h e l l s of i n t e r t i d a l limpets. Parker and Bandy (1964, personal communications) also f i n d the presence of Epistominella v i t r e a and E, p a c i f i c a inconsistent with the other elements of the assemblages. E, v i t r e a was o r i g i n a l l y described by Parker from shallow water i n San Antonio Bay, Texas, however, and while obviously a eurythermal species, i t would appear t o be stenobathic at l e a s t to the extent of \"shallow water,\" E, p a c i f i c a appears eurybathic; being recovered from \"deep\" (bathyal at l e a s t ) and \"shallow\" ( n e r i t i c at l e a s t ) - water sediments. Such sediments containing E. p a c i f i c a have been studied by the author from o i l wells i n the Los Angeles basin of C a l i f o r n i a * The author also has i d e n t i f i e d a few specimens of E. v i t r e a and E. p a c i f i c a from a modern sample from 13 meters depth i n Icy S t r a i t . . I f , however, Parker and Bandy are correct, a p o s s i b l e explanation f o r the presence of these uvi g e r i n i n s and epistominellas e x i s t s i n the downward displacement of the r e s t of the fauna, whereby i t joined the autochthonous 49 u v i g e r i n i n s and epistominellas. In narrow deep i n l e t s t h i s mechanism i s p a r t i c u l a r l y f e a s i b l e , both considering steep slopes and gr a v i t y and retrans-port of s h e l l s picked up by nearshore i c e or c a r r i e d out onto i c e shelves (see Gow, Weeks, Hendrickson, and Rowland, 1965) and subsequently dropped. This explanation, however mechanically f e a s i b l e , seems not to be i n keeping with tie very large number of specimens (over 90% of the assemblages) which would have to be allochthonous elements of the f o s s i l faunas unless deeper bottom conditions at the s i t e s of deposition were such that few foraminifers could l i v e . One possible i n t e r p r e t a t i o n i s that ecologic f a c t o r s were changing r a p i d l y on the basin bottoms so as to permit only occasional occupation by Foraminifera, as noted i n some f j o r d s with s i l l s where bottoms are anaerobic most of the time. Another p o s s i b i l i t y i s that the ecologic conditions of the basin bottom remained so rigorous that only the hardiest forms could s u r v i v e . If the f o s s i l faunas represent, on the other hand, autochthonous assemblages, probably these few l i v i n g s i t e s were i n s l i g h t l y deeper water than those represented by any other assemblages of t h i s study. \" V i r g u l i n a \" f u s l f o r m i s , rare i n the Vancouver area but i n r e l a t i v e l y large numbers (few to common) at some Juneau-area l o c a l i t i e s , i s a common constituent of s h e l f faunas. This supports an. i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of s l i g h t l y deeper-water habitat for most of the Juneau-area material than f o r most of the Vancouver-area samples. I t i s , however, s t i l l p o s s i b l e that the question can be mainly resolved on the basis of s a l i n i t i e s lower at most of the Vancouver-area s i t e s than at the Juneau-area s i t e s . Although d e t a i l e d knowledge of the ecologic tolerances of the taxa does not e x i s t presently, nor can p a r t i c u l a r conclusions be drawn here, i t seems worthwhile to summarize what may be s i g n i f i c a n t d i s t r i b u t i o n a l d i f f e r e n c e s , f i r s t g r a p h i c a l l y and then by a few paragraphs of explanation. 5 0 Represented In The Juneau Area but not Present i n the Vancouver Area Buliminidae B o l i V i n a (2 spp.) X B u l i m i n e l l a elegantissima X Globobulimina a u r i c u l a t a X \" V i r g u l i n a \" f u s i f o r m i s Uvigerina cushmani Elphidiidae. .andiNpnlpnldae Elphidium frigidum, sensu l a t o X Elphidium b a r t l e t t i Protelphidium orbiculare Pseudononion a u r i c u l a Nonionella turgida d i g i t a t a Astrononion gallowayi X Lagenidae Dentalina spp. Some spp. F i s s u r i n a , Lagena, Oolina X F i s s u r i n a of 2 spp. Oolina c o l l a r i s P l a n u l a r i a X M i l i o l i d a e M i l i o l i n e l l a . & Pateoris X Quinqueloculina a r c t i c a X Present i n Both Areas but Only Rarely i n the Vancouver Area X X X X Better Represented or only Present i n the Vancouver Area X X X X X 51 2.* \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 aggliitinata: Other calcareous forms Gordiospira cf . G. a r c t i c a Discorbis Epistomaroides c f . E. rimosa C i b i c i d e s lobatulus Arenaceous taxa Eggerella adyena H aplophragmoldes spp. Trochammina (?) sp. Represented i n the Juneau Area but not Present i n the Vancouver Area X Present i n Both Better Represented Areas but Only or only Present Rarely i n the Vancouver Area i n the Vancouver Area X X X X X X Of a l l the forms considered above, those whose t o t a l numbers are more than a few include C i b i c i d e s lobatulus, Elphidium b a r t l e t t i , Elphidium frigidum, sensu l a t o , nonionids, and \" V i r g u l i n a \" f u s i f o r m i s , and, to a l e s s e r extent, Quinqueloculina, B o l i v i n a and lagenids taken as groups. Taxa well represented i n the Juneau area but not i n the Vancouver area, unless otherwise indicated, include members of the Bulimininae (Buliminidae) with B o l i v i n a alexanderensis and B. p a c i f i c a , B u l i m i n e l l a elegantissima, and Globobullmina a u r i c u l a t a , represented i n small numbers i n the Juneau area, and \" V i r g u l i n a \" f u s i f o r m i s , common at Juneau and Hare at two Vancouver s i t e s ; D iscorbis; Eggerella advena, Hap1ophragmoides spp., and Trochammina (?) sp. ( i n small numbers but the only t r u l y arenaceous groups represented)^ ; -52 Elphidium frigidum and E. sp. c f . E. frigidum; Epistomaroides c f . E. rimosa; lagenids i n c l u d i n g species of Dentallna (one species i s rare at one Vancouver l o c a l i t y ) , F i s s u r i n a c f . F* cucurbitasema, F* c f . F. quadrata, F\u00C2\u00BB s e r r a t a (?) ( f i s s u r i n a s are present only i n small numbers and other species of the genus occur both at Juneau and Vancouver and Graham Island and two species occur only at Vancouver), and one or more species of Lagena and f i v e of Oolina (other species occur i n the Juneau, Graham Island, and Vancouver material and a l l species of both genera are rare except 0. c o l l a r i s which a t t a i n s moderate numbers at the Shannon Creek l o c a l i t y ) , and P l a n u l a r i a (one species o n l y ) ; Gordiospira c f * G. a r c t i c a ; some m i l i o l i d s including both the recorded species of M i l l o i i n e l l a and Pa t e o r i s , Quinqueloculina a g g l u t i n t a and CJ. a r c t i c a ; of the Nonionidae, Astrononion gallowayi and Nonionella t u r g i d a Var. d i g i t a t a are rare but present at almost a l l Juneau l o c a l i t i e s and the former are rare at one Lakelse and the l a t t e r at one Vancouver l o c a l i t y , and Pseudononion auriculafek which i s common i n the Juneau area and only questionably recorded from one Vancouver s i t e . The only species whose abundance appears s i g n i f i c a n t l y higher i n the Vancouver area than i n the Juneau area are Elphidium b a r t l e t t i , Profeelphidium o r b i c u l a r e , Oolina c o l l a r i s ^ and Uvigerlna cushmani. C i b i c i d e s lobatulus i s common i n the Juneau area but abundant at two Vancouver s i t e s ; t h i s may i n some way r e f l e c t the generally more southern d i s t r i b u t i o n of that species than of any other which i s p a r t i c u l a r l y well represented i n t h i s fauna. Although present elsewhere at Vancouver, Queen Charlotte, and Juneau l o c a l i t i e s , the f a c t that Elphidium b a r t l e t t i and Protelphidium o r b i c u l a r e reach t h e i r greatest abundance (\"abundant!'1 and \"few,\" r e s p e c t i v e l y ; see Figure 3) at D-1210, a l o c a l i t y with only 10 to 15 species (14 s p e c i f i c designations noted, see Figure 3) undoubtedly has ecologic s i g n i f i c a n c e , but i t cannot presently be evaluated; possibly these species can f l o u r i s h i n somewhat reduced s a l i n i t y where competitors are eliminated, but at depths greater than s u i t a b l e f o r the 53 almost exclusive presence of Elphidium clavatum. The abundance of C i b i c i d e s lobatulus at D-1210 supports t h i s contention. Globigerinas and F i s s u r i n a l u c i d a are most abundant at the Graham Island l o c a l i t i e s and Cassidulina norcrossi only < occurs there. In passing, i t i s i n t e r e s t i n g to note that some specimens from D-1212 have been f i l l e d by p y r i t e . The presumed age of the deposit seems to i n d i c a t e a r e l a t i v e l y short time f o r t h i s phenomenon to have developed, although i t ' i s common with Foraminifera from old e r deposits. The v i r t u a l absence of arenaceous forms from the present fauna taken as a whole i s unexplained. C e r t a i n l y enough p a r t i c l e s of the usual size-ranges faosen f o r a gglutination are present i n the sediment. This lack of arenaceous Foraminifera has also been noted i n s i m i l a r faunas elsewhere, although, i n modern waters, Cockbain (1963) found many arenaceous foraminifers i n f i n e sediment i n the S t r a i t of Georgia, and Cooper (1964) found a fauna dominated by E g g e r e l l a adyena i n f i n e sediment of the Chukchi Sea, and arenaceous species charactize \"marsh faunas\" i n brackish water. I t i s h i g h l y l i k e l y that Eggerella advena at l e a s t was represented i n greater numbers i n the l i v i n g fauna of the present study; the author observed many tes t s of t h i s species crumble during sample preparation. They are very e a s i l y destroyed. Summary of Paleoecology of the Present Forami n i f e r a l Assemblages To sum up the paleoecology of the fauna represented i n t h i s study, as a Whole the fauna l i v e d i n shallow water, probably i n depths l e s s than 30 meters, i n waters of v a r i a b l e s a l i n i t y , from normal marine (35\u00C2\u00B0/oo) to brackish (probably down to 15 to 20\u00C2\u00B0/oo), and i n cold temperatures (possible range, 54 seasonal minimum of ~2\u00C2\u00B0C to seasonal maximum of 25\u00C2\u00B0C). G l a c i a l meltwater caused the reduced s a l i n i t i e s . Reduced faunas may also i n d i c a t e quite . l i m i t e d open ocean connections f o r t h e i r l o c a l i t i e s . Although isotherms during g l a c i a l times probably p a r a l l e l e d those of today but showed colder water extending further south, l i t t l e can be s a i d about the v a r i a t i o n i n temperatures of the near-shore environment where i c e reaching the sea throughout the area of study must have kept temperatures quite low, with considerable l o c a l d i f f e r e n c e . Even today, when near-shore isotherms can be measured and probably show l e s s l o c a l v a r i a t i o n because of less melting i c e , the fauna of the present study ex i s t s through a considerable temperature range. Such temperature c o n t r o l l e d differences i n faunal content as do e x i s t have not been documented i n any d e t a i l . Whithin the region studied, no Juneau area sample contained a t r u l y reduced fauna, i n d i c a t i n g that the s a l i n i t y at any of the l o c a l i t i e s sampled did not drop below 20\u00C2\u00B0/oo, i f ever reaching that low. Normal marine conditions are i n f a c t indicated by assemblages with as much d i v e r s i t y as found i n the Juneau area. This would exclude habitats where s a l i n i t i e s dropped below 25\u00C2\u00B0/oo and where seaways were much r e s t r i c t e d (such as long, narrow f j o r d s ) . The depths at-which the various Alaskan assemblages l i v e d probably varied from l-owtfid'e (B-6892 and possibly other l o c a l i t i e s ) to something l e s s than 30 meters. The question of the p o s s i b i l i t y of deposition of f o s s i l s i n depths below t h e i r l i v i n g s i t e s cannot be answered but such deposition seems l e s s l i k e l y f o r most of the Juneau-area l o c a l i t i e s than f o r some of the Vancouver-area s i t e s . On the whole, the Juneau-area seemblages appear to have l i v e d i n s l i g h t l y deeper or more s a l i n e or les s geographically r e s t r i c t e d environ-ments (or any combination thereof) than the Vancouver-area assemblages. The 55 case f o r t h i s conclusion rests plainly on the r e l a t i v e number of taxa present i n both areas. Juneau-area assemblages average 38.5 taxa per l o c a l i t y with a maximum of 50 and a minimum of 18 and only f i v e assemblages out of 15 containing l e s s than 40 taxa (see Figure 3); Vancouver-area assemblages average 17 taxa per sample with a maximum of 31 and a minimum of seven and three assemblages each over and under 15. At Lakelse low s a l i n i t y (between approxi-mately 15 and 20\u00C2\u00B0/oo with one and perhaps two samples i n d i c a t i v e of s l i g h t l y higher s a l i n i t y of perhaps 17 to 25\u00C2\u00B0/oo) and a r e s t r i c t e d seaway are indicated by the combination of the presence of Elphidium clavatum, a species which can t o l e r a t e s a l i n i t i e s at l e a s t as low as l5\u00C2\u00B0/oo, and the low absolute numbers of other taxa. The present topography of the area supports the i n d i c a t i o n of a r e s t r i c t e d seaway. Out of s i x samples the maximum number of taxa encountered i s 12, the minimum one, and the average f i v e . Regarding the Queen Charlotte Islands, the two samples contained 21 and 30 taxa; while t h i s i s not as high as Juneau, neither i s i t as low as Vancouver. The unwashed samples were small and, f o r the content of the fauna, ttie author believes that l a r g e r samples would contain more taxa, at l e a s t equalling those from Juneau i n d i v e r s i t y * Taxa from the Queen Charlotte samples i n d i c a t e a l i v i n g - s i t e environment i n cold water, les s than 30 meters deep, although possibly a b i t deeper that at many other sampled l o c a l i t i e s , probably of normal marine s a l i n i t y and c e r t a i n l y not more than a few parts per thousand below normal marine. Planktonic Foraminifera i n d i c a t e proximity to the open ocean, an i n t e r p r e t a t i o n which i s supported by the present geographic r e l a t i o n to the sea of the l o c a l i t y sampled. For a l l of the l o c a l i t i e s studied, l i f e i n depths of l e s s than 30 meters i s indicated by the overwhelming absolute and r e l a t i v e abundance of Elphidium clavatum, sensu l a t o . So f a r as i s presently known, the species 56 l i v e s abundantly today throughout i t s geographic range i n water from 0 to approximately 30 meters, then f a l l s o f f very rapidly i n numbers, disappearing almost completely below about 60 meters. E. clavatum proves the outstanding ecologic i n d i c a t o r f o r thecontinued i n abundance down to 30 meters, where i t began to f a l l o f f r a p i d l y , almost disappearing between 60 and 100 meters. Since Buzas separated l i v i n g specimens from empty t e s t s by the rose bengal s t a i n i n g method (see Walton, 1952), h i s r e s u l t s are most r e l i a b l e . The abundance of the arenaceous foraminifer Eggerella advena increased with decrease of sediment p a r t i c l e s i z e , but Buzas (1965, personal communication) does not b e l i e v e that t h i s apparent r e l a t i o n between p a r t i c l e s i z e and arenaceous versus calcareous t e s t n e c e s s a r i l y correlates d i r e c t l y , e i t h e r i n Long Island Sound or elsewhere where the phenomenon has been reported. Buzas concluded that the d i s t r i b u t i o n of the Foraminifera with depth cannot be r e l a t e d to temperature, s a l i n i t y , phosphate, n i t r a t e , oxygen, pH, Eh, concen-t r a t i o n of phytoplankton, or p a r t i c l e s i z e of the sediment. He suggested that the foraminifers i n Long Island Sound are s e l e c t i v e feeders, and that t h e i r d i s t r i b u t i o n i s r e l a t e d to the material upon which they feed. To i l l u s t r a t e the e s s e n t i a l homogeneity of the present fauna, the following comparison i s made. Feyling-Hanssen (1965) records four assemblages belonging to the same faunal province as the present material from sediments he i n t e r p r e t s as representative of the \"Post G l a c i a l Warm i n t e r v a l \" i n Spitsbergen and with which he compares Recent assemblages from Northeast Greenland and Spitsbergen. Of 57 species reported from four u p l i f t e d marine sediment samples from the Talavera area, Barents^Y.a, Spitsbergen, only f i v e arenaceous species, polymorphinids of two or three species, one r o t a l o i d species, and possibly two or three other species, a l l r a r e , are not present i n the B r i t i s h Columbia-Alaska m a t e r i a l . A few other species are not r e f e r r e d to as the same taxa.' as they are i n t h i s report but are c o n s p e c i f i c i n f a c t . The dominant forms i n Feyling-Hanssen's four sampes are Elphidium clavatum 63 (sensu l a t o ) , Astrononion galloway!, Nonion labradoricum, C i b i c i d e s lobatulus, B u c c e l l a tenerrima, and Cassidulina crassa (which i s the same species as here r e f e r r e d to C. i s l a n d i c a ) . Between the four sampled, a marked differ e n c e i n dominance occurs, however. In one, Elphidium clavatum (sensu lato) constitutes 31 percent of the fauna, Astronionion galloway! 15 percent, B u c c e l l a tenerrima 11 percent, Nonion labradoricum 10 percent, and Cassidulina crassa and Cibi c j d e s lobatulus each 8 p e r c e n t , t o t a l i n g 83 percent of the assemblage, with the other 26 species each c o n s t i t u t i n g less than three per cent of the assemb-lage. In the other three samples Cibi c j d e s lobatulus, Astrononion gallowayi, and JJonion labradoricum a l l dominate over Elphidium clavatum,(sensu lato) while B u c c e l l a tenerrima i s rare and Cassidulina crassa i s present i n the following respective percentages: greater, approximately the same, and l e s s e r than Elphidium claVatumf(pensu l a t o ) i n the three samples. A l l other species remain r e l a t i v e l y r a r e . It can be seen c l e a r l y that the d i f f e r e n c e between these two groups of dominants (Elphidium and B u c c e l l a versus Astrononion, C i b i c i d e s , and Nonion) i s s t r i k i n g when compared to the p i c t u r e seen i n the B r i t i s h Columbia-Alaska material (see Figure 3) where i n a l l 29 assemblages studied, the Elphldium-B u c c e l l a group dominantes. Regarding the other forms abundant at Talavera, Astrononion galloway! i s present but rare i n many samples from Juneau and Lakelse; C i b i c i d e s lobatulus i s a subdominant i n the B r i t i s h Columbia-Alaska material; cassidulinas also are subdominant, but although both are numerous, the species t e r e t i s i s more abundant than the c r a s s a - i s l a n d i ca form, whereas t e r e t i s i s present but not important at Talavera. Nonion labradoricum, though present i n most B r i t i s h Columbia-Alaska samples, occurs commonly i n only two; and Pseudononion auricultm and, to a l e s s e r degree, Elphidium b a r t l e t t i , Epistominella v i t r e a and \" V i r g u l i n a \" f u s i f o r m i s are species which 64 form a s i g n i f i c a n t , component of the B r i t i s h Columbia-Alaska fauna but which are represented only i n small numbers i n the Talavera samples. Although Feyling-Hanssen does not mention the comparison of dominants i n h i s four samples, instead comparing them, as a group more generally to Recent Northeast Greenland and Spitsbergen faunas, i t seems warranted to conclude that the Elphidium-dominated assemblages l i v e d i n s l i g h t l y shallower water than d i d the other three, Probably a l l l i v e d i n water shallower than 100 meters, based on the f a i r l y high per cent of E. clavatum, sensu l a t o i n a l l samples and the shallower-water aspect of the fauna as a whole, but with the Elphidium-dominated group most l i k e l y somewhere between 30 meters and the shore. The p o s s i b i l i t y of a brackish water environment f o r any of the samples does not appear great and no l i k e l i h o o d e x i s t s f o r s a l i n i t y of l e s s than 25\u00C2\u00B0/oo even f o r the Elphidium-dominated assemblage, Feyling-Hanssen makes an apparently V a l i d case f o r temperatures somewhat warmer than occur at comparable l o c a l i t i e s today. He bases t h i s conclusion on comparison of the Talavera assemblages with 12 A r c t i c bottom samples, assumed to be of Recent age, c o l l e c t e d by him from Spitsbergen and Northeast Greenland, He c i t e s as evidence f o r colder water the r e l a t i v e taxonomic paucity and great dominance of two species, s t a t i n g that one sample from eight meters o f f Spitsbergen contained 33 species and one from 10 meters o f f North-east Greenland y i e l d e d 24 s p e c i e s . The number of species i n the other 10 samples v a r i e d from seven to 16. A t o t a l of 53 species were observed. He further s t a t e s that i n most samples Elphidium clavatum and Cassidulina crassa accounted f o r more than 80 percent of the assemblage, a frequency d i s t r i b u t i o n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of A r c t i c shallow-water faunas today and of l a t e Pleistocene g l a c i a l clays i n Norway (Feyling-Hanssen 1954, 1957). 65 FAUNAL COMPOSITION Most l o c a l i t i e s y i e l d remarkably homogeneous assemblages. Some comprise fewer species than usual, nevertheless these reduced faunas e x h i b i t the same kind of species dominance as the more diverse assemblages; the Lakelese samples are outstanding examples of t h i s , (See Figure 3.) The f o s s i l s studied come from s i x l o c a l i t i e s i n the region of Vancouver, B r i t i s h Columbia; two l o c a l i t i e s from the east coast of Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands; three cores from a s l i d e at Lakelse, B r i t i s h Columbia; and f i f t e e n l o c a l i t i e s from the area around Juneau, Alaska, representing a l i n e a r distance of about 900 miles, (Figures 1 and 2.) Arenaceous forms are represented only by occasional specimens of one or two species of Haplophragmoides of the family L i t u o l i d a e , a few specimens of Eggerella advena of the family V a l v u l i n i d a e , one or two species of the Saccamminidae, one of the Hyperamminidae, and one questionable Trochammina of the Trochamminidae, The s i l i c e o u s forms include one specimen questionably r e f e r r e d to Rzehakina. The calcareous imperforate group comprises r e l a t i v e l y small numbers of the M i l i o l i d a e , with at l e a s t four species of Quinqueloculina, two species of M i l i o l i n e l l a , one or two species of P a t e o r i s , two species of T r i l o c u l i n a , and one or two species of Pyrgo, and the Ophthalmidiidae, with several specimens of Gordiosplra. Calcareous perforate Foraminifera are by f a r the most abundant forms found, both i n actual numbers and taxonomic d i v e r s i t y . Specimens of one or two species or v a r i e t i e s of Elphidium greatly outnumber a l l other forms. Other members of the E l p h i d i i d a e , some occurring i n f a i r l y large numbers, 66 include at l e a s t four species of Elphidium, two species of E l p h i d i e l l a , and two species of Protelphidium, Other f a m i l i e s represented by r e l a t i v e l y l a r g e numbers of specimens, although not nearly as numerous as the E l p h i d i i d a e and of more l o c a l d i s t r i b u t i o n , include the Cassidulinidae, the Nonionidae, the Ro t a l i i d a e ^ and the Anomalinidae. The Cassidulinidae include two f a i r l y numerous species, with one rare species and two rare and questionable species of C a ssidulina, The Nonionidae comprise two f a i r l y numerous species, one of Nonion and one of Pseudononion, and small numbers of specimens assigned to Astrononion (two spe c i e s ) , Nonionella (two spe c i e s ) , and Pseudononion (one or two s p e c i e s ) . Two species of B u c c e l l a represent the most abundant ro t a l i i d s . Two species of Epistominella, one represented by quite a few specimens, and one questionable species of B u c c e l l a complete the l i s t of the R q t a l i i d a e . The Anomalinidae include one species of C i b i c i d e s , which occurs i n f a i r l y large numbers l o c a l l y , and a few specimens r e f e r r e d to Dyocibicides. The Lagenidae comprise a great v a r i e t y of species but a l l occur i n small numbers. There are about 12 species of Lagena, 1 0 of Oolina, s i x of F i s s u r i n a , three of Dentalina, and one each of Robulus and P l a n u l a r i a . The Buliminidae are not numerous but represent a r e l a t i v e l y large number of the more minor elements of the fauna. There are two species each of, B o l i v i n a and T r i f a r i n a , and one species each of B u l i m i n e l l a , Robertina, Globobulimina, \" V i r g u l i n a , \" 3 1 1 ( 1 P v i g e r i n a . Of these, \" V i r g u l i n a , \" followed by B o l i v i n a , B u l i m i n e l l a , T r i f a r i n a , and Uvigerlna, include most of the specimens of t h i s family. The fa m i l i e s Polymorphinidae (one species each of Polymorphina,Sigmomorphina(?) , Laryngosigma), S p i r i l l i n i d a e (one species of P a t e l l i n a ) , Discorbidae (two s p e c i f i c a l l y u n i d e n t i f i e d and two questionable members of D i s c o r b l s ) , Epistomariidae (one species of Epistomaroides), and Globigerinidae (two species Globigerina, f a i r l y well represented i n the Queen Charlotte material and rare elsewhere) complete the fauna. 67 AGE AND CORRELATION D e f i n i t i o n and C o r r e l a t i o n of the Pleistocene Series and Epoch I t i s reasonable to assume that a l l of the l o c a l i t i e s examined i n t h i s study are of Pleistocene age, using the d e f i n i t i o n of Pleistocene as i n c l u s i v e of a l l l a t e Cenozoie episodes of advanced i c e along with t h e i r r e l a t e d i n t e r g l a c i a l episodes. O r i g i n a l l y , L y e l l declared that h i s \"Newer Pliocene\" or Pleistocene should be that time when approximately ninety per cent of the marine fauna belong to extant species and only approximately ten per cent to e x t i n c t species. Subsequently, i n h i s tenth e d i t i o n , L y e l l changed the d e f i n i t i o n . He followed the work of g l a c i o l o g i s t s , s t a t i n g that the Pleistocene should be that time of advanced i c e . This posed a p a r t i c u -l a r l y d i f f i c u l t problem i n world-wide c o r r e l a t i o n of contemporaneous deposits. The f i r s t appearance of one or the other or both of the \"colder-water\" forms A r c t i c a (=Cyprina) i s l a n d i c a (a pelecypod) and Hyalinea (=Anomalina) b a l t i c a (a foraminifer) i n the Mediterranean has also been recommended by members of the International Commission on S t r a t i g r a p h i c Nomenclature as marking the beginning of the Pleistocene. Radioactive decay schemes and other methods also are presently being used to define the Pliocene-Pleistocene boundary. Such other methods as oxygen isotope r a t i o s , C 14, Ionium/Thorium decay, and d i r e c t i o n s of c o i l i n g of planktonic Foraminifera have also been used to subdivide the Pleistocene Stage. The r e l a t i o n s h i p of the V i l l a f r a n c h i a n deposits to Calabrian i n the Pleistocene type area of I t a l y and elsewhere presents another problem; t h i s i s , should the base of the Pleistocene be equated with the base of the V i l l a f r a n c h i a n , the base of the Calabrian or the base of the Upper Calabrian? Such workers as Evernden, C u r t i s , and 68 Savage are studying t h i s problem from the basis of r a d i o a c t i v e decay age data and g l a c i a l sediment and faunal c o r r e l a t i o n s . C l e a r l y , the base of Calabrian deposits, which are considered as much a part of the type Pleistocene as the V i l l a f r a n c h i a n , i s not as old as the base of the V i l l a f r a n c h i a n . In a s e r i e s apparently representing continuous deposition, the Calabrian i s immediately underlain by beds r e f e r r e d to the Pliocene. However, g l a c i a l deposits have been foundilow i n the V i l l a f r a n c h i a n , i n material probably c o r r e l a t i v e with the \"Pliocene\" beds below the Calabrian ( C u r t i s , 1965, personal communication), potassium/Argon dates on lower V i l l a f r a n c h i a n material are approximately three m i l l i o n years before present. I f the d e f i n i t i o n of the Pleistocene i s to r e s t on g l a c i a t i o n , i t i s reasonable to assume that no l o g i c a l separation e x i s t s between Pleistocene and Recent or Holocene, p a r t i c u l a r l y i n l i g h t of the f a c t that most workers today recognize that, i n a l l p r o b a b i l i t y , the s e r i e s of g l a c i a l advances numbered many more than the \" c l a s s i c \" four. Present i c e d i s t r i b u t i o n may represent, i n the opinion of many m e t e o r o l o g i s t s , a r e l a t a t i v e l y warm period w i t h i n a continuing s e r i e s of g l a c i a l advances and r e t r e a t s . E m i l i a n i and Geiss (1957) give a pertinent discussion of the general problem of g l a c i a t i o n and an excellent bibliography on the subject, although t h e i r dates on \"Pleistocene\" i c e advances do not agree with more recent data on that subject. E m i l i a n i (1965, personal communication) now agrees with the longer time-scale presently advanced. The present work can shed no l i g h t on the d e f i n i t i o n of the Pleistocene other than to suggest that deposits herein and elsewhere r e f e r r e d to the Pleistocene Series are probably younger than any deposits so referred i n the type area of I t a l y . I t i s the author's opinion that the problem of the base 69 of the Pleistocene at l e a s t should be resolved i n the type area i f p o s s i b l e . The problems of the d e f i n i t i o n of the end of the Pleistocene and of world-wide c o r r e l a t i o n of Pleistocene deposits s t i l l remain. Age and C o r r e l a t i o n of the B r i t i s h Columbia and Southeast Alaska Deposits The basis f o r assumption of l a t e Pleistocene age f o r the material studied here r e s t s on the f a c t s that C 14 dates a v a i l a b l e correspond with time of the l a s t i c e advances and the deposits obviously have a g l a c i a l o r i g i n . These g l a c i a l deposits appear to o v e r l i e indurated material of T e r t i a r y and older ages i n a l l cases. The g l a c i a l deposits are o v e r l a i n l o c a l l y by beds of peat, sand, and g r a v e l , or s o i l s and humus. Some of the s a i l , representing the C zone, i s weathered glac^-marine m a t e r i a l . The g l a c i o -marine deposits are not indurated enough to be considered rock. Thus, on grounds of p h y s i c a l stratigraphy, i t i s reasonable to a s s i g n a l l the material studied to the Pleistocene S e r i e s , There i s no b i o s t r a t i g r a p h i c way to determine c l o s e l y the age of these deposits because a l l forms recognized range from at l e a s t l a t e Pliocene to the present. Since some species have not been reported from rocks older than l a t e Pliocene, i t i s correct to say that Foraminifera i n d i c a t e an age of from l a t e Pliocene to present f o r the deposits studied; since Elphidium clavatum, present i n a l l samples, has been reported only from l a t e Pliocene and Quaternary deposits and i s believed r e s t r i c t e d to that time range, the age designation applies to a l l studied l o c a l i t i e s , T t t e assumption that the sediments are of Pleistocene age because they are f o s s i l but contain only 70 species which are l i v i n g today i s i n c o r r e c t i n i t s basis although the conclusion may prove correct f o r t u i t o u s l y . I t i s p o s s i b l e to f i n d a f o s s i l fauna, the members of which are a l l l i v i n g but are a l l long ranging, which may represent an age of many m i l l i o n s of years. Ranges of species must be known and conclusions as to age kept w i t h i n t h e i r bounds. Often great temptation a r i s e s to give age assignments and to make s t r a t i g r a p h i c c o r r e l a t i o n s based on i n s u f f i c i e n t data. The temptation extends i n the present case beyond the assumption that a l l of the deposits studied are of Pleistocene age to assuming that they are indeed contemporaneous. Relative contemporaneity may be assumed here i f one presumes that a l l deposits represent the same ( l a s t ) g l a c i a l advance i n t h i s area, but t h i s c o r r e l a t i o n i s based on p h y s i c a l stratigraphy and homogeneity of faunal composition, not known s t r a t i g r a p h i c ranges of f o s s i l s . Radioactive decay data on the present material do provide a more c e r t a i n basis f o r c o r r e l a t i o n . M a t e r i a l i n the sediments can be dated by C 14, since i t f a l l s w i t h i n the time-range c a p a b i l i t y of radiocarbon dating (back to approximately 30,000 to 40,000 years before present). I t has been found that the f o s s i l i f e r o u s glacio-marine deposits and overlying peat i n the sewer excavation j u s t north of Burnaby Lake (D-1211) gave C 14 ages of about 12,000 years and 9,000 years, r e s p e c t i v e l y (Mathews, 1962, personal communication). Armstrong (1964, personal communication) has indicated that marine s h e l l s at Boundary Bay (D-1213) gave a C 14 age of 12,800 + 175 and at Fort Langley (D-1208) an age of 11,930 +1190, while wood from the l o c a l i t y on the King George Highway (D-1212) gave a C 14 age of 12,625 + 450. A date on the . HighburyifTunnel (D-1210) material would be i n t e r e s t i n g because the sample i s from the \"base of the Pleistocene succession\" i n the tunnel as recognized by the d r i l l e r s and because the C i b i c i d e s lobatulus of t h i s sample d i f f e r some-71 what from those found elsewhere and Elphidium clavatum. sensu s t r i c t o i s missing. Peat overlying the glacio-marine deposit sampled on Montana Creek near Juneau (B-7068) gave a C 14 age of around 8,000 years (Loney, 1962, personal communication). At the same time, s h e l l s i n deposits looking i d e n t i c a l to those discussed above but occurring on Vancouver Island (not included i n t h i s study) gave a minimum C 14 age of 35,000 years (Broecker, 1964, personal communication). Assuming that these ages are correct, a discussion of the problems of C 14 dating not being i n order here, i t can e a s i l y be seen that l i t h o l o g i c c o r r e l a t i o n s remain, as they have always been, dubious at best. Such studies as those of Armstrong (1965 (1953), 1956, 1957, and 1960) i l l u s t r a t e the value of l i t h o l o g i c c o r r e l a t i o n s , e s p e c i a l l y where actual p h y s i c a l s t r a t i g r a p h i c r e l a t i o n s can be observed i n the f i e l d . In areas of r e l a t i v e l y simple structure and stratigraphy, and where exposures are s u f f i c i e n t , p h y s i c a l or l i t h o l o g i c c r i t e r i a do give a c l e a r p i c t u r e of the r e l a t i o n s between bodies of sediment or rock. However, they only give r e l a t i v e ages within an area studied and do not i n themselves allow age assignments to any standard acceptable time-rock u n i t s . Another problem a r i s e s i n connection with age assignments of l i t h o l o g i c u n i t s . T h i s problem i s met p a r t i c u l a r l y i n the Quaternary where f i r s t appearances and extinctions of f o s s i l s become uncommon and where d i s c i p l i n e s other than paleontology and geology are used to obtain r e l a t i v e and/or actual ages of deposits. There i s a strong tendency among many workers to apply the i l l - c o n c e i v e d assumption that change of rock type and/or f o s s i l s (because of ecologic features such as temperature) necessarily means that a known or recognizable time l i n e has been crossed. Few b i o s t r a t i g r a p h i c a l l y - o r i e n t e d workers do t h i s i n t e n t i o n a l l y , although workers grounded i n other d i s c i p l i n e s 7 2 may not be aware of the problem. I t i s unfortunately t r u e , however, that the ghost of E. 0 , U l r i c h i s s t i l l with many i n actual p r a c t i c e . The assumption that the top of the Pleistocene or a \" t i m e - l i n e \" i s marked by l i t h o l o g i c and ecologic changes i l l u s t r a t e d by faunal d i f f e r e n c e s i n a deposit (or core) i n a g l a c i a t e d area, such as that of the present study, i s based on f a u l t y reasoning although the assumption may f o r t u i t i o u s l y prove cor r e c t . The l i t h o l o g i c and ecologic changes only i n d i c a t e t h a t , i f properly i n t e r p r e t e d , a colder period preceded a warmer one. I n such a case* a longer set of cores o r t h i c k e r deposit may show alternating colder and warmer periods* I f no t r u l y t i m e - s i g n i f i c a n t c r i t e r i a are a v a i l a b l e , the assumption that the Pleistocene i s represented by a core or s e c t i o n with a l t e r n a t i o n of r e l a t i v e l y \"warmer\" and \"colder-water sediments,\" or that the top of the pleistocene i s marked by the highest (or only observed) appearance of \"cold-water sediments,\" may be worth proposing* I t must be stressed, however, t h i s t h i s conclusion i s only an assumption or a p o s s i b l e explanation. I f such a sediment change i s also found elsewhere, a c o r r e l a t i o n between the two i s again only an assumption and cannot be proved. The problems of the Pliocene-Pleistocene-Recent boundaries or of c o r r e l a t i o n s of subdivisions w i t h i n t h i s time range have never been t r u l y solved and i t i s thus that i n t h i s time range workers are p a r t i c u l a r l y prone to f a l l back on p h y s i c a l stratigraphy or other c r i t e r i a that are not t r u l y t i m e - s i g n i f i c a n t to i n d i c a t e time and c o r r e l a t i o n . The problem of faunal migration becomes p a r t i c u l a r l y important i n the l a t e Cenozoie, making c o r r e l a t i o n s from one area to another, such as from Juneau to Vancouver, d i f f i c u l t both with l a r g e r and smaller marine invertebrates, B i o s t r a t i g r a p h e r s tend to assume that the f i r s t appearance of a taxon can be considered contemporaneous throughout that taxons geographic range. The assumption of homotaxis on the part of a b i o s t r a t i g r a p h e r becomes more and more comfortable the older the rocks he considers. The time of e x t i n c t i o n of a 73 taxon usually also i s considered almost contemporaneous throughout the geo-graphic range of that taxonj even though such notable r e l i c faunas as \"Permian\" f o s s i l s i n the T r i a s s i c of Timor serve to remind one of the dangers of t h i s assumption. No doubt, however, i f a biostxatigrapher were l i v i n g at any time i n the geologic past he would be beset with problems of faunal migration and time boundaries* The point i s that when the b i o s t r a t i g r a p h e r i s l i v i n g at a time not f a r removed from that of h i s b i o s t r a t i g r a p h i c s t u d i e s , faunal migration looms large when pale o n t o l o g i c a l time correlations are attempted. I t i s generally accepted that temperature changes cause northward and southward faunal migrations as well as some depth migration; these are noted p a r t i c u l a r l y i n shallow water. If one does not recognize such faunal migrations i n b i o -s t r a t i g r a p h i c studies, i t becomes easy to assume that two or more s i m i l a r faunas represent the same time, or that d i s s i m i l a r faunas represent d i f f e r e n t times instead of d i f f e r e n t ecologic conditions, conditions that change with time. Paleontologists dealing with Pliocene and Pleistocene l a r g e r marine invertebrates on the west coast of North America constantly must assess the r o l e of faunal migration when making c o r r e l a t i o n s . They are beset with the problem of deciding ttiether they are confronted with time-e-r e c o l o g i c - c o r r e l a t i v e c r i t e r i a as they work up and down the coast. Further, r a d i o a c t i v e decay (K/Ar) dates show that no doubt e x i s t s that l a t e T e r t i a r y megafossil \"ages,\" widely accepted as true t i m e - s t r a t i g r a p h i c u n i t s , are i n f a c t time-transgressive to the extent of several m i l l i o n years, (This l a s t conclusion i s based upon K/Ar work done at the University of C a l i f o r n i a , Berkeley and agreed to by J , W. Durham, a paleontologist long concerned with problems of West Coast T e r t i a r y b i o s t r a t i g r a p h i c c o r r e l a t i o n , ) CONCLUSIONS 74 The present study of the f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunas from unconsolidated deposits along the B r i t i s h Columbia-southeastern Alaska coast of North America provides a framework f o r future d e t a i l e d work i n the region and establishes c e r t a i n f a c t s i n the geologic h i s t o r y of the area. F i r s t , glacio-marine deposits containing Foraminifera and other marine f o s s i l s occur l o c a l l y throughout the area of study; they are exposed a t elevations from sea l e v e l to at l e a s t several hundred f e e t higher, with the highest deposits appearing to occur at d i f f e r e n t elevations at d i f f e r e n t l o c a l i t i e s . The reasons f o r the present exposure of these deposits above sea l e v e l probably are i s o s t a t i c rebound following removal of i c e loading, and l o c a l t e c t o n i c u p l i f t . Assuming lower sea stand during times of g l a c i a l advance, the deposits probably occur below present sea l e v e l also; t e c t o n i c down drop a l s o may have submerged some deposits. The glacio-marine deposits have been shown to be t i l l - l i k e , poorly sorted and unbedded, but have a d i s t i n c t i v e b l u i s h color; the c o r r e l a t i o n between c o l o r and marine f o s s i l s suggests t h a t , i n reconnaissance work, the color can be used to recognize t e n t a t i v e l y a marine deposite, These glacio-marine deposits extend a short distance south and a considerable distance north of the present area of study; s i m i l a r deposits are found i n high northern l a t i t u d e s around the world. Second, the present study demonstrates c l e a r l y the representation of a northern, c o l d , shallow-water f o r a m i n i f e r a l province on the B r i t i s h Columbia-southeast Alaska coast during g l a c i a l times. I n conjunction with evaluation of and c o r r e l a t i o n with other work done on shallow, cold-water northern faunas i n the past few years, the present faunal data brings i n t o c l e a r focus the s u r p r i s i n g l y great geographic extent of t h i s province; the province i s much 75 l a r g e r than are mostbenthonic f o r a m i n i f e r a l provinces. I t has existed through-out Quaternary time. This province i s characterized by a few species and these same species occur together i n about the same r e l a t i v e abundance i n high l a t i t u d e s a l l around the northern hemisphere. The present d i s t r i b u t i o n and therefore presumably also past d i s t r i b u t i o n of these species taken t o -gether i s i n shallow (0 to 30 meters), cold (-2\u00C2\u00B0C to 25\u00C2\u00B0C) water of varying s a l i n i t i e s (approximately 35\u00C2\u00B0/oo to 20\u00C2\u00B0/po)\u00C2\u00BB Some e c o l o g i c a l tolerance l i m i t s of the present assemblages have been pointed out and paleoecological i n t e r p r e t a -t i o n s suggested. A t t e n t i o n has been focused on the problem of paleoecological i n t e r p r e t a t i o n when l i t t l e e c o l o g i c a l data e x i s t even when the species of the f o s s i l fauna also e x i s t today. T h i r d , the age of the deposits studied has been confirmed as Pleistocene, with reasonable accuracy. Probably most of the deposits represent the l a s t g l a c i a l advance i n the area of study and are approximately. 10,000 to 12,000 years o l d (although D-1210 mast probably i s older and glacio-marine deposits on Vancouver Island have been dated as at l e a s t 35,000 years o l d ) . F i n a l l y , the systematic paleontology of the Foraminifera found has been directed toward c l a r i f i c a t i o n of the taxonomy of the more abundant forms wherever poss i b l e and some s i g n i f i c a n t r e l a t i o n s h i p s have been established. An extensive synonymy i s presented wherever p o s s i b l e . One new species and two new v a r i e t i e s have been described. 76 Summation and the presentation of faunal c r i t e r i a f o r the recognition of the f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunal province described i n t h i s report should constitute an important aspect of the conclusions of t h i s work. For s a l i n i t i e s not less than 25\u00C2\u00B0/oo nor more than 35\u00C2\u00B0/oo, a s i t e of d e p o s i t i o n not greatly r e s t r i c t e d i n i t s marine connections (as not a very long, very narrow f j o r d ) , and depths of l e s s than about 30 meters, the fauna should be dominated by the following: Elphidium clavatum Cushman Buc c e l l a f r i g i d a (Cushman) Eggerella advena (Cushman) Species often found i n large numbers with these dominants, or sometimes replacing one, e s p e c i a l l y of the l a t t e r two, include the followingj Elphidium b a r t l e t t i Cushman Elphidium frigidum Cushman Elphidium subarcticum Cushman ( i f that species i s v a l i d ) Cassidulina t e r e t i s Tappan Cassidulina i s l a n d i c a NjSrvang (or another species which i s morphologically very s i m i l a r and e a s i l y confused with C. islandica) C i b i c i d e s lobatulus (Walker and Jacob) Bu c c e l l a tenerrima (Bandy) Pseudononion a u r i culum (Heron-Allen and Earland) Protelphidium orbi culare (Brady) Nonion labradoricum (Dawson) Astrononion gallowayi Loeblich and Tappan \" V i r g u l i n a \" fusiformis (Williamson) 77 B u l i m i n e l l a elegantissima (d'Orbigny) Quinqueloculina of such species as \u00C2\u00A3. agglutinata Cushman, akneriana b e l l a t u l a Bandy, a r c t i c a Cushman, \u00C2\u00A3. s t a l k e r i Loeblich and Tappan, and \u00C2\u00A3 . seminulina (Linne) Also found frequently but generally i n small numbers are c e r t a i n other species of the above genera and c e r t a i n species of the following genera? E l p h i d i e l l a B o l i v i n a Buiimina Globobulina B u l i m i n e l l a Lagena Oolina F i s s u r i n a T r i l o c u l i n a * Pyrgo\u00C2\u00BB and other m i l i o l i d genera Polymorphina and r e l a t e d polymorphinid genera such as Sigmomorphina, Pseudopolymorphina, Laryngosigma, Glandulina, Pseudoglandulina, and G u t t u l i n a Some arenaceous species of such genera as Haplophragmoides, Trochammina, Proteonina, and Reophax It should be noted that on the s p e c i f i c and sometimes generic l e v e l great d i f f i c u l t y a r i s e s i n comparing Russian and Japanese records of shallow, cold-water f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunas with those of North America and Western Europe. Taxonomic designations given by Russian-and Japanese workers, as well as those given i n such Chinese works as become a v a i l a b l e , frequently d i f f e r from those given by North American and Western European workers. Faunal l i s t s , then, are often of l i t t l e value, and frequently 78 i l l u s t r a t i o n s are not s u f f i c i e n t l y c a r e f u l l y d e t a i l e d to o f f e r much further c l a r i f i c a t i o n . Only when comparative material c o n s i s t i n g of actual specimens becomes av a i l a b l e can faunas be c o r r e c t l y correlated taxonomically. In the case of the Russian A r c t i c , possibly the taxa named there do represent indigenous species i n some cases. This i s suggested because the presence of large areas of shallow brackish water i n the A r c t i c Ocean produced by great amounts of r i v e r runoff (the presence of t h i s water was c a l l e d to the author's a t t e n t i o n by United States Naval Oceanographic O f f i c e r personnel i n 1966) could lead to the evolution of endemic species i n t h i s area. When the ecologic conditions of s a l i n i t y , depth, temperature, and perhaps substrate represented begin to a l t e r , the changes are r e f l e c t e d i n changes i n the faunal composition. Considering the present fauna, the changes probably most o f t e n f i r s t can be seen i n the r e l a t i v e dominance r e l a t i o n s h i p s of the three most c h a r a c t e r i s t i c species, Elphidium clavatum, Buccella f r i g i d a , and Eggerella advena. A decrease i n s a l i n i t y w i l l be r e f l e c t e d i n a r e l a t i v e increase i n Elphidium clavatum, eventually to the disappearance of the other two species, along with such other of the species previously mentioned as may be present. Great seaway r e s t r i c t i o n may also bring about t h i s change. When s a l i n i t y drops much below l5\u00C2\u00B0/oo, E. clavatum w i l l be replaced by the mainly arenaceous species of \"marsh faunas,\" such as species of Ammobaculites and Trochammina. The three s i g n a l species may show dominance changes with difference i n substrate, but the r e l a t i o n has not been established with respect to the substrate. P o s s i b l y other f a c t o r s such as currents, food supply, or some other phenomena may cause the r e l a t i v e dominance a l t e r a t i o n s . 79 Currents could also make a d i f f e r e n c e i n p a r t i c l e s i z e of sediment. Regarding changes i n depth, Eggerella adyena and B u c c e l l a f r i g i d a s t i l l f l o u r i s h i n s l i g h t l y deeper water than does Elphidium clavatum, perhaps continuing as dominants from the 30 meter maximum f o r dominance of E\u00C2\u00AB clavatum to as deep as 100 meters. In most cases, however, Buccel l a f r i g i d a and Eggerella adyena, as well as Elphidium clavatum, probably become secondary to species which become dominant i n \" s h e l f faunas\" below 40 or 50 meters. Between 50 and 200 meters these \" s h e l f faunas\" begin to be well developed, with many species not l i s t e d above making t h e i r appearance, some i n large numbers. Among the species l i s t e d above, Cassidulina t e r e t i s , C i b i c i d e s lobatulus, \" V i r g u l i n a \" f u s i f o r m i s , and Elphidium b a r t l e t t i , which are subdominant i n the shallowest-water province described i n t h i s work, continue i n abundance i n deeper \" s h e l f faunas.\" With them, some p^olymorphinids, buliminids, lagenids, and other forms occur abundantly. Usually c e r t a i n poly-morphinid species appear f i r s t i n considerable numbers and play an\u00C2\u00BB; important r o l e i n these f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunas found i n high northern l a t i t u d e s next below ( i n depth) those dominated by the Elphidium clavatum-Buccella f r i g i d a - E g g e r e l l a adyena complex. L o c a l l y , p a r t i c u l a r other species also, such as Astrononion gallowayi, may dominate. With a warming of the waters, the number of species increases. If the warming i s s u f f i c i e n t to produce a b a s i c a l l y d i f f e r e n t f o r a m i n i f e r a l fauna, the Elphidium clavatum-Buccel1a f r i g i d a - E g g e r e l l a adyena complex disappears. C i b i c i d e s lobatulus s t i l l continues i n large numbers; Ammonia b e c c a r i i and some species of D i s c o r b i s appear, at f i r s t overlapping the Elphldium-Buccelia-Eggerella complex, but continuing further south. D i f f e r e n t species of Elphidium replace E clavatum. The northern cassidulinas dissappear from shallow waters though the genus continues i n abundance i n shallow cool temperate to deep t r o p i c a l waters, the genus tending to move downward along isotherms. The northern nonionid and nonionoid species (Nonion, Nonionella, Pseudononion, AstrOnonion, and Protelphidium) are replaced by other species of some of the same genera; but the taxonomically enigmatic group, d i f f i c u l t to assign e i t h e r to Nonionidae or E l p h i d i i d a e because of t h e i r apparently intermediate nature, d i s a p p e a r i n favor of the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c a l l y h e a v i l y sculptured forms of Elphidium, such as E* crispum, i n shallow waters and, moving deeper, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c a l l y unornamented Nonion* Species of Bulimina and B o l i v i n a not found i n high northern l a t i t u d e s appear i n the shallow waters to the south. Many other forms representing many shallow water provinces also make t h e i r appearances. During the development of the present study, several problems not immediately solvable but needing attention came i n t o sharp focus. Of these, probably the most important from, the g e o l o g i c a l point of view was simply the paucity of d e t a i l e d knowledge of the geology of the area of study and the d i f f i c u l t y of obtaining such knowledge. A great need ex i s t s f o r further regional and d e t a i l e d g e o l o g i c a l i n v e s t i g a t i o n of coastal B r i t i s h Columbia and southeast Alaska, This need i s being met as time goes by and geologists apply them-selves to these problems. For t h i s p a r t i c u l a r study, the other outstanding problems consists of a great need of more knowledge of the ecology of l i v i n g Foraminifera, s p e c i f i c a l l y of those l i v i n g species which constitute the fauna of t h i s study. The a b i l i t y to make v a l i d p a leoecological in t e r p r e t a t i o n s correlates d i r e c t l y with the extent of e c o l o g i c a l knowledge of the forms represented. At f i r s t i t seemed v i r t u a l l y impossible to make any but the most general p a l e o e c o l o g i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s of the fauna found i n the glacio-marine deposits of B r i t i s h Columbia and southeast Alaska \shich were sampled. Then c a r e f u l study of d i s t r i b u t i o n a l patterns of species found i n the present study, made by comparison with records of these species given by other workers and by study of samples from some other areas, allowed a d i s t r i b u t i o n a l p a t t e r n toenerge. The r e c o g n i t i o n of a geographic faunal province r e s u l t e d . A r e l a t i v e w i n d f a l l of ecologic data became a v a i l a b l e i n time through c a r e f u l consideration of the d i s t r i b u t i o n a l patterns of the species studied; but e s p e c i a l l y t h i s w i n d f a l l r e s u l t e d from the study of the work of Di. A. Buzas (1965a, b; and personal communications, 1965, 1966), one of the few workers\" to attempt d e t a i l e d c o r r e l a t i o n of ecologic v a r i a b l e s with f o r a m i n i f e r a l d i s t r i b u t i o n . At the same time, i t became increasingly c l e a r that a great need e x i s t s f o r further such ecologic work. Thus, f i n a l l y , the author determined to pursue t h i s problem, a problem which i s , i n essence, a continuation of that of the present study. Within the a v a i l a b l e courses of action, t h i s author has chosen to pursue the i n v e s t i g a t i o n of the ecology of the l i v i n g shallow-water (0 to 200 meters) Foraminifera of southeastern Alaska. Working with another p r i n c i p a l investigator, a study of the f o r a m i n i f e r a l faunas from several sorts of shallow-water environments has been i n i t i a t e d . It i s hoped that, as w e l l as the systematics and d i s t r i b u t i o n , a c a r e f u l study of the environmental parameters can be accomplished. as 136 c 130\u00C2\u00B0 49\u00C2\u00B0 00 ' 5 miles I 1 30 122\u00C2\u00B0 50\u00C2\u00B0 123\u00C2\u00B000' 122\u00C2\u00B030 Figure X 8 4 128\u00C2\u00B030' Figure 2 '85 SYSTEMATIC CATALOG I n t h e f o l l o w i n g d i s c u s s i o n synonymy i s b a s e d upon p u b l i s h e d f i g u r e s and d e s c r i p t i o n s , e x c e p t where remarks i n d i c a t e o t h e r w i s e . The c l a s s i -f i c a t i o n g i v e n by Cushman (1955, F o r a m i n i f e r a , t h e i r c l a s s i f i c a t i o n and economic u s e . 4 t h ed., Cambridge, Mass., H a r v a r d U n i v . P r e s s ; 605 pp., 55 p i s . , 31 t e x t p i s . ) i s f o l l o w e d h e r e i n w i t h some m o d i f i c a t i o n s . Type and l o c a l i t y numbers r e f e r t o c o l l e c t i o n s i n t h e Museum o f P a l e o n t o l o g y o f t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f C a l i f o r n i a , B e r k e l e y . The use o f t h e t e r m \" v a r i e t y \" i s s p e c i f i c a l l y r e t a i n e d , as i t a l l o w s t h e c o n c e p t o f p h e n o t y p i c e c o l o g i c and g e o g r a p h i c v a r i a t i o n as w e l l as t h a t o f g e n e t i c v a r i a t i o n , t o w h i c h t h e t e r m \" s u b s p e c i e s \" i s l i m i t e d i f a c o n s t a n t p h i l o s o p h y o f taxonomy i s f o l l o w e d . Order of Systematic Catalog Family: Saccamminidae Genus: Proteonina Family: Hyperammirddae Genus j Saccorhiza Family: Lituolidae Genus: Haplophragmoides Family: Valvulinidae Genus: Eggerella Family: Silicinidae Genus: Rzenakina Family: Miliolidae Genus j Quinqueloculina Millolinella Pateoris Triloculina Pyrgo Family: Ophthalmidiidae Genus: Gordiospira Family: Trochamminidae Genus j Trochammina Family: Lagenidae Genus t Robulus Dentalina P l a n u l a r i a Lagena Oolina F i s s u r i n a Family t Polymorphinidae Genus: Polymorphina S igmomorphina Laryngosigma Family I Nonionidae Genusi Nonion Astrononion Nonionella Pseudononion Family: j k l p h i d i i d a e Genus: Elphidium E l p h i d i e l l a Protelphidium Family: Buliminidae Genus: B u l i m i n e l l a Robertina Globobulimina Fursenkoina (= t*Virgulina , t) B o l i v i n a Uvigerina T r i f a r i n a Family? Discorbidae Genus: Discorbis Family: Epistomariidae Genus: Epistomaroides Family: S p i r i l l i n i d a e Genus: P a t e l l i n a Family; R o t a l i i d a e Genus: Epistominella B u c c e l l a Family; Cassidulinidae Genusi Cassidulina Family: Globigerinidae Genus: Globigerina Family: Anomalinidae Genus; Ci b i c i d e s Dyocibicides 89 Family SACCAMMINIDAE Subfamily Saccammininae Genus PROTEONINA Williamson, 1858 Proteonina l o n g i c o l l i s Wiesner (Plate 1, Figure 1) Proteonina l o n g i c o l l i s Wiesner, 1929, Deutsche Sud-Polar-Exped., v o l . 20, Zool., p. 82, p i . 6, f i g . 55; Cushman and McCulloch, 1939, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 1, p. 42, p i . 1, f i g s . 7-9. Hypotype No. 1, Loc. D-1211. Proteonina (?) sp. (Plate 1, Figure 2) Hypotype No. 2, Loc. B-7069. A s i n g l e specimen consisting of a globular chamber with a short neck i s questionably r e f e r r e d to t h i s genus. In shape i t c l o s e l y resembles Proteonina l o n g i c o l l i s Wiesner, one specimen of which was i d e n t i f i e d i n t h i s study, but the test wall appears to be formed of cemented sponge s p i c u l e s . Family HYPERAMMINIDAE Subfamily Dendrophryinae Genus SACCORHIZA Elmer and F i c k e r t , 1899 Saccorhiza (?) sp. (Plate 1, Figure 3) Hypotype No. 3, Loc. B-7072. A sin g l e , tubular, f i n e l y agglutinated i n d i v i d u a l i s questionably ascribed to t h i s genus. 90 Family LITUOLIDAE Subfamily Haplophragmiinae Genus HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES Cushman, 1910 Hap1ophragmoides c f . H. subglobosum (G. 0. Sars) (Plate 1, Figure 4) Hypotype No. 4, Loc. B-7068. Two small but robust foraminifers from B-7068 most c l o s e l y resemble Haplophragmoides subglobosum (G. 0. Sars) as described by Cushman and McCulloch (1939, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 3, pp. 80, 81, p i . 6, f i g s . 7, 8). The ferruginous content of t h e i r cement i s attested to by the f a c t that both specimens are reddish brown. Both have seven chambers i n the f i n a l whorl; have a s l i g h t l y lobate, rounded periphery and poorly defined but discernable, s l i g h t l y depressed sutures; the u m b i l i c a l region i s s l i g h t l y depressed; they are moderately f i n e l y arenaceous. The aperture can be seen on one specimen and i t i s a long s l i t at the base of the f i n a l chamber. This same better preserved i n d i v i d u a l i s a l s o s l i g h t l y but c l e a r l y asymmetrical. Hap1ophragmoides sp. (Plate 1, Figure 5) Hypotype No. 5, Loc. B-7071. A s i n g l e specimen of t h i s genus occurs i n the material from B-7071. It i s small, very coarsely arenaceous, has a very rounded, very s l i g h t l y lobulate periphery, and nearly f l u s h sutures. Apparently there are f i v e chambers i n the f i n a l whorl. The apertural c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s cannot be discerned. This specimen i s very s i m i l a r to Hap1ophragmo i d es pusillum 91 to Hogland from the Gullmar Fjord, but i s larger and apparently has fewer chambers. It also resembles Haplophragmoides major Cushman, but c l e a r l y has fewer chambers than the t y p i c a l form. The present Haplophragmoides i s also s i m i l a r to Haplophragmoides planissima Cushman except that i t i s not as compressed as i s that form. Family VALVULINIDAE Subfamily Eggerellinae Genus EGGEBKIJA Cushman, 1933 Eggerella advena (Cushman) (Plate 1, Figure 6) Eggerella advena (Cushman), Cushman, 1937a, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Piibl. 8, p. 51, p i . 5, f i g s . 12-15; 1944, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 12, p. 13, p i . 2, f i g s . . 6, 7; 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, pp. 32, 33, p i . 3, f i g . 12; Cushman and McCulloch, 1939, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 1, pp. 95, 96; p i . 10, f i g . 1; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 21, p. 5, p i . 1, f i g . 9; Parker, 1952a, Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, B u l l , , no. 9, p. 404, p i . 3, f i g s . 12, 13; 1952b, Ibid ., no. 10, p i , 2, f i g . 3; Phleger, 1952, Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, pt. 2, no. 61, p. 83, p i . 13, f i g . 24; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc, C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 36, 37, p i . 3, f i g s . 8-10; Ronai, 1955, Contrib. Cushman Found.. Foram. Res., v o l . 6, pt. 4, no. 145, p. 143, p i . 20, f i g . 6; Detling, 1958, Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 9, pt. 2, no. 179, p. 25, p i . 7, f i g . 2; Lankford MS, 1962, Recent Foraminifera from the nearshore turbulent zone, western United States and 92 northwest Mexico; Unpub. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. C a l i f o r n i a , San Diego, p* 150, pl\u00C2\u00BB 1, f i g * 18; Cooper, 1964, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 15, pt. 3, p, 94, p i , 5, f i g . 5; Buzas, 1965a, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 145, no. 8, pp. 15, 1.6, p i . 1, f i g . 1; 1965b, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 149, no, 1, pp, 55, 56, p i . 1, f i g s . 4, 5. Eggerella a r c t i c a Hogland, 1947, Z o o l . Bidrag Uppsala, v o l . 26, p. 193, p i , 16, f i g , 4, text f i g s . 166-168. not Y e r n e u l l i n a advena Cushman, Hogland, I b i d . , p. 185, p i . 13, f i g . 11, text f i g . 169. Hypotype No, 6, Loc. B-7074. Eggerellas, which are rare at four l o c a l i t i e s i n the Juneau area, are found synonymous with t h i s species. They are very f r a g i l e and d i s i n t e g r a t e very e a s i l y . Loeblich and Tappan (1953, pp. 36, 37) should be consulted as to the taxonomic p o s i t i o n of the forms i d e n t i f i e d by Hogland as well as soma of those l i s t e d i n the synonymy given by Cushman and McCulloch (1939, pp. 95, 96). Family SLLICINIDAE Subfamily Rzehakininae Genus RZEHAKINA Cushman, 1927 Rzehakina (?) sp, (Plate 1, Figure 7) Hypotype No. 7, Loc, D-1210. A s i n g l e s i l i c i n i d from the Highbury Tunnel material from Vancouver i s t e n t a t i v e l y r e f e r r e d to t h i s genus, Ruth Todd (1965, personal communication) suggests that t h i s specimen may belong to Miliammina or some other s i m i l a r non-calcareous genus since Rzehakina i s known only from 93 deposits of Cretaceous and Paleocene age. The present specimen i s not we l l preserved and the morphology i s hard to discern, but, from what; can be seen, t h i s foraminifer most c l o s e l y resembles the genus Rzehakina as the genus was defined by Cushman and has been referred to si n c e . Foraminifera with s i l i c i o u s tests have not been extensively studied and thus the time ranges may be Imperfectly known or possibly p a r a l l e l evolution may have produced a l a t e Cenozoic form very s i m i l a r to Rzehakina. Family MILIOLIDAE Genus QUINQUELOCULINA d'Orbigny, 1826 Quinqueloculina agglutinata Cushman (Plate 2, Figure 1) Quinqueloculina agglutinata Cushman, 1917, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, pt. 6, p. 43, p i . 9, f i g . 2; 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 33, p i . 3, f i g . 13; Cushman and Valentine, 1930, Contrib. Dept. Geol. Stanford Univ., v o l . 1, no. 1, p. 9, p i . 1, f i g . 7; Cushman and Todd, 1947b, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 23, pt. 3, no. 297, p. 61, p i . 14, f i g s . 12, 13; Loe b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, p. 39, p i . 5, f i g s 1-4; Cooper, 1964, Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram.. Res. , p. 94, p i . 5, f i g . 6; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Unders., no. 225, pp. 247, 248, p i . 4, f i g . 11. Hypotype No. 8, Loc. B-7077. A few quinqueloculine specimens from several l o c a l i t i e s are judged members of t h i s species. The f i g u r e given by Feyling-Hanssen shows a form which seems to be less agglutinated than t y p i c a l . 94 Quinqueloculina akneriana d'Orbigny var. b e l l a t u l a Bandy (Plate 2, Figure 2) Quinqueloculina akneriana d'Orbigny var. b e l l a t u l a Bandy, 1950, Jour. Paleon., v o l . 24, no. 3, p. 273, p i . 41, f i g . 1; Goodwin and Thompson, 1954, Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 5, pt. 4, no. 120, pp. 172, 173, p i . 32, f i g s . 19, 25, 26; Lankford MS, 1962, Recent Foraminifera from the nearshore turbulent zone, western United States and northwest Mexico; Unpub. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. C a l i f o r n i a , San Diego, p. 182, p i . 2, f i g . 7. Quinqueloculina b e l l a t u l a Bandy, Arnal, 1958, Contrib. Cushman Found, Foram. Res., v o l . 9, pt. 2, no. 182, p. 39, p i . 10, f i g s . 13-15. Hypotypes No. 9a, 9b, 9c, Loc. B-7066 - 9a, 9b; B-7065 - 9c, Numerous quinqueloculinas from several l o c a l i t i e s , i ncluding some very large i n d i v i d u a l s , appear to r e f l e c t Bandy's d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n from the species sensu s t r i c t o i n t y p i c a l l y having less depressed sutures than the form described by d'Orbigny. Those specimens from the Queen Charlotte Islands material seem to be broader than the others, resembling most c l o s e l y the in d i v i d u a l s figured as the species sensu s t r i c t o by Galloway and Wissler (1927a, p. 38, p i . 7, f i g . 3) and Cushman, Stewart, and Stewart (1930, p. 52, p i . 2, f i g s . 1, 2). Specimens from present cold waters, which are re f e r r e d to Quinqueloculina seminula (Linne), such as i s done by Parker (1952a, p. 406, p i . 3, f i g s . 21, 22; p i . 4, f i g s . 1, 2), may w e l l be con s p e c i f i c with the present, specimens. Ruth Todd recognized C^ . akneriana i n g l a c i o -marine material from around Juneau and i n shallow water i n the Alexander Archipelago i n 1958 and 1959 (1962, personal communication). 95 Quinqueloculina a r c t i c a Gushman (Plate 2, Figure 3) Quinqueloculina a r c t i c a Cushman, 1933b, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 89, no* 9, p. 2, p i . 1, f i g . 3; 1948, Gushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 35, p i . 4, f i g . 2; Parker, 1952a, Mus. Gomp. Zool. Harvard, B u l l . , v o l , 106, no. 9, p. 405, p i . 3, f i g . 19; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, p. 40, p i . 5, f i g s . 11, 12,; Feyling-Hanssen, 1965, Norsk P o l a r i n s t i t u t t Meddelelser, no. 93, p. 27, p i . 1, f i g . 1. Hypotypes No. 10a, 10b, Loc. B-7065 - 10a; B-7066 - 10b. Quinqueloculina s t a l k e r ! L o e b l i c h and Tappan (Plate 3, Figure 1) Quinqueloculina fusca Brady, Cushman, 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., S p e c Publ. 23, p. 33, p i . 3, f i g s . 16, 17. Quinqueloculina s t a l k e r i L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 40, 41, p i . 5, f i g s . 5-9; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Unders., no. 225, p. 252, p i . 4, f i g s . 13-18. Hypotype No. 11, Loc. B-7065. Numerous quinqueloculinas, which are found i n r e l a t i v e l y small numbers at almost a l l l o c a l i t i e s , are t y p i c a l of t h i s species. L o e b l i c h and Tappan's i n c l u s i o n In t h i s group of the species Quinqueloculina fusca as recognized from the A r c t i c by Cushman appears warranted as (J. fusca Brady appears much more agglutinated. Quinqueloculina cf (\u00C2\u00A3. s t a l k e r i L o e b l i c h and Tappan (Plate 3, Figure 2) Hypotype No. 12, Loc. D-1212. Three specimens from the King George Highway l o c a l i t y c l o s e l y resemble Quinqueloculina s t a l k e r i L o e b l i c h and Tappan but appear to be r e l a t i v e l y wider and have a smoother, although s t i l l rough, surface than Q. s t a l k e r i . Quinqueloculina spp. (Plate 3, Figures 3 and 4) Hypotypes No. 13, 14,. Loc. B-7077 - 13; D-1216 - 14. A s i n g l e Quinqueloculina from B-7077 (hypotype 13) (Plate 3, F i g . 3) appears c o n s p e c i f i c with the form assigned to Quinqueloculina d i s p a r i l i s d'Orbigny by Cushman i n 1917 (pp. 48, 49, p i . 14, f i g . 1). In 1921, however, Cushman (p. 424) pointed out that t h i s form should not have been ref e r r e d to (\u00C2\u00A3. d i s p a r i l i s . The o r i g i n a l specimens of that species were from the Recent of the Mediterranean, The forms r e f e r r e d to the species by Cushman i n 1921 were from the Recent of the P h i l i p p i n e and adjacent seas; i n 1929 (p. 32, p i . 5, f i g . 4) Cushman assigned forms from A t l a n t i c waters to t h i s species. Cushman (1921, p. 424) makes no further c l a r i f i c a t i o n of the taxonomic p o s i t i o n of the form he described as (\u00C2\u00A3. d i s p a r i l i s i n 1917. No further reference to t h i s form was found i n l a t e r l i t e r a t u r e . The present specimen appears very s i m i l a r to these forms r e f e r r e d to (\u00C2\u00A3. d i s p a r i l i s except that that species seems to have fewer s t r i a t i o n s . This Quinqueloculina from B-7077 i s very s i m i l a r i n form to Quinqueloculina a r c t i c a Cushman, but has the several s t r i a t i o n s running the length of the chambers on t h e i r truncated peripheries. These angulate 97 chambers t y p i f y (J. a r c t i c a . The shape of the t e s t and the apertural c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of the present specimen are i d e n t i c a l to f^, a r c t i c a , with which i t occurs. Other s i m i l a r forms have been described: Quinqueloculina k a n s i r e i e n s i s Nakamura from the l a t e T e r t i a r y of Taiwan seems more compressed; some early-described forms such as Quinqueloculina c r a s s i c o s t a t a Terquem al s o show considerable s i m i l a r i t y . A new species or v a r i e t y may be represented by the present i n d i v i d u a l but the paucity of material makes d e s c r i p t i o n of a new taxon unwarranted. Another foraminifer, from B-7074, shows minor development of the same pattern of ornamentation, having three s t r i a t i o n s , but i t i s retained i n Quinqueloculina a r c t i c a . A s i n g l e small t e s t from the Lakelse s l i d e material (hypotype 14) (Plate 3, f i g . 4) cannot be i d e n t i f i e d as to species, although i t might be an immature Quinqueloculina akneriana d'Orbigny var. b e l l a t u l a Bandy. Genus MILIQLINELIA Wiesner, 1931 M i l i o l i n e l l a c a l i f o r n i c a Rhumbler (Plate 3, Figure 5) T r i l o c u l i n a c i r c u l a r i s Bornemann, Cushman and Valentine, 1930, Contrib. Dept. Geol. Stanford Univ., v o l . 1, no. 1, p. 15, p i . 4, f i g . 4. M i l i o l i n e l l a c a l i f o r n i c a Rhumbler, 1936, Foram. K i e l e r Bucht, T e l l 2, Bd.. 1, Heft. 1, p. 215; type f i g u r e i s that of Cushman and Valentine (1930) l i s t e d d i r e c t l y above; Lankford MS, 1962, Recent Foraminifera from the nearshore turbulent zone, western United States and northwest Mexico; Unpub. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ, C a l i f o r n i a , San Diego, p. 168, p i . 2, f i g . 8. Hypotype No. 15, Loc. B-7076. One d i s t i n c t specimen has been assigned to t h i s species.. M i l i o l i n e l l a c i r c u l a r i s (Bornemann) i s very s i m i l a r and might be conspecific, although 98 the c e n t r a l chamber on the three-chambered side of M, c a l i f o r n i c a appears to have i t s v i s i b l e long axis at approximately a 30\u00C2\u00B0 angle with the v e r t i c a l , as does M. oblonga (Montagu)(?) of t h i s report. This may be a d i s t i n g u i s h i n g feature. M i l i o l i n e l l a oblonga (Montagu)(?) (Plate 3, Figure 6) ? Vermiculum oblongum Montagu, 1803, Testacea B r i t t a n i c a , p. 522, p i . 14, f i g . 9. T r i l o c u l i n a oblonga (Montagu), Cushman, 1921, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 100, v o l . 4, p. 459, p i . 92, f i g . 3; 1948, Cushman Lab, Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 38, p i . 4, f i g s . 5, 6 ( i n part probably)5 Cushman and Valentine, 1930, Contrib. Geol. Dept. Stanford Univ., v o l . 1, no. 1, p. 16, p i . 4, f i g s . 5, 6; Feyling-Hanssen, A Norges Geol. Dnders., no. 225, p. 257, p i . 6, f i g s . 9, 10. M i l i o l i n e l l a oblonga (Montagu^ Lankford MS, 1962, Recent Foraminifera from the nearshore turbulent zone, western United States and northwest Mexico; Unpub. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. C a l i f o r n i a , San Diego, p. 169, p i . 2, f i g . 9. Hypotype No. 16, Loc. B-7076. Cushman (1948) gave a lengthly synonymy for t h i s species and remarked that i t has a \"tooth simple or narrow and b i f i d at the tip;'\" The form he figured has the \"simple tooth,\" which a c t u a l l y i s the apertural plate, that t y p i f i e s the genus M i l i o l i n e l l a . I f the genus M i l i o l i n e l l a i s v a l i d , forms with narrow and b i f i d teeth, such as figured by Cushman (1933c, p. 50, p i . 11, f i g . 10) must belong to the genus T r i l o c u l i n a instead. The morphology of the test of these forms i s otherwise very s i m i l a r and a case of p a r a l l e l evolution may be represented.. I t i s impossible to t e l l whether 99 M i l i o l i n e l l a or T r i l o c u l i n a i s represented i n cases where the authors do not fi g u r e specimens or where the apertural area i s not seen c l e a r l y , as with Cushman and Gray (1946, p. 6, p i . 1, f i g . 21). Apparently, both genera are represented i n some cases (gmch a s Cushman,.1917, p. 69, p i . 26, f i g . 3, text f i g s . 35 and 36). F i n a l l y , the o r i g i n a l d e s c r i p t i o n and fi g u r e of vermiculum oblongum Montagu does not make cl e a r the nature of the apertural appurtenance, so that i t cannot be determined from the l i t e r a t u r e whether the species oblonga should \u00C2\u00AB\u00C2\u00A9fe be c a l l e d T r i l o c u l i n a or M i l i o l i n e l l a . Thus, i f both genera are v a l i d , two taxa probably are represented, but i t i s impossible to determine whether the present forms, with the M i l i o l i n e l l a aperture or those with the b i f i d tooth should be given a new s p e c i f i c name. In the present material, a few small specimens from several Juneau l o c a l i t i e s have been r e f e r r e d to M i l i o l i n e l l a oblonga Montagu ( ? ) . The present specimens, with t h e i r c e n t r a l chamber always at an angle of about 3 0 \u00C2\u00B0 from the v e r t i c a l , may represent a d i s t i n c t v a r i e t y because apparently i n the more t y p i c a l form the ce n t r a l chamber has a v e r t i c a l long a x i s . Lankford has.figured a specimen showing the same plan of growth as those represented here. Genus PATEORIS Loeblich and Tappan, 1953 Pateoris hauerinoides (Rhumbler) (Plate 3, Figure 7) M i l i o l i n a semilunum (Linne) v a r i d i s c i f o r m i s (Macgilllvray), Williamson, 1858, Recent Foraminifera of Great B r i t a i n , p. 86, p i . 7, f i g s . 188, 189. M i l i o l a (Quinqueloculina) subrotunda (Montagu), Parker and Jones, 1865, Philos., Trans. Roy. Soc. London, v o l . 155, p. 411, p i . 15, f i g . 38 (erroneously numbered 28 on the plate). 100 Qunlqueloculina subrotunda (Montagu) forma hauerjnoides Rhumbler, 1936, Foram. der K i e l e r Bucht, T e i l 2, Bd. 1, Heft, 1 pp. 206, 217, 226, text f i g s . 167 (p. 205), 208-212 (p. 225). Quinqueloculina subrotunda (Montagu)? Cushman, 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res ., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 35, p i . 3, f i g s . 20, 21, p i . 4, f i g . 1. Quinqueloculina subrotunda (Montagu), Parker, 1952a, Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 9, p. 406, p i . 4, f i g * 4; Todd and Low, 1961, Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram* Res., v o l . 12, p t . 1, p. 15, p i . 1, f i g . 8. Pateorls hauerlnoides (Rhumbler), L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 42-45, p i . 6, f i g s . 8-12, text f i g s . 1A, B; Lankford MS, 1962, Recent Foraminifera from the nearshore turbulent zone, western United States and northwest Mexico; Unpub. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. C a l i f o r n i a , San Diego* p. 177, p i . 2, f i g . 14; Cooper, 1964, Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res,, v o l . 15, p t . 3, p. 94, p i . 5, f i g . 7; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Unders., no* 225, p. 256, p i . 6, f i g . 5; 1964, Norsk. P o l a r i n s t i t u t t Meddelelser, no. 93, p. 26, p i . 1, f i g , 3; Buzas, 1965a, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 145, no. 8, p* 17, p i . 1, f i g . 5. ? M a s s i l i n a secans (d'Orbigny), Cushman, 1929, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, p t . 6, p, 37, p i . 7, f i g s . 3, 4. ? Quinqueloculina d i s c i f o r m l s ( M a c g i l l i v r a y ) , Cushman, 1944, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 12, pp. 15, 16, p i . 2, f i g s . 17, 18; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res*, Spec* Publ. 21, p. 6, p i . 1, f i g . 16. Hypotypes No. 17a, 17b, Loc. B-7065 - 17a; B-7066 - 17b. Several specimens from f i v e l o c a l i t i e s i n the Juneau area have been ascribed to t h i s species. Given only these specimens, i t could be presumed that two v a r i a n t s were represented, one approaching the form figured by Loeblich and Tappan although neater than most of t h e i r f i g u r e d specimens, and 101 the other form more l i k e the specimens figured by Cushman (1944, 1948) and by Parker (1952a). The author has not seen large c o l l e c t i o n s which could be r e f e r r a b l e to t h i s taxon and has not, therefore, observed the range of v a r i a t i o n of the aspects. The author i s thus following L o e b l i c h and Tappan In t h e i r synonymy and hence r e f e r r i n g the two seeming variants of the present c o l l e c t i o n to the same taxon. Pateoris sp. (Plate 3, Figure 8) Hypotype No. 18, Loc. B-6891. A s i n g l e specimen appears to be a Pateoris In plan of growth and i n lacking any apertural appurtenance. I t Is f l a t on one side and rather convex on the other, with the periphery being quite angular. Further material would be needed to i d e n t i f y t h i s form more c l o s e l y . Genus TRILOCULINA d'Orbigny, 1826 T r i l o c u l i n a inornata d'Orbigny (Plate 4, Figure 1) T r i l o c u l i n a inornata d'Orbigny, 1846, Foraminiferes f o s s i l e s du bassin t e r t i a r e de Vienne (Autriche). Gide et Comp., Pa r i s , France, p. 279, p i . 17, f i g s . 16-18; Lankford MS, 1962, Recent Foraminifera from the nearshore turbulent zone, western United States and northwest Mexico; Unpub. Ph.D.. Thesis, Univ. C a l i f o r n i a , San Diego, p, 206, p i . 2, f i g . 19. Hypotype No. 19, Loc, D-1214. A few rather large t r i l o c u l i n e foraminifers appear r e f e r r a b l e to t h i s species. They are f a i r l y f l a t on the b i l o c u l i n e side and moderately convex on 102 the other. The periphery i s moderately angular. The f i n a l chamber i s much larger than the penultimate. There i s a small, simple tooth i n the aperture. It i s u n l i k e l y that the form ascribed to t h i s species by Cushman and Hanna (1927, p. 58, p i . 6, f i g s . 10, 11) i s co n s p e c i f i c . I t i s s i m i l a r but the I l l u s t r a t i o n s show minute s t r i a t i o n s covering the t e s t . T r i l o c u l i n a t r l h e d r a L o e b l i c h and Tappan {Plate 4, Figures 2a, 2b) T r i l o c u l i n a t r l h e d r a L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, p. 45, p i . 4, f i g . 10; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Unders., no. 225, p. 259, p i . 6, f i g . 6; Buzas, 1965a, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 145, no. 8, p. 16, p i . 1, f i g . 4. Hypotype No. 20, Loc. B-7073. Three specimens have been synonymized with t h i s species. Probably T r i l o c u l i n a t r i c a r i n a t a d'Orbigny, Cushman (1917, pp. 66, 67, p i . 25, f i g . 2, text f i g . 32) and Cushman and Gray (1946, p. 6, p i . 1, f i g . 18) and other references to T. t r i c a r i n a t a from northern waters should be ascribed to the present species, but these two species are so s i m i l a r that synonymizing these forms without seeing the actual specimens would be unwise. Genus PYRGO Defrance, 1824 Pyrgo r o t a l a r i a L o e b l i c h and Tappan (Plate 4, Figure 3) B i l o c u l i n a murrhyna Schwager, Cushman (In pa r t ) , 1917 (not Schwager, 1886), U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, pt. 6, p. 75, p i . 29, f i g . 1 (not p i . 28, f i g . 3). Pyrgo r o t a l a r i a L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 47, 48, p i . 6, f i g s . 5, 6. 103 Hypotype No. 21, Loc. B-6891. A few rather large specimens from several of the present shallow-water l o c a l i t i e s appear to be cons p e c i f i c with the form described by Lo e b l i c h and Tappan. I t may be noted that t h e i r specimens were from deep water as were those s i m i l a r specimens found by Cushman (1917) from North P a c i f i c dredgings The present specimens appear to be very s i m i l a r to forms r e f e r r e d to other species of Pyrgo a l s o . L o e b l i c h and Tappan do not compare t h e i r species with those following but these species seem very s i m i l a r to those found by the present author: Pyrgo depressa (d'Orbigny), Pyrgo l a e v i s Defranee, and Pyrgo lucernula .(Schwager). P. l a e v i s does not appear to have an apertural tooth, however, either as i t was o r i g i n a l l y described and figured (Defrance In: B l a i n v i l l e , 1824, p. 273, p i . 88, f i g . 2) or as given by Cushman and Gray (1946, p. 7, p i . 1, f i g s . 26, 27). P. lucernula was o r i g i n a l l y described ( B i l o c u l i n a lucernula Schwager, 1866, p. 202, p i . 4, f i g . 17; not f i g . 14) as having a small tooth, but the forms ascribed to t h i s species by Cushman (1917, p. 475, p i . 97, f i g . 2; p i . 98, f i g . 1) are ( p i . 97) t r i l o c u l i n e with no tooth and ( p i . 98) b i l o c u l i n e with a tooth. The form ascribed to P. depressa (d'Orbigny) by Cushman and Gray (1946, p. 7, p i . 1, f i g . 24) i s very s i m i l a r to the present specimens. There was no o r i g i n a l type d e s c r i p t i o n given by d'Orbigny and the f i g u r e given for B i l o c u l i n a depressa d'Orbigny (1826, p. 298) i n E l l i s and Messina (1940) i s taken from Parker, Jones, and Brady (1871, p i . 8, f i g . 5). This f i g u r e i s very generalized but the form of apexyture i l l u s t r a t e d strongly suggests the presence of a tooth. Cushman (1917, pp. 74,75, p i . 28, f i g s . 1, 2; 1921, pp. 469, 470, p i . 96, f i g . 2) described and figured t h i s species, Pyrgo depressa. The present specimens may f a l l w i t h i n the range of v a r i a t i o n of any of the above-mentioned taxa. 104 Other described forms, such as that placed i n B i l o c u l i n a s a r s i i Schlumberger by Cushman (1921, pp. 471, 472, p i . 97, f i g . 1, text f i g . 48) also are very s i m i l a r to the present specimens. The taxonomic r e l a t i o n s of described specimens of Pyrgo can only be resolved by c a r e f u l restudy of material previously described and discussed i n the l i t e r a t u r e . Pyrgo (?) c f , P_. r o t a l a r i a L o e b l i c h and Tappan (Plate 4, Figures 4a, 4b) Hypotypes No. 22a, 22b, 22c, Loc. B-6891 - 22a; D-1211 - 22b, 22c. Ten specimens, which are r e f e r r e d to i n the above manner, have been Collected from the Juneau and Vancouver areas. They may be immature pyrgos of the species Pyrgo r o t a l a r i a or some other s i m i l a r species (see discussion of Pyrgo r o t a l a r i a ) or may be a separate species. In numbers, the present specimens are about equal i n the material under study to P_. r o t a l a r i a and are, f o r the most part, much smaller. They are mainly b i l o c u l i n e but tend toward the t r i l o c u l i n e condition, resembling the genus F l i n t i a i n t h i s regard. Test free; when viewed i n the normal way of viewing Pyrgo^oyate i n out-l i n e , much i n f l a t e d , with a sharp but not carinate border around the l a s t chamber; penultimate chamber not smoothly meeting the f i n a l chamber, as i s t y p i c a l with Pyrgo, but having an i n f l a t e d c e n t r a l portion, bordered, sometimes with a sharp change i n angle, by an area almost at a 90\u00C2\u00B0 angle to the v e r t i c a l a x i a l plane of the t e s t . In t h i s area the suture between the two f i n a l chambers occurs, but i s sometimes separated by a small part of the previous chamber, showing the t r i l o c u l i n e condition. The aperture i s on a s l i g h t neck, i s somewhat elongate, and contains a very low, though broad, b i f i d tooth. 105 Family OPHTHALMIDIIDAE Subfamily Cornuspirinae Genus GORDIOSPIRA Heron-Allen and Earland, 1932 Gordiospira cf\u00E2\u0080\u00A2 G. a r c t i c a Cushman (Plate 5, Figures l a , lb) Hypotype No. 23, Loc. B-7065 A few specimens appear to belong to t h i s genus. They are s i m i l a r to Gordiospira a r c t i c a Cushman as t y p i f i e d by Cushman (1933b, p. 3, p i . 1, f i g s . 5-7; and 1948, p. 47, p i . 4, f i g s . 11-13) and Loe b l i c h and Tappan (1953, pp. 49, 50, p i . 7, f i g s . 1-3). The present specimens, however, appear to be more involute than the t y p i c a l form and have a small, rectangular, boss-like, calcareous growth i n the um b i l i c a l area of the v e n t r a l s i d e . These specimens may represent a new species or v a r i e t y but there i s i n s u f f i c i e n t material a v a i l a b l e to t e l l whether t h i s i s the case or whether these ophthalmidiids f a l l w ithin the morphologic range of v a r i a t i o n of Gordiospira a r c t i c a . M a t e r i a l from B-7077 al s o contained two specimens which could be attached members of the family Ophthalmidiidae. They are apparently not members of any known genus of Foraminifera, however, and are more probably small specimens of a worm such as Serpula. 106 Family TROCHAMMINIDAE Subfamily Trochammininae Genus TROCHAMMINA Parker and Jones, 1859 Trochammina (?) sp. (Plate 5, Figure 2) Hypotype No. 24, Loc. B-7068. A s i n g l e , I n d i s t i n c t l y c o i l e d , arenaceous foraminifer i s questionably assigned to t h i s genus. Family LAGENIDAE Subfamily Nodosariinae Genus ROBULUS Montfort, 1808 Robulus sp. (Plate 5, Figure 3) Hypotype No. 25, Loc. B-7074. Four members of t h i s genus were found, one from B-7074 (Juneau area) and three from the sample near Burnaby Lake i n the Vancouver area. They appear, to be con s p e c i f i c but do not seem r e f e r r a b l e to any of the species found i n l a t e Cenozoie material along the eastern P a c i f i c Coast or i n A r c t i c waters. These foraminifers are small, have f i v e or s i x chambers i n the f i n a l whorl, are smooth^surfaced, with limbate, curved sutures which are f l u s h with the surface. The periphery i s sharp, with a t h i n k e e l . The i n d i v i d u a l from B-7074 i s much s h i n i e r than the others, but t h i s d i f f e r e n c e i s l i k e l y a r e s u l t of preservation. More material i s needed to i d e n t i f y t h i s form more c l o s e l y . 107 Genus PLAMJLARIA. Defranee, 1824 Pl a n u l a r i a c a l i f o r n i c a (Galloway and Wissler) (Plate 5, Figure 4) C r i s t e l l a r i a reniformis Bagg, 1912 (not d'.Orbigny), U. S. Geol. Survey, B u l l . 513, p. 66, p i . 19, f i g . 2. Astacolus c a l i f o r n i c u s Galloway and Wissler, 1927% Jour. Paleon. v o l . 1, p. 46, p i . 8, f i g . 4. Pl a n u l a r i a c a l i f o r n i c a (Galloway and Wissler), Cushman and Gray; 1946, Cushman Lab, Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p, 12, p i . 2, f i g . 16; Cushman and Todd, 1947b, Contrib. Cushman Lab, Foram. Res., v o l . 23, p. 62, p i , 15, f i g s . 4-7; Cushman and McCulloch, 1950, M i a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6, p. 303, p i . 39, f i g s . 6-9. Hypotype No. 26, Loc. B-7077. A s i n g l e specimen i s assigned to t h i s species. It i s well preserved and e a s i l y I d e n t i f i e d . Genus DENTALINA d'Orbigny,,1826 Dent a U n a c o s t a i (Schwager) (Plate 5, Figure 5) Nodosaria c o s t a i Schwager, 1866, Novara Exped., Geol. T h e i l . , Bd. 2, p. 229, p i . 6, f i g . 62. Dentalina c o s t a i (Schwager), Cushman, 1933c, U. S. Nat. Mus.,.Bull. 161, pt. 2, p. 11,. p i , 3, f i g . 6; Cushman and McCulloch, 1950, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6, p. 311, p i . 41, f i g s . 15, 16. Hypotype No. 27, Loc. B-7067. 108 Dent a U n a I t t a l L o e b l i c h and Tappan (Plate 5, Figure 6) DentaUna cf, calomorpha (Reuss), Cushman, 1948, Cushman Lab, Foram. Res., Spec, Publ. 23, p. 44, p i . 5, f i g s . 4, 5; Cushman and McCulloch, 1950, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6, p. 317, p i . 41 f i g . 6. Dentalina i t t a i L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 56, 57, p i . 10, f i g s . 10-12; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Unders., no. 225, p. 273, p i . 9, f i g s . 1, 2. Hypotype No. 28, Loc, B-6891. A few dentalinas from f i v e l o c a l i t i e s appear to be cons p e c i f i c with the forms recorded above. Lo e b l i c h and Tappan do not include the form recorded by Cushman and McCulloch i n t h e i r synonymy; however, the figures shown by Cushman and McCulloch depict a form here believed to be c o n s p e c i f i c . Dentalina pauperata d'Orbigny (Plate 6, Figure 1) Dentalina pauperata d'Orbigny, 1846, Foraminiferes f o s s i l e s du bassin T e r t i a r e de Vienne (Autriche). Gide et Comp., Paris , France, p. 46, p i . 1, f i g s , 57, 58; Cushman, 1929, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l , 5, pt. 4, p. 85, p i . 12, f i g s . 23, 24; Cushman and Laiming, 1931, Jour. Paleon., v o l . 5, p. 99, p i . 11, f i g s . 11, 12; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 57, 58, p i . 9, f i g s . 7-9. Nodosaria pauperata (d'Orbigny), Cushman 1923, D. S. Nat. Mus., B u l l . 104, pt. 4, p. 72, p i . 14, f i g . 13. Dentalina c f . roemeri Neugeboren, Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 13, p i . 2, f i g s . 19-22. 109 D e n t a l i n a s p , Cushman, 1948, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 23, p. 45, p i . 5, f i g . 7. \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 Hypotype No. 29, L o c . B-7073. A s i n g l e l a r g e f o r a m i n i f e r I s r e f e r r e d t o t h i s s p e c i e s . N a t u r a l l y t h e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n and s y n o n y m i z i n g o f a s i n g l e specimen o f a genus and s p e c i e s so v a r i a b l e as D e n t a l i n a p a u p e r a t a i s s u b j e c t t o some q u e s t i o n , b u t t h e above synonymy appears v a l i d . S u b f a m i l y L a g e n i n a e Genus LAGENA Wa l k e r and J a c o b , 1798 Lagena c f . L. amphora Reuss ( P l a t e 6, F i g u r e s 3 and 4) Hypotypes No. 31a, 31b, L o c . B-7065 - 31a; D-1211 - 31b. A few specimens, v a r y i n g somewhat i n s i z e and i n number o f c o s t a e , seem m o r p h o l o g i c a l l y most s i m i l a r t o t h i s s p e c i e s . They a r e a l l e l o n g a t e and p y r l f o r m and have numerous h i g h , p l a t e - l i k e c o s t a e w h i c h e x t e n d o n t o t h e neck. P r o b a b l y a l l had l o n g n e c k s a l t h o u g h most appear now t o be b r o k e n a t some p o i n t . They r e s e m b l e Lagena m e r i d i o n a l i s W i e s n e r b u t a r e w i d e r a t t h e b a s e and have l e s s r e g u l a r c o s t a e . They have been compared w i t h Lagena amphora Reuss (1862 ( 1 8 6 3 ) , p. 330, p i . 4, f i g . 57) and Cushman and M c C u l l o c h (1950, pp. 329 and 334, p i . 43, f i g s . 11-14) and M a l l o r y (1959, p. 175, p i . 14, f i g , 2 ) ; and Lagena c o s t a t a ( W i l l i a m s o n ) v a r . amphora Reuss, Cushman (1913, p. 21, p i . 10, f i g s . 2, 3; p i . 12, f i g . 2; and 1929, p. 70, p i . 11, f i g s . 11, 12) and Cushman and V a l e n t i n e (1930, p. 19, p i . 5, f i g . 5 ) . I have examined t h e h y p o t y p e f i g u r e d by M a l l o r y . Todd (1965, p e r s o n a l communication) I n f e r s t h a t t h e p r e s e n t f o r m may be an O o l i n a r a t h e r t h a n a Lagena, 110 The species Lagena amphora Reuss 1862 (1863) i s taxonomically i n v a l i d since i t i s predated by Lagena l a e v i s (Montagu) var. amphora Williamson, 1848, which v a r i e t y Is now recognized as a species. Thus, Lagena amphora Reuss needs a new s p e c i f i c name. Lagena distoma Parker and Jones (Plate 6, Figure 7) Lagena l a e v i s (Montagu) var. s t r i a t a Parker and Jones, 1857, Ann. Mag. Nat. H i s t . ser. 2, v o l . 19, p. 278, p i . 11, f i g . 24. Lagena distoma Parker and Jones tn: Brady, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, v o l . 24, p. 467, p i . 48, f i g . 65 1884, Rept. Voy. Challenger, v o l . 9, (Zool.), p. 461, p i , 58, f i g s , 11-15; Cushman, 1913, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, pt. 3, p. 22, p i . 13, f i g s . 1, 2; 1923 (p a r t ) , tJ. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, p. 14, p i . 3, f i g . 3 (not f i g . 2); ? Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 21, p i . 4, f i g s , 8, 9; Cushman and McCulloch, 1950, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6, p, 337, p i . 44, f i g . 12; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Unders., no, 225, p. 286, p i . 11, f i g s . 6-8. Hypotype No. 34, Loc. D-1211. See Cushman (1923) f o r other early references. Four foraminifers, one from near Burnaby Lake, and three from the Juneau area, are assigned to t h i s species. That i n d i v i d u a l from the Vancouver area i s thinner than the others. The I d e n t i f i c a t i o n i s based mainly on the o r i g i n a l d e s c r i p t i o n and f i g u r e . L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953, pp. 63, 64) suggest that the form they have recognized i n t h e i r material as Lagena m o l l i s Cushman may be the same species as Lagena distoma, i n which case L. distoma I l l takes preference. From the o r i g i n a l d e s c r i p t i o n of these species, however, L. distoma appears to have fewer costae ( c e r t a i n l y fewer than the specimens figured by Loeblich and Tappan) and a less fusiformc. shape, with more p a r a l l e l s i d e s . L o e b l i c h and Tappan further say, \"Lagena m o l l i s Cushman d i f f e r s from Lagena g r a c i l i s Williamson, 1848, i n possessing many more f i n e r i b s and i n being less fusiform.\" This may w e l l be so, but the type f i g u r e of L_. distoma shows a form which i s less fusiform, with more p a r a l l e l sides, and has fewer r i b s than the type f i g u r e of L. g r a c i l i s Williamson, 1848. The form figured by Cushman and Gray as Lagena distoma appears to be more l i k e L. g r a c i l i s . Cockbain (1963, Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 14, pt. 2, no. 260, ta b l e 2) reports Lagena distoma. Lagena f l a t u l e n t a L oeblich and Tappan (Plate 6, Figure 8) Lagena l a e v i s (Montagu), Cushman, 1913, U. S. Nat. Mus, B u l l . 71, pt. 3, p. 5, p i . 38, f i g . 5; ? p i . 1, f i g . 3; 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 47, p i . 5, f i g . 11; Cushman and McCulloch, 1950 (part), A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6, p. 341, p i . 45, f i g . 15 (not f i g s . 14, 16); ? Bagg, 1912 ( i n part), U. S. Geol. Survey B u l l . 513, p. 48, p i . 13, f i g . 5, f i g s . 8e, 8j (not f i g s . 6, 7, 8a-d, f ) . Lagena l a e v i s (Montagu) var. Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 18, p i . 3, f i g s . 24, 25. Lagena f l a t u l e n t a L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc, C o l l . , v o l , 121, no. 7, p. 60, p i . 11, f i g s . 9, 10. Hypotype No. 35, Loc. B-7074. 112 Lagena g r a c i l l l m a (Seguenza) (Plate 6, F i g u r e 9) Amphorina g r a c i l l i m a Seguenza, 1862, Descrizeone d e l f o r a m i n i f e r i monotalamici Marne Miocenlche...Messina..., p. 51, p i . 1, f i g . 37. ( E l l i s and Messina, 1940) Amphorina d i s t o r t a Seguenza, 1862, Descrizeone d e l f o r a m i n i f e r i monotalamici Marne Mioceniche.. .Messina..., Diss. 2, p. 52, p i . 1, f i g . 38.(Ellis and Messina, 1940 Lagena g r a c i l l i m a (Seguenza), Brady, 1884, Rept. Voy. Challenger, voL 9, (Zool.), p. 456, p i . 56, f i g s . 19-28; ? Bagg, 1912, H. S. Geol. Survey B u l l . 513, p. 47, p i . 13, f i g . 3; Cushman, 1913, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, pt. 3, p i . 11, f i g . 4; 1923, U, S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, p. 23, p i , 4, f i g . 5; Lo e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , vol.. 121, no. 7, pp. 60, 61, p i . 11, f i g s . 1-4. Lagena clavata (d'Orbigny), Cushman, 1944, Cushman Lab, Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 12, p. 21, p i . 3, f i g . 6; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 18, p i . 3, f i g s . 31-33. Hypotype No. 36, Loc. B-7073. These lagenas, which are rare at many l o c a l i t i e s , are thought c o n s p e c i f i c with the above forms. The form figured by Bagg appears too elongate and slender to belong to t h i s species. Figures of forms r e f e r r e d to Lagena clavata (d'Orbigny) surely appear c o n s p e c i f i c with the present m a t e r i a l . These two species are very s i m i l a r and may be c o n s p e c i f i c . Ruth Todd (1962, personal communication) reports Lagena g r a c i l l i m a from unconsolidated marine deposits of the Juneau area. The form re f e r r e d to Lagena clavata by Feyling-Hanssen (1964j p. 285, p i . 11, f i g . 4) appears more s i m i l a r to the present form than that he (p. 288, p i . 11, f i g . 11) re f e r r e d to Lagena g r a c i l l i m a . 113 Lagena l a e v i s (Montagu) (Plate 7, Figure 1) vermiculum laeve Montagu, 1803, Testacea Br i t a n n i c a , p. 524. Lagena v u l g a r i s Williamson, 1858, Recent Foraminifera of Great B r i t a i n , p. 3, p i . 1, f i g s . 5, 5a; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 18, p i . 3, f i g s . 28-30. Lagena sulcata Walker and Jacob var. l a e v i s (Montagu), Parker and Jones, 1865, Ph i l o s . Trans. Roy. Soc. London, v o l . 155, p. 349, p i . 13, f i g . 22 ( c a l l e d Lagena l a e v i s on plate d e s c r i p t i o n ) . Lagena l a e v i s (Montagu), Bagg, 1912, U. S. Geol. Survey B u l l . 513, p. 48, p i . 13, f i g s . 6, 7, 8a-k (probably not f i g . 5 and figs. 8e and 8 j ) ; p i . 14, f i g s . 23, 24; Cushman, 1913, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, pp. 5, 6, p i . 1, f i g , 3, p i . 38, f i g . 5; 1933c, U, S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 161, p t . 2, pp. 19, 20, p i . 4, f i g . 5; 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 47, p i . 5, f i g , 11; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab, Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 18, p i . 3, f i g s . 21-23; Cushman and McCulloch, 1950 ( i n p a r t ) , A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6, p. 341, p i . 45, f i g s . 14, 16 (not f i g . 15); Lo e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . v o l . 121, no. 7j pp. 51, 62, p i . 11, f i g s . 5-8; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Dnders., no. 225, p. 289, p i . 11, f i g s . 13-15. Lagena v u l g a r i s Williamson ? , Cushman, 1944, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 12, p. 21, p i . 3, f i g . 7. Hypotype No. 37, Loc. B-7075. A s i n g l e foraminifer from B-7075 Is ascribed to Lagena l a e v i s . N^rvang records t h i s species as rare o f f Iceland i n 38-94, 75, and 141 meters of water 114 (1945, p. 20). Lagena v u l g a r i s Williamson i s an objective synonym of Lagena l a e v i s (Montagu). The two specimens i n t h i s material which have been assigned to Lagena l a e v i s and L. f l a t u l e n t a could e a s i l y be the same species, but with so few specimens and a small s p e c i f i c d i f f e r e n c e , i t i s d i f f i c u l t to be sure. Lagena m o l l i s Cushman (Plate 7, Figure 2) Lagena g r a c i l l i m a (Seguenza) var. m o l l i s Cushman, 1944, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 12, p. 21, p i . 3, f i g . 3. Lagena m o l l i s Cushman, L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 63, 64, p i . 11, f i g s . 25-27; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Dnders., no. 225, p. 290, p i . 11, f i g s . 16-19. Hypotype No. 38, Loc. B-7074. A few specimens from the Juneau and Vancouver areas are members of t h i s species. They are covered with fin e s t r i a e , which d i s t i n g u i s h them from the other s i m i l a r forms found i n t h i s study. The specimen from Canada has more p a r a l l e l sides and more s t r i a e than the others. The l a t e Cenozoic lagenas re f e r r e d to Lagena g r a c i l i s Williamson by Bagg (1912, p. 47, p i . 14, f i g s . 7, 8a, b), Cushman (1929, p. 67, p i . 11, f i g . 2) and Cockbain (1963, table 2) may also be co n s p e c i f i c with the present forms, although i t i s d i f f i c u l t to t e l l . The present specimens appear to have more and f i n e r s t r i a t i o n s than t y p i c a l Lagena g r a c i l i s , and tend to be s l i g h t l y pyriform, and, although quite elongate, would not be described as being exceedingly t h i n . 115 Lagena p a r r i L o e b l i c h and Tappan (Plate 7, Figure 3) Lagena l a e v i s (Montagu) var. baggi, Cushman and Gray, Cushman and McCulloch, 1950, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6, p. 342, p i . 45, f i g . 17. Lagena p a r r i Loeblich and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, p. 64, p i . 11, f i g s . 11-13. Hypotype No. 39, Loc. B-7073. Seven foraminifers are assigned to t h i s species. Those f i v e from near Burnaby Lake lack a p i c a l spines, but the spines can be seen to have been broken o f f . Lagena perlucida (Montagu)(?) (Plate 7, Figure 4) ? Vermiculum perlucidum Montagu, 1803, Testacea B r i t t a n i c a , p. 525, p i . 14, f i g . 3. Lagena v u l g a r i s Williamson var. perlucida (Montagu), Williamson, 1858, Recent Fpramlnifier^; of Great B r i t a i n , p. 5, p i . 1, f i g s . 7, 8. Lagena perlucida (Montagu), Cushman, 1923, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, p. 46, p i . 8, f i g s . 12, 13} ? 1927, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, pt. 2, p. 123, p i . 24, f i g . 3; ? 1933c, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 161, p. 20, p i . 4, f i g s . 6-8; ? Cushman and Parker, 1931, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foraim Res,, v o l . 7, p. 6, p i . 1, f i g . 22; ? Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 18, p i . 3, f i g s . 17-20; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 21, p. 11, p i . 2, f i g . 5; ? Cushman and McCulloch, 1950, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6, pp. 342, 343, p i . 46, f i g s . 1, 2. 116 Hypotype No. 40, Loc. B-7075. Co n s p e c i f i c i t y with the present forms i s questioned f o r the forms i l l u s t r a t e d by Cushman and Gray and Cushman and McCulloch. Their specimens appear to show a more robust form with shorter neck and costae l i m i t e d to the very basal part of the tes t as opposed to costae extending further up the t e s t on the present specimens. The forms figured by Cushman and Parker and Cushman (1933) have costae only very b a s a l l y but are perhaps even less robust than the present specimens. The form figured by Cushman and Todd appears d e f i n i t e l y c onspecific with the author's material. The foraminifers i l l u s t r a t e d by Cushman i n 1923 appear to f a l l w ithin the range of v a r i a t i o n of the B r i t i s h Columbian and/or Alaskan species, but these figures are copies of those of Williamson. Williamson considered the species perlucida as a v a r i e t y of his species Lagena v u l g a r i s . He stated that h i s form, L. v u l g a r i s , var. semistriata \" d i f f e r s from v a r i e t y perlucida i n the costae terminating abruptly at t h e i r upper extremity instead of gradually merging i n the an t e r i o r part of the s h e l l . \" O r i g i n a l figures of Lagena v u l g a r i s Williamson var. semistriata and Vermiculum perlucidum Montagu show b a s a l l y bulbous forms topped by long necks. However, Williamson's figures of the \" v a r i e t y \" perlucida show a form with much shorter costae than the o r i g i n a l of Montagu. Thus, In general, subsequent authors seem to have followed Williamson. Bagg (1912, p. 50, p i . 14, f i g s . 1-4) was an exception to t h i s i n r e f e r r i n g specimens to Lagena s u b s t r i a t a Williamson. He apparently followed Reuss (1862, p i . 2, f i g s . 2, 3) whose figures he copies, and which depicted short costae. Brady (1884, p. 465, p i . 57, f i g s . 14-18) also referred h i s specimens to Lagena se m i s t r i a t a . Cushman (1927) simply discussed the taxonomic p o s i t i o n of the name Vermiculum and reproduced 117 Montagu's o r i g i n a l f i g u r e . Cushman (1933) points out that authors subsequent to Montagu have very l a r g e l y referred the s p e c i f i c name perlucida to a form with a long neck but with costae l i m i t e d to the basal part of the t e s t . He further stated that he followed t h i s p r a c t i c e . The present lagenas are flask-shaped with long necks with l i p s and with numerous (20+) costae extending from the base to as much as h a l f way up the t e s t . Some in d i v i d u a l s show a suggestion of a small basal spine or knob. In the present material, these lagenas are most s i m i l a r to Lagena semilineata, from which they can be r e a d i l y distinguished by t h e i r lack of an a p i c a l spine, more rounded bottom, and tendencies to be less bulbous i n the lower part and to have fewer costae. This species occurs i n small numbers at a few l o c a l i t i e s . The form r e f e r r e d by Feyling-Hanssen to Lagena semilineata Wright (1964, p. 291, p i . 12, f i g . 2) may be c o n s p e c i f i c with, the present specimens. . Lagena semilineata Wright (Plate 7, Figure 5) Lagena sulcata Walker and Jacob var. semistriata Williamson, Parker and Jones, 1865,. P h i l o s . Trans. Roy Soc. London, v o l . 155, p. 350, p i . 13, f i g , 23. Lagena semilineata Wright, 1886, Proc. B e l f a s t Nat. F i e l d Club, n. s., v o l . 1, app. 9, p. 320, p i . 26, f i g . 7; Cushman, 1923, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, p. 49, p i . 9, f i g s . 12, 13; Cushman and McCulloch, 1950, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6, p. 345, p i . 46, f i g . 11; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 65, 66, p i . 11, f i g s . 14-22; ? not Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. tJnders., no. 225, p. 291, p i . 12, f i g . 2. 118 ?Lagena semistriata Williamson, Cushman and Gray, 1946, Gushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, pp. 18, 19, p i . 3, f i g . 34. Lagena caudata (d'Orbigny), Cushman, 1948, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 46, p i . 5, f i g s . 8, 9. Hypotype No. 41, Loc. D-1211. The f i g u r e from the Timms Point Pliocene, depicted by Cushman and Gray as Lagena semistriata, appears to show an a p i c a l spine. I f t h i s spine i s present, the form probably should be assigned to L. semilineata. In the present material specimens occur i n very small numbers at several l o c a l i t i e s . The hypotype shows the s t r i a t i o n s on the neck mentioned by Wright i n the o r i g i n a l d e s c r i p t i o n . Todd (1959, personal communication) reports t h i s species from bottom samples i n southeastern Alaskan waters. The form re f e r r e d to Lagena semilineata by Feyling-Hanssen probably i s cons p e c i f i c with the form herein r e f e r r e d to Lagena perlucida (Montagu) ( ? ) . Lagena setigera M i l l e t t (Plate 7, Figure 6) Lagena clavata (d'Orbigny) var. setigera M i l l e t t , 1901, Jour. Roy. Micr. Soc. London, pt. 11, p. 491, p i . 8, f i g . 9. Lagena perlucida (Montagu) var. Cushman and McCulloch, 1950, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6, p. 343, p i . 46, f i g s . 3, 4. Lagena s e t i g e r a M i l l e t t , L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 66, 67, p i . 11, f i g s . 23, 24; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Unders., no. 225, p. 292, p i . 12, f i g . 3. Hypotype No. 42, Loc. B-7075. Specimens which are rare at several l o c a l i t i e s have been ascribed to Lagena s e t i g e r a . M i l l e t t ' s type fi g u r e shows a somewhat more slender form. 119 Lagena s u b s t r i a t a Williamson (Plate 7, Figure 7) Lagena s u b s t r i a t a Williamson, 1848, Ann. Mag. Nat. H i s t . , ser. 2, v o l . 1, p. 15, p i . 1, f i g . 2; Cushman, 1923, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, pp. 56, 57, p i . 10, f i g . 11; 1929, Contrib, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 5, pt. 3, p. 68, p i . 11, f i g . 4; 1 1944, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 12, p. 21, p i . 3, f i g . 8; Cushman and Laiming, 1931, Jour. Paleon., v o l . 5, no. 2, pp. 100, 101, p i . 11, f i g . 1. Lagena v u l g a r i s Williamson var, s u b s t r i a t a Williamson, 1858, Recent Foraminifera of Great B r i t a i n , p. 7, p i . 1, f i g . 14. Lagena s t r i a t a (d'Orbigny), Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 20, p i . 3, f i g s . 51-53, ? f i g , 54. not Lagena s t r i a t a (d'Orbigny), forma s u b s t r i a t a Williamson, Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Unders., no. 225, p. 294, p i . 12, f i g . 6. Hypotype No. 43, Loc. D-1211. Four specimens from the excavation near Burnaby Lake have been ascribed to t h i s species. In the synonymy, forms have been excluded which are c i r c u l a r rather than elongate on the grounds that they are more probably c o n s p e c i f i c with the form here assigned to Lagena s t r i a t a (d'Orbigny). By the same token, the elongate specimens referred to L. s t r i a t a by Cushman and Gray have been here ascribed to L. s u b s t r i a t a , Cushman and Gray's f i g . 54 depicts an i n d i v i d u a l with fewer s t r i a t i o n s than the rest of t h e i r figured specimens and ambulation around the neck and.apparently with a s l i g h t l y spinose base; these characters cause a question as to i t s taxonomic designation. The specimen figured by Cushman i n 1944 i s s i m i l a r to t h i s l a s t except i n being less elongate and 120 apparently lacking the basal spines. The form depicted by Feyling-Hanssen i s much more slender than that here referred to L. s u b s t r i a t a . Lagena sulcata (Walker and Jacob) (Plate 7, Figure 8) Serpula (Lagena) s t r i a t a sulcata rotundata Walker and Boys, 1784, Testacea minuta r a r i o r a , p, 2, p i . 1, f i g . 6. (This taxonomic designation i s not acceptable by the Rules of Zoologic Nomenclature.) Serpula (Lagena) sulcata Walker and Jacob, 1798, IniKanmacher, F. Addams1 Essays on the microscope. Ed. 2, London, England, printed by D i l l o n and Keating, p. 634, p i . 14, f i g . 5. Lagena sulcata (Walker and Jacob), Bagg, 1912 ( i n p a r t ) , U. S. Geol. Survey B u l l . 513, pp. 52, 53, p i . 14, f i g . 12, ? f i g . 9 (not f i g s . 10, 11); ? Cushman, 1923, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, pp. 57, 58, p i . 11, f i g . 1; 1929, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 5, pt. 3, no. 83, p. 70, p i . 11, f i g . 5; 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 46, p i . 5, f i g , 12. ?Lagena costata (Williamson), Cushman, 1913, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, p. 21, p i . 10, f i g . 1 (not p i . 9, f i g . 6; p i . 12, f i g . 1). Lagena acu t i c o s t a Reuss, Cushman, 1923, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l , 104, pt. 4, p. 5, p i . 1, f i g , 3 (not f i g s . 1, 2). not Lagena s.ulcata (Walker and Jacob), Gushman, 1913, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, p. 22, p i . 9, f i g . 2; Cushman, Stewart, and Stewart, 1930, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hi s t . , v o l . 6, no. 2, p. 58, p i . 3, f i g . 12; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 19, p i . 3, f i g . 46. 121 Hypotype No. 44, Loc. B-7065. Lagenas which are recorded from f i v e l o c a l i t i e s have been i d e n t i f i e d as Lagena sulcata. Many forms found i n the l i t e r a t u r e have been re f e r r e d to t h i s species. They are not considered i n the synonymy mainly because of divergent appearances, descriptions and/or Inadequacy thereof. For early references see Cushman (1923). The author has been concerned mainly with the o r i g i n a l d e s c r i p t i o n and with forms.which are f a i r l y c l o s e l y r e l a t e d to the present material i n geologic time and geographic and ecologic p o s i t i o n . In d i f f e r -e n t i a t i n g the present form from Oolina costata (Williamson), the d e s c r i p t i o n of that species given by Lo e b l i c h and Tappan (1953, p. 68) i s followed. Although the author's material i s sparse, the synonymy i s believed to r e f l e c t c o n s p e c i f i c i t y as c l o s e l y as i t can be determined from the literature,. The two forms s p e c i f i c a l l y not retained i n Lagena sulcata are probably Oolina costata. The four present specimens most c l o s e l y resemble the form figured by Cushman (1948) i n h i s p u b l i c a t i o n on A r c t i c Foraminifera. Cockbain (1963, table 2) reports Lagena sulcata from Recent bottom samples In the Juan de Fuca and Georgia S t r a i t s region, \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 Lagena spp. (Plate 7, Figure 9; Plate 8, Figures 1 and 2) Hypotypes No. 45a, 45b, 46, Loc. B-7067 - 45a, 45b; B-6892 - 46. The group represented by Hypotypes No. 45a and 45b (Plate 7, f i g . 9 and Plate 8j f i g . 1) consists of ten small lagenas with f a i r l y numerous, low but d i s t i n c t costae which run from the base to the neck (and perhaps up onto the neck). They are elongate and somewhat pyriform, those from B-7072 and B-7077 being the least pyriform. Varying somewhat, the base i s rounded to rounded 122 with a small point projecting from the center. They c l o s e l y resemble what are here i d e n t i f i e d as Lagena c f . L. amphora, but they are much smaller and have lower costae which do not c l e a r l y run up onto the neck; further, these lagenas are more l u c i d than those i d e n t i f i e d as L. c f . L. amphora. This group of Lagena sp. c l o s e l y resembles the form i d e n t i f i e d as Lagena c f . f i l i c o s t a Reuss by Cushman and McCulloch (1950, pp. 338, 339, p i . 45, f i g s . 2-4) but i s more pyriform and has a shorter neck than the o r i g i n a l Lagena f i l i c o s t a Reuss. Three specimens of Lagena from two l o c a l i t i e s near Juneau appear to be co n s p e c i f i c but not r e f e r r a b l e to a known species. They are represented by Hypotype No, 46 (Plate 8, f i g . 2 ). They are small, quite elongate, very s l i g h t l y pyriform, with almost p a r a l l e l sides throughout most of the t e s t , narrowing at the top to a long, smooth neck. The tests are covered with 16 to 20 t h i n , low but d i s t i n c t s t r i a e , most of which extend from the base of the t e s t to the bottom of the neck; the height of the costae varies considerably between the three specimens. The base of the test i s rounded, which c l e a r l y separates these foraminifers from such pointed or apiculate species as L. g r a c i l i s . These foraminifers from the Juneau area probably most c l o s e l y resemble L. s u b s t r i a t a except that, as t y p i f i e d by Williamson, L. s u b s t r i a t a shows more s t r i a t i o n s , which continue onto the neck, and has a less elongate t e s t . Quite a range of v a r i a t i o n of specimens have been ascribed to L. su b s t r i a t a over the years, most of which, however, are less elongate than the present forms. These forms have more costae and are less pyriform than the group represented by Hypotypes No. 45a and 45b. A sin g l e specimen from B-7067 i s placed i n t h i s genus. I t might be a deformed Lagena f l a t u l e n t a . Since i t occurs with no other s i m i l a r specimens and probably i t s shape i s pathologic In o r i g i n , i t seems unwise to attempt a 123 closer i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . The hypotype of t h i s form was destroyed. Since lagenas and morphologically s i m i l a r forms usually occur i n such small numbers, although with what seems to be considerable taxonomic d i v e r s i t y , i n the material of the present study, i d e n t i f i c a t i o n s are made more d i f f i c u l t and c l e a r l y more uncertain than with most taxa occurring i n larger numbers. This numerical condition i s common with these u n i l o c u l a r forms and must be kept i n mind as being a problem i n resolving the phylogeny and taxonymy of t h i s group. Probably o v e r - s p l i t t i n g i s the most common r e s u l t of t h i s problem. Genus OOLINA d'Orbigny, 1839 Oolina a f f . 0. a l c o c k i (White) (Plate 6, Figure 2) Hypotype No. 30, Loc B-7075. This species, sensu s t r i c t o , has been described as being subglobular to pyriform. The present specimens at least are a c t u a l l y only s l i g h t l y pyriform and are only s l i g h t l y rounded i n side view, tending toward having p a r a l l e l sides i n the main body of the t e s t . These specimens also do not have as well developed a r e t i c u l a t e area below the neck as appears to be t y p i c a l . The author believes, however, that these northeastern P a c i f i c specimens do belong or are c l o s e l y r e l a t e d to the species Oolina a l c o c k i . Only a few specimens were found i n the material under study; they are from s i x l o c a l i t i e s . Three specimens are from B-7075 and they tend to be less elongate than the others. The present specimens are perhaps most s i m i l a r to the form named Oolina tasmanica by Parr (1950, p. 303, p i . 8, f i g . 4) but have fewer costae (although Parr's form has fewer costae than t y p i c a l Lagena a l c o c k i ) and are less pyriform. Parr makes no mention of an i n t e r n a l tube. Lagena sp. A Cushman and Todd (1947b, p. 63, p i . 15, f i g . 10) and Oolina b o r e a l i s L o e b l i c h 124 and Tappan, Feyling-Hanssen (1965, p. 26, p i . 2, f i g s , 5, 6) *may be nonspecific with the present specimens. Oolina apiopleura (Loeblich and Tappan) and Oolina b o r e a l i s L o e b l i c h and Tappan (see following pages) are s u p e r f i c i a l l y s i m i l a r to the present specimens but have d i f f e r e n t numbers of costae and lack the r e t i c u l a t e area just below the neck. No entoselenian tube can be seen but Todd (1965, personal communication) states that a short tube can be seen i n broken specimens, so these specimens are here re f e r r e d to Oolina. The name Lagena W i l l i a m s o n i (Alcock), which I include i n the following comparative l i s t , was found to be preoccupied, so White (1956, p. 246, p i . 27, f i g . 7) proposed the name Lagena a l c o c k i f o r t h i s species. The following forms have been compared with the present specimens: Entoselenia w i l l j a m s o n i Alcock (1865, p. 193 (no f i g u r e ) ) , Lagena Williamsoni (Alcock} Wright (1876-77, p. 104, p i . 4, f i g . 14^, Cushman (1923, p. 61, p i . 11, f i g s . 8, 9; 1927, p. 146; 1929, p. 70, p i . 11,' f i g s . 7, 8; 1933c, p. 34, p i . 8, f i g . 8), Cushman, Stewart and Stewart (1930, p. 59, p i . 8, f i g . 5), Cushman and McCulloch (1950, p. 362, p i . 48 figs.. 14, 15), Martin ! -(1952, p, 122, p i . 18, f i g . 10). The above are quite l i k e the. present specimens, The following two forms are s i m i l a r but c l e a r l y not conspecifIc: Lagena w i l l j a m s o n i (Alcock), Cushman and Todd (1947b, p. 63, p i . 15, f i g . 9) and Lagena a l c o c k i White (1956, p. 246, p i . 2.7, f i g . 7). Lagena guntheri Earland and Lagena sp. of Mallory (1959, p. 176, p i . 14, f i g . 10, typjified by hypotype number 41, 530 and seen by the present author) also are quite| s i m i l a r to the present specimens but have a pronounced basal r i n g . j i I \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 i Oolina apiopleura (Loeblich and Tappan) i (Plate 6, Figure 5) ' Lagena sulcata (Walker and Jacob), Parker and Jones (part), 1865, Ph i l o s . 125 Trans. Roy. Soc. London, v o l . 155, p. 351, p i . 13, f i g s . 28-31. Lagena acut i c o s t a Reuss, Brady, 1884, Rept. Voy. Challenger, v o l . 9 (Zool.), p. 464, p i . 58, f i g . 2 (not p i . 57, f i g s . 31, 32 and not p i . 48, f i g . 20); Cushman, 1913, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, pt. 3, pp. 23, 24, p i . 8, f i g . 9, ? f i g . 10; p i . 23, f i g . 2; 1923, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, p. 5, p i . 1, f i g s . 1, 2, (not f i g . 3); 1933c, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 161, pt. 2, pp. 34, 35, p i . 8, f i g s . 9, 10 (not f i g . 12); ? 1944, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 12, p. 20, p i . 3, f i g . 5; ? Cushman, Stewart and Stewart, 1930., Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat, H i s t . , v o l . 6, no. 2, p. 57, p i . 3, f i g , 10; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. p. 19, p i . 3, f i g . 45; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res,, Spec. Publ. 21, p. 11, p i . 1, f i g . 28; Cushman and McCulloch, 1950, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no, 6,. p. 329, p i . 43,. f i g s . 9, 10. Lagena apiopleura. Loeblich and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, p, 59, p i . 10, figs.. 14, 15; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Unders., no. 225, p. 284, p i . .11, fig,;.3. Hypotype No. 32, Loc. ,B-6892. Loeblich and Tappan point out that Lagena acuticosta.Reuss i s a subglobular form with a f l a t t e n e d base and does not have the.pyriform shape of the present species. This clear-cut d i f f e r e n c e i n shape, which i s well-defined i n the present material, c e r t a i n l y appears to j u s t i f y L o e b l i c h and Tappan's erection of. a new species and the reference to i t of those specimens With that pyriform shape which were formerly r e f e r r e d to L. ac u t i c o s t a. Tests of Oolina aipiopleura a l s o are characterized by a tendency to be s l i g h t l y c o n s t r i c t e d at the top of the costae. I t may be noted that the costae are quite broad and f l a t on top frequently. 126 In reference to the questionable i d e n t i f i c a t i o n s i n the above synonymy, the following remarks are made. The form depicted by Cushman, Stewart, and Stewart (1930) i s a damaged specimen and the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of the upper part of the chamber cannot be observed. Cushman (1933) shows forms with rather few costae In figures eight and nine, while f i g u r e 12 looks l i k e the o r i g i n a l L. a c u t i c o s t a . The form described by Cushman i n 1944 i s not t r u l y pyriform and lacks the c o n s t r i c t i o n of the t e s t at the top'.of the costae. Cockbain (1963, table 2) records Oolina apiopleura (Loeblich and Tappan). I t i s probable that some other references to Lagena a c u t i c o s t a should be r e f e r r e d to Cj. apiopleura instead. Todd (1965, personal communication) concurs i n the placing of t h i s species i n Oolina since she asserts i t has an entoselenean tube. Oolina c f . 0_. apiopleura (Loeblich and Tappan) (Elate 6, Figure 6) Hypotype No. 33, Loc. B-7077. Two specimens from B-7077 and B-7070 d i f f e r from t y p i c a l Oolina apiopleura i n being more rounded, smaller and having d i s t i n c t l y longer necks. They may be immature forms. Oolina b o r e a l i s L o e b l i c h and Tappan (Plate 8, Figure 3) Entoselenia costata Williamson, 1858, Recent Foraminifera of Great B r i t a i n , p. 9, p i . 1, f i g . 18; Cushman, 1923, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, p. 12. Lagena sulcata (Walker and Jacob), Bagg, 1912 (probably i n p a r t ) , U. S. Geol. Survey B u l l . 513, pp. 52, 53, p i , 14, ? f i g . 9; f i g s . 10, 11; (not f i g . 12); Cushman, Stewart, and Stewart, 1930, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. H i s t . , 127 v o l . 6, no. 2, p. 58, p i . 3, f i g . 12; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 19, p i . 3, f i g . 46. Lagena costata (Williamson), Cushman, 1913 ( i n p a r t ) , U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, p. 21, p i . 9, f i g . 6; 1 p i . 10, f i g . 1 (not' p*l. 12, f i g . 1); 1923, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, p. 12, p i . 1, f i g . 16; p i . 2, f i g s . 1, 2; 1 p i . 3, f i g . 8; ? 1929, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 5, pt. 3, no. 83, p. 70, p i . 11, f i g . 9; 1944, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 12, p. 21, p i . 3, f i g . 4; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 21, pp. 10, 11, p i . 2, f i g . 1; Cushman and McCulloch, 1950, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6, p. 335, p i . 44, f i g . 7. ? Lagena acuticosta Reuss, Cushman, 1913, D, S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, pt,. 3, pp. 23, 25, p i . 8, f i g s . 9, 10 (not p i . 23, f i g . 2), Oolina costata (Williamson), Parker, 1952a, Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 9, p. 409, p i . 4, f i g s . 20, .21;.; Lo e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, p. 68, p i . 13, f i g s . 4-6; Lankford MS, 1962, Recent Foraminifera from the nearshore turbulent zone, western United States and northwest Mexico; Unpub. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. C a l i f o r n i a , San .Diego. Oolina b o r e a l i s L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1954, Washington Acad. S c i . , Jour., v o l . 44, no. 12, p. 384 (not Qolina costata Egger, 1857). Hypotype No. 47, Loc. D-1214. Specimens re f e r r e d to t h i s taxon are rare i n the glacio-marine material. The synonomy follows mainly the d e s c r i p t i o n and figures of the species given by Loeblich and Tappan. Many divergent forms, not included here, have been ascribed to the species. (See Cushman, 1923, .for early references,) There seems to be a grave problem of i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . The o r i g i n a l f i g u r e given by Williamson, along with a b r i e f d e s c r i p t i o n , and repeated by Cushman (1923, 128 p i . 1, f i g . 16), i s a poor i l l u s t r a t i o n but shows a form with costae extending to the apertural end of the t e s t and with no d i s t i n c t neck. The forms figured by Cushman as Lagena costata i n 1913 ( p i . 10, f i g . 1) and e s p e c i a l l y i n 1929, are. very much l i k e the o r i g i n a l f i g u r e . The rest of the figures of the forms here synonymized, however, have costae which do not extend to the aperture and have a short neck. The o r i g i n a l specimens were from o f f the I s l e of Skye near Scotland, but t h e i r depository i s unknown. Thus, Loeblich and Tappan may have material from the same area but cannot be c e r t a i n that the form they described i s c o n s p e c i f i c with the o r i g i n a l . Their work i s being followed herein, however, as they had access to a l l the United States National Museum c o l l e c t i o n s . I d e n t i f i c a t i o n s given here are also mainly based i n f i g u r e s , as descriptions are often inadequate and divergent. I t Is d i f f i c u l t to separate members of Oolina b o r e a l l s as here i d e n t i f i e d from specimens of Oolina apiopleura, which are less elongate, pyriform, and c o n s t r i c t e d at the top than i s t y p i c a l . Cockbain (1963, table 2) records Oolina b o r e a l i s . The form r e f e r r e d to Oolina willjamsoni (Alcock) by Feyling-Hanssen (1964, p. 312, p i . 15, f i g . 8) i s very s i m i l a r to and may be conspecif i c with 0_. b o r e a l i s of t h i s report. The forms r e f e r r e d to Lagena apiopleura L o e b l i c h and Tappan by Cooper (1964, p. 94, p i . 5, f i g . 15) and which Feyling-Hanssen (1965, p. 26, p i . 2, f i g s . 5, 6) r e f e r s to 0. b o r e a l i s probably are c o n s p e c i f i c with 0. a f f . P_. a l c o c k i (White) of t h i s report. Oolina caudigera (Wiesner) (Plate 8, Figure 2) Lagena (Entoselenia) globosa (Montagu) var. caudigera, Wiesner, 1931, In: Drygalski, E. Von; Deutsche Sud Polar Exped. 1901-1903, v o l . 20 (Zool. v o l . 12), p. 119, p i . 18, f i g . 214. 129 Lagena (Entoselenia) ovata (Terquem) var. caudigera Wiesner, 1931, In: Drygalski, E, von; Deutsche Sud Polar Exped. 1901-1903, v o l . 20 (Zool. v o l . 12), p. 119, p i . 18, f i g . 215, Entoselenia l i n e a t a (Williamson), Cushman, 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 64, p i . 7, f i g . 5; ? Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 30, p i . 5, f i g s . 28-30. Oolina caudigera (Wiesner, 1931), Feyling-Hanssen, 1965, Norsk P o l a r i n s t i t u t t Meddelelser, no. 93, p. 50, p i . 2, f i g s . 8.210. Hypotype No. 48, Loc. B-7072. Specimens which are rare at a few l o c a l i t i e s have been assigned to t h i s species. For discussion, see Oolina l i n e a t a herein. Both of Wiesner's forms appear to be the same species. The use of the name Oolina l i n e a t a , however, fo r smooth forms l i k e 0. caudigera may be questionable. The form re f e r r e d to Oolina caudigera by Feyling-Hanssen (1964, p. 310, p i . 15, f i g . 3) probably i s not c o n s p e c i f i c with the present specimens as i t i s more nearly c i r c u l a r . Oolina c o l l a r i s (Cushman) (Plate 8, Figure 3) Lagena c o l l a r i s Cushman, 1913, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, pt. 3, p. 10, p i . 1, f i g . 2. Oolina heteromorpha Parr, 1950, B. A. N. Z. A n t a r c t i c Res. Exped., 1929-1931, Repts., ser. b, v o l . 5, pt. 6, p. 304, p i . 8, f i g , 6. Hypotype No. 49, Loc. D-1209. Some oolinas, which are most numerous at the Shannon Creek l o c a l i t y , appear to belong to t h i s species, described o r i g i n a l l y from deep water i n the North P a c i f i c . Specimens of Oolina c o l l a r i s are rather elongate, subovate, with sides tending to be p a r a l l e l . . The surface i s smooth. The neck i s short but very wide, sometimes tapering, with a round aperture,, The i n t e r n a l tube 130 can be seen c l e a r l y on some specimens (and i s seen i n Cushman;'s o r i g i n a l f i g u r e ) . The base i s somewhat fl a t t e n e d and sometimes has a small but c l e a r l y evident knob i n the center, although t h i s character was not described or shown i n the o r i g i n a l d e s c r i p t i o n . The d i f f e r e n c e between the species sensu s t r i c t o and the following new v a r i e t y appears to be gradational and a r b i t r a r y . Thus, here, only completely smooth specimens are r e f e r r e d to the species sensu s t r i c t o . The d e s c r i p t i o n and f i g u r e of the holotype given by Parr for h i s species Oolina heteromorpha strongly suggests that i t i s c o n s p e c i f i c with the e a r l i e r - d e s c r i b e d 0. c o l l a r i s and i s thus a j u n i o r synonym. Oolina c o l l a r i s (Cushman) var. howensis Smith n. var. (Plate 8, Figures .6, 7, and 8) Holotype No, 50a, Loc. D-1209, Paratypes No. 50b, 50c, Loc. D-1209. Foraminifers from a few l o c a l i t i e s are assigned to t h i s new v a r i e t y . The morphology of the test i s exactly l i k e that of the species sensu s t r i c t o , being free, rather elongate, subovate, with sides tending to be p a r a l l e l ; the neck i s short but very wide and sometimes tapers.inward toward the apex; the aperture is round; the base i s somewhat f l a t t e n e d and frequently has a small but c l e a r l y evident knob; the calcareous w a l l i s smooth and finely perforate. The i n t e r n a l tube can .be seen c l e a r l y i n some specimens. The v a r i e t y d i f f e r s from the t y p i c a l form i n possessing several low, rounded costae, which extend part way up the test from the base, the distance varying from near the base only to a point close to the aperture. These costate specimens seem to have the basal knob as a more constant character than do members of the species, sensu s t r i c t o . This v a r i e t y seems, to grade away from the t y p i c a l form of the species, with i n d i v i d u a l s with few, i n d i s t i n c t , short costae to.those whereon the costae are 131 r e l a t i v e l y well developed. The -test of the v a r i e t y a l s o appears to be more l u e i d than that of the t y p i c a l form. The v a r i e t y i s thus separated from the species i n i t s t y p i c a l form i n a somewhat a r b i t r a r y manner. Individuals having costae have here been r e f e r r e d to the v a r i e t y howensis. The v a r i e t a l name comes from Howe Sound, immediately north of Vancouver; the g l a c i o marine material exposed along Shannon Creek on the east side of the Sound y i e l d e d most of the specimens of the new v a r i e t y . Length of holotype: 0.27 mm Greatest diameter of holotype: 0.16 mm Length of paratypes: paratype 1 - 0.38 mm; paratype 2 - 0.32 mm Greatest diameter of paratypes: paratype 1 - 0.18 mm; paratype 2 - 0.20 mm Oolina l i n e a t a (Williamson) (Plate 8, Figure 9) Entoselenia l i n e a t a Williamson, 1848, Ann. Mag. Nat. H i s t . , London, England, ser. 2, v o l . 1, p. 18, p i . 2, f i g . 18; ? Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 30, p i . 5, f i g s . 28-30. Lagena l i n e a t a (Williamson), Cushman, 1923, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, pp. 31, 32, p i . 5, f i g . 10; p i . 6, f i g . 6, ? f i g s . 5, 7, 8; 1933c, D. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 161, pt. 2, pp. 36, 37, p i . 9, f i g s . 3, 4. Oolina l i n e a t a (Williamson), L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, p. 70, p i . 13, f i g s . 11-13, Hypotype No. 51, Loc. B-7074. For e a r l i e r references see Cushman (1933, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 161). Foraminifers which are rare at a few l o c a l i t i e s i n the Juneau area are ascribed to t h i s species. Cushman (1948, p. 64, p i . 7, f i g . 5) figured a specimen 132 from the A r c t i c which he re f e r r e d to Entoselenia l i n e a t a Williamson. L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953, p. 70) point out that t h i s specimen i s smooth and further state that i t should thus be re f e r r e d to Oolina caudigera (Wiesner). The figures of Cushman and Gray's (1946) specimens also look smooth, although one cannot be p o s i t i v e , and i f they are smooth they belong to the same group as Cushman's (1948) form. Three l o c a l i t i e s from around Juneau also y i e l d e d smooth specimens i n small numbers. There i s a greater s i m i l a r i t y of form between the smooth and the f i n e l y s t r i a t e specimens, and the s t r i a t i o n s are so f i n e some-times as to barely be seen. Thus, these two forms appear to be very c l o s e l y r e l a t e d i f not c o n s p e c i f i c . A larger population would, however, be necessary to determine whether these forms intergrade s i g n i f i c a n t l y . Although Oolina caudigera (Wiesner) i s not well described and the type figures show one somewhat more globose i n d i v i d u a l than the above mentioned forms, the s i m i l a r i t y seems great enough to r e t a i n that name f o r the smooth forms. Oolina melo d'Orbigny (Plate 8, Figure 10) Oolina melo d'Orbigny, 1839, Voyage dans 1'Amerique meridionale, Foraminiferes, v o l . 5, p. 20, p i . 5, f i g . 9; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 71, 72, p i . 12, f i g s . 8-15; Detling, 1958, \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 9, pt. 2, p. 27, p i . 7, f i g . 14; Lankford MS, 1962, Recent Foraminifera from the nearshore turbulent zone, western United States and northwest Mexico, Unpub. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. C a l i f o r n i a , San Diego; Cooper, 1964, Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res. , v q l . -15, pt. 3, p. 94, p i . 5, f i g . 16; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Unders., no. 225, p. 312, p i . 15, f i g s . 6, 7; 1965,' Norsk P o l a r i n s t i . t u t t Meddelelser, no. 93, p. 50, p i . 2, f i g . 7. Entoselenia squamosa (Montagu) var. catenulata Williamson, 1848, Ann. Mag. Nat. H i s t . , London, England, ser. 2, v o l . 1, p. 19, p i . 2, f i g . 20; 1858, Recent Foraminifera of Great B r i t a i n , p. 13, p i . 1, f i g . 31. Entoselenia catenulata Williamson, Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ, 19, p. 31, p i . 5, f i g s . 40-42; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 21, pp.. 19, 20, p i . 3, f i g . 10; 1947b, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 23, p t , 3, p. 66, p i . 15, f i g . 28. Entoselenia squamosa (Montagu) var, s c a l a r i f o r m i s Williamson, 1848, Ann. Mag. Nat. H i s t , , London, England, ser. 2, v o l . 1, p, 20, f i g s . 21, 22. Entoselenia squamosa (Montagu), Brady, 1884, Rept. Voy. Challenger, v o l . 9 (Zool.), p. 471, p i . 58, f i g s . 28-31. Lagena melo (d'Orbigny), Bagg, 1912, U. S. Geol. Survey B u l l . 513, pp. 49, 50, p i . 14, f i g s . 16, 17. Lagena hexagona (Williamson) s c a l a r i f o r m i s Williamson, Cushman, 1913, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, pt. 3, p. 17, p i . 6, f i g . 4; 1921, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 100, v o l . 4, p. 177. Lagena catenulata (Williamson), ? Cushman, 1913, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, pt. 3, pp. 18, 19, p i . 7, f i g s . 1, 2; 1923, U. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, p. 9j p i . 1, f i g . 11; 1944, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 12, pp. 21, 22, p i . 3, f i g . 9. Entoselenia hexagona Williamson var. s c a l a r i f o r m i s Williamson, Cushman, Stewart, and Stewart,. 1930, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hi s t . , v o l . 6, no. 2, p. 58, p i . 3, f i g . 8; Cushman, 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 64, p i . 7, f i g . 6. Entoselenia catenulata Williamson, Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 31, p i . 5, f i g s . 40-42; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, 134 Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 21, pp. 19, 20, p i . 3, f i g . 10; 1947b, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 23, pt. 3, p. 66, p i . 15, f i g . 28. Lagena s c a l a r i f o r m i s (Williamson), Martin, 1952, Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 3, no. 63, p. 121, p i . 18, f i g . 5. ? Oolina pseudocatenulata (Chapman and Parr), Parr, 1950, B. A. N. Z, A n t a r c t i c Res. Exped. 1929-1931 Repts., Adelaide, ser. B, v o l . 5, pt. 6, p. 304, p i . 8, f i g . 5). Hypotype No. 52, Loc. B-7067. Topotypic specimens from Cushman and Todd rs (1947a) l o c a l i t i e s have been examined. Cockbain (1963, table 2) reports t h i s species, Oolina melo. A l l of these above l i s t e d taxa appear to be co n s p e c i f i c . See Loe b l i c h and Tappan (1953, pp. 71, 72) for a discussion of the taxonomic confusion surrounding t h i s species. Oolina striatopunctata (Parker and Jones) (Plate 8, Figure 11) Lagena sulcata (Walker and Jacob) var. striatopunctata Parker and Jones, 1865, Ph i l o s . Trans. Roy. Soc. London, v o l . 155, p. 350, p i . 13, f i g s . 25-27. Entoselenia striatopunctata (Parker and Jones), Dawson, 1870, Canadian Nat. n. s., v o l . 5, p. 178, f i g . 11. Lagena striatopunctata Parker and Jones, Brady, 1884, Rept. Voy. Challenger, v o l . 9 (Zool.), p. 468, p i . 58, f i g s . 37, 40; Bagg, 1912, U. S. Geol. Survey, B u l l . 513, p. 52, p i . 14, f i g s . 13, 14, ? f i g . 15; Cushman, 1913, U\u00C2\u00BB S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 71, pt. 3, p. 30, p i . 14, f i g . 10; 1923, D, S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, p. 55, p i . 10, f i g . 10; 1948; Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 47, p i . 5, f i g . 10; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res,, Spec. Publ. 19, p. 20; Cushman and McCulloch, 1950, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6, p. 351, p i . 47, f i g s . 5-9; Loe b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, 135 Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 74, 75, p i . 12, f i g s . 2-5. Hypotype No. 53, Loc. B-7070. A few foraminifers from several l o c a l i t i e s are r e f e r r e d to t h i s species. The specimen from B-7074 appears to be an Oolina striatopunctata with a broken-of f neck, but; i t might be a Lagena meridionalis Wiesner. The tubercules of the costae, t y p i c a l of Oolina striatopunctata, are not c l e a r l y evident; however, the orderly arrangement of costae of alternate length and the construction t y p i c a l of Lagena meridionalis are not apparent e i t h e r . Genus FISSDRINA Reuss, 1850 F i s s u r i n a c f . F_. cucurbitasema L o e b l i c h and Tappan (Plate 9, Figure 1) Hypotype No. 54, Loc. B-7070. Three and perhaps four specimens from three l o c a l i t i e s have been tenta-t i v e l y i d e n t i f i e d with t h i s species. Apparently, the present specimens d i f f e r from the t y p i c a l form i n the following manner. L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953, p. 76, p i . 14, f i g s . 10, 11) stated that t h i s species has a t h i n marginal k e e l , whose presence i s suggested i n the side views of the holotype and paratype. The o r a l view of the holotype, however, shows no k e e l . This s i t u a t i o n i s dup-l i c a t e d i n the present specimens, viewing them from side and o r a l views; what appears from the side view to be a t h i n keel can be seen, when the s p e c i -mens are rotated, to be a s t r i p e of c l e a r s h e l l material running down the edge of the t e s t . The present specimens tend to have a band of more opaque s h e l l material along the sides of the t e s t s , with a more l u c i d center, as does F i s s u r i n a l u c i d a (Williamson), but not as well-developed as i n that species. L o e b l i c h and Tappan suggest no such character In F. cucurb i t a s ema. Although 136 L o e b l i c h and Tappan's species i s described as being not as produced o r a l l y as F. marginata (Montagu), the holotype as figured has a somewhat produced aperture although the figured paratype does not. The apertures of the present specimens are not produced at a l l . These specimens may not be quite as fl a t t e n e d or as large as F. cucurbitasema e i t h e r . A mucronate base i s present. These s p e c i -mens, except the questionably c o n s p e c i f i c i n d i v i d u a l from B-7074, are c e r t a i n l y more elongate than F. marginata, as are L o e b l i c h and Tappan's forms. F i n a l l y , the present material i s to meager to warrant c l o s e r comparison. F i s s u r i n a l u c i d a (Williamson) (Plate 9, Figures 2, 3, and 4) Entoselenia marginata (Montagu) var. l u c i d a Williamson, 1848, Ann. Mag. Nat. H i s t . , London, England, ser. 2, v o l . 1, p. 17, p i . 2, f i g . 17. Lagena l u c i d a (Williamson), Cushman, 1923 ( i n p a r t ) , tf. S. Nat. Mus. B u l l . 104, pt. 4, p. 33, p i . 6, f i g . 1 (not f i g . 2). Entoselenia l u c i d a (Williamson), Cushman and Cole, 1930, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 6, pt. 4, no. 97, p. 98, p i . 13, f i g s . 11, 12; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 19, p. 30, p i . 5, f i g s . 16-18; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 21, p. 20, p i . 3, f i g . 11; 1947b, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res,, v o l . 23, pt. 3, p. 65, p i , 15, f i g . 22; ? Cushman, 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 63, p i . 7, f i g . 2. Entoselenia c f . l u c i d a Williamson, Cushman, 1941, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 17, pt. 2, p. 36, p i . 9, f i g . 12. F i s s u r i n a lucida\u00E2\u0080\u00A2(Williamson), Bandy, 1950, Jour. Paleon., v o l . 23, no. 3, p. 274, p i . 41, f i g . 12; Loeblich and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . 137 v o l * 121, no. 7, pp. 76, 77, p i . 14, f i g , 4} Detling, 1958, Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res,, v o l . 9, p t . 2, no. 179, p. 27, p i . 7, f i g . 15; Lankford MS, 1962, Recent Foraminifera from the nearshore turbulent zone, western United States and northwestern Mexico; Unpub, Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. C a l i f o r n i a , San Diego; Cockbain, 1963, Contrib, Cushman Found. Foram, Res., v o l . 14, p t , 2, no* 260, t a b l e 2; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geologiske Undersokelse, p. 315, p i , 15, f i g . 21. F i s s u r i n a marginata (Walker and Boys), Cooper, 1964, Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l * 15, p t . 3, p. 94, p i . 5, f i g , 17; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Unders., no, 225, p. 315, p i , 15, f i g . 22; 1965, Norsk P o l a r i n s i t u t t Meddelelser, no. 93, p, 49, p i , 2, f i g . 11. Hypotypes No* 55a, 55b, 55c, Loc* D-1211 - 55a; Loc D-1214 - 55b, 55e. See Cushman (1923) f o r early references to t h i s species* Test f r e e , u n i l o c u l a r , rounded to ovate i n o u t l i n e , compressed, with or without a narrow ke e l ; wall calcareous, hyaline, with a horseshoe-shaped (ofted s l o t t e d at the base) opaque area around the base and sides of the t e s t , c e n t r a l area c l e a r ; aperture produced, terminal, ovate, with an Internal tube, surrounded by a c o l l a r - l i k e area. Most of the present specimens have a s l o t - l i k e break i n the opaque border of s h e l l m a t e r i a l , the break located In the center of the basal part of the opaque border. This i s not t y p i c a l of the species, but, of i t s e l f , i t does not seem worthy of the e r e c t i o n of a new taxon. Specimens figured by Cushman and Gray (1946) and by Bandy (1950) also show t h i s break. Some of the present specimens have a narrow k e e l , others do not; on many specimens t h i s keel i s indented i n a r e g u l a r l y or i r r e g u l a r l y crescent-shaped manner at the c e n t r a l area of the base, corresponding to the break i n the opaque area of the t e s t w a l l . E i t h e r or both of the outer edges of t h i s indented crescent may project below the general r i m of the t e s t , occasionally g i v i n g the appear-138 ance of being one or two spines. Williamson's o r i g i n a l d e s c r i p t i o n and f i g u r e show, on the other hand, that the species can be s l i g h t l y mucronate. One small specimen from B-7066, which i s questionably ascribed to t h i s species, does have a mucronate base, but also d i f f e r s from the other specimens i n having a less produced aperture. This v a r i a t i o n of the character of the base probably i s on an i n f r a s p e c i f i c l e v e l , but further work might prove d i f f e r e n t l y . Occasional specimens have a s t r i a t i o n p a r a l l e l i n g and bordering the inner edge of the opaque areas of the t e s t ; the presence of t h i s character might warrant the erection of a new taxon i f more specimens with t h i s character could be found for comparative purposes. One i n d i v i d u a l from the Queen Charlotte Islands has t h i s s t r i a t i o n but no opaque wall area, and also has a strongly produced o r a l area. Individuals from near Burnaby Lake are generally more opaque than those from the Queen Charlotte Islands and elsewhere, and show some sort of f a i n t , i r r e g u l a r , s u b v e r t i c a l banding (as does the i n d i v i d u a l from B-7074). These characters may, however, r e s u l t from f o s s i l i z a t i o n . The Burnaby Lake forms al s o tend to be rounder than those from elsewhere. The more elonage s p e c i -mens correspond, i n t h i s respect, more c l o s e l y with Williamson's o r i g i n a l type. In t h i s material, t h i s species i s e a s i l y separated from F i s s u r i n a marginata by the opaque border, round or indented rather than pointed c e n t r a l basal area, and by a tendency to be s l i g h t l y more produced o r a l l y and s l i g h t l y l a r ger. L o e b l i c h and Tappan state that the form r e f e r r e d to t h i s species by Cushman i n 1948 i s not F i s s u r i n a l u c i d a i n that i t does not have the opaque border. Cushman, however, c l e a r l y states that t h i s border i s present and his fi g u r e shows a very broad opaque horsesho'e-shaped area. It also shows the basal indentation which i s present In some of the present author's m a t e r i a l . The present author's question of Cushman's i d e n t i f i c a t i o n rests on the fact that the aperture Is not produced with the broad c o l l a r r - l i k e surrounding area. 139 Probably, however, Cushman1s form belongs to t h i s species. F i s s u r i n a c f . F, marginata (Montagu) (Plate 9, Figure 5) Hypotype No..56, Loc. No. D-1211. Two small f i s s u r i n a s from near Burnaby Lake and. one from the Highbury tunnel, excavation are t e n t a t i v e l y r e f e r r e d to t h i s species. They are much smaller than F i s s u r i n a marginata (Montagu) var. juneauensis Smith n. var. and do not have the mucronate base, although there i s a s l i g h t suggestion of a point, at the center of the base of the t e s t . The i n d i v i d u a l from Highbury \"tunnel has a small indentation i n the keel at the center of the base. These specimens, e s p e c i a l l y the one from Highbury Tunnel, most c l o s e l y resemble Lagena marginata (Montagu) var. Cushman (1933c, pp. 17, 18, p i . 5, f i g . 4). The present specimens do not p a r t i c u l a r l y c l o s e l y resemble other figures assigned to t h i s species or v a r i e t i e s thereof which Todd (1954 i n Cushman, Todd, and Post, p. 351, p i . 87, f i g . 27) has included i n her species F i s s u r i n a c i r c u l a r i s along with some others of Cushman's (1933, Op. c i t . , p i . 4, f i g s , 11, 14;; p i . 5, f i g s . 4, 6, 8, 9). Perhaps the present specimens should be assigned to F. c i r c u l a r i s or to F_. marginata, but the material i s inadequate for cl o s e r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . F i s s u r i n a marginata (Montagu) var-. juneauensis Smith n. var. (Plate 9, Figures 6, 7, and 8) Holotype No. 57a, Loc. No. B-7075; Paratypes No. 57b, Loc. No. B-7075 -57c, Loc, No. B-7070. Test free, u n i l o c u l a r , somewhat compressed, rounded to ovate i n outline, 140 apertural end s l i g h t l y produced, aboral end s l i g h t l y produced, mucronate or with a small spine; w a l l calcareous, f i n e l y perforate, smooth; aperture terminal, s l i t to ovate, with a c o l l a r - l i k e area surrounding i t and with an i n t e r n a l tube extending downward. This form d i f f e r s from the species sensu s t r i c t o In having the s l i g h t l y produced base, mucronate or with a small spine. It also d i f f e r s from the o r i g i n a l d e s c r i p t i o n of the species i n lacking a k e e l . Montagu's type i l l u s t r a t i o n shows a broad k e e l . Since Montagu's o r i g i n a l d e s c r i p t i o n (Vermlculum marginatum Montagu, 1803, p. 524), many authors have ascribed specimens to t h i s species. Considerable v a r i e t y i s i l l u s t r a t e d i n these described forms and i t i s u n l i k e l y that they are a l l the same species. The species may be v a r i a b l e as to possession or lack of a keel; a l l the present specimens are k e e l l e s s . L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953, p. 77, p i . 14, f i g s . 6-9) described the species as having a keel but fig u r e a form i n which the keel i s e i t h e r very narrow or poorly developed. In any case, the basal configuration of the present specimens seems to be d i s t i n c t and exhibited by no other form r e f e r r e d to the species sensu s t r i c t o . These foraminifers occur i n small numbers at several l o c a l i t i e s near Juneau. The form r e f e r r e d to Entoselenia marginata (Montagu) ? by Cushman i n 1948 (p. 65, p i . 7, f i g . 7) has some sort of basal structure and could belong to the same taxon as the Juneau specimens. These specimens d i f f e r from F i s s u r i n a cucurbitasema L o e b l i c h and Tappan i n being less elongate, not having a keel, and apparently having a more mucronate base. Height of holotype: 0.23 mm Breadth of holotype; 0.21 mm Height of paratypes: paratype 1 - 0.21 mm; paratype 2 - 0.27 mm Breadth of paratypes: paratype 1 - 0.16 mm; paratype 2 - 0.20 mm 141 F i s s u r i n a c f . F. quadrata (Williamson) (Plate 9, Figure 9) Hypotype No. 58, Loc. No. B-7065. Three specimens from two l o c a l i t i e s are t e n t a t i v e l y r e f e r r e d to th i s species. They d i f f e r from the t y p i c a l form i n lacking a k e e l . This lack may be within the range of v a r i a t i o n of the species, but three specimens are too few to make a closer i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . F i s s u r i n a serrata (Schlumberger) (?) (Plate 9, Figure 10) ? Lagena serrata Schlumberger, 1894, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, v o l . 7, p. 258, p i . 3, f i g . 7. ( E l l i s and Mess ina, ? Entoselenia serrata (Schlumberger), Cushman, 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 63, p i . 7, f i g . 3. t F i s s u r i n a serrata (Schlumberger), L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, p. 78, p i . 14, f i g . 5. Hypotype No. 59, Loc. No. B-7065. Specimens which are rare at a small number of l o c a l i t i e s appear question-ably r e f e r r a b l e to t h i s species. The present specimens are, however, very small and the exact nature of t h e i r margins and apertures are d i f f i c u l t to determine. I t i s also possible that these specimens belong to more than one species because although the margins are serrate or fimbriate, they are d i f f e r e n t . The specimen from B-7076 shows a keeled margin, but with tubules a b i t back from the margin, g i v i n g the specimen a s l i g h t l y quadrate appearance. The specimens from B-7065 and B-7073 have the tubules r i g h t along the keeled margin. The serrated nature of the edge of the specimen from B-7075 i s poorly developed but seems to be present i n the keel. These specimens are also very 142 s i m i l a r to forms re f e r r e d to F i s s u r i n a lagenoides (Williamson). F i s s u r i n a sp. (Plate 9, Figure 11) Hypotype No. 60, Loc. D-1215. A s i n g l e large F i s s u r i n a from the Queen Charlotte Islands cannot be more c l o s e l y i d e n t i f i e d . It i s compressed, has a produced aperture, a short i n t e r n a l tube, and a very c l e a r calcareous perforate t e s t . I t i s rather elon-gate, with one side being ovate or rounded and the other edge being more or less a s t r a i g h t l i n e f o r most of i t s length, f i n a l l y curving around at the base, giving a somewhat pyriform shape to that side. This development i s pathologic. With only one specimen a v a i l a b l e , the species cannot be i d e n t i f i e d . Family POLYMORPHINIDAE Subfamily Polymorphininae Genus POLYMORPHINA d'Orbigny, 1826 Polymorphina k i n c a i d i Cushman and Todd (Plate 9, Figure 12) Polymorphina k i n c a i d i Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 21, p. 12, p i . 2, f i g s . 9, 10; 1947b, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 23, pt. 3, no. 297, p. 64, p i . 15, f i g s . 16, 17. Hypotype No. 61, Loc. B-7076. A s i n g l e specimen from B-7076 seems r e f e r r a b l e to t h i s d i s t i n c t species, although the apertural area i s broken away. 143 Genus SIGMQMQRPHINA Cushman and Ozawa, 1928 Sigmomorphina (?) sp. (Plate 9, Figure 13) Hypotype No. 62, Loc. D-1215. A s i n g l e polymorphinid from the Queen Charlotte Islands has been question-ably referred to t h i s genus. I t i s also s i m i l a r to specimens which have been ascribed to Guttulina, Polymorphina, Pseudopolymorphina, and Laryngosigma. The present specimen does not seem i d e n t i c a l to any specimen described and figured i n the l i t e r a t u r e . There i s much v a r i a b i l i t y among specimens of p a r t i c u l a r species of the Polymorphinidae and i t i s thus d i f f i c u l t to taxon-omically assign a s i n g l e specimen with c e r t a i n t y . Further, the generic characters of the various genera of t h i s family are not too well c l a r i f i e d . Sigmomorphina t r i l o c u l a r i s (Bagg) and Polymorphina ch a r l o t t e n s i s (or Pseudopolymorphina) have both been reported from Recent material i n the area under study (Ruth Todd, 1959, personal communication; and see Cushman, 1925, p. 41, p i . 6, f i g . 9; and Cockbain, 1963, table 2). The present specimen might belong to either of these taxa i f t h e i r range of v a r i a b i l i t y i s as wide as i s depicted f o r Polymorphina ch a r l o t t e n s i s by Cushman and Ozawa (1930, pp. 119, 120, p i . 31, f i g s . 1-6). I t also resembles Laryngosigma h y a l a s c i d i a L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953, pp. 83, 84, p i . 15, f i g s . 6-8); however, i t i s not possible to determine the presence or absence of the g e n e r i c a l l y d i s t i n q u i s h i n g feature, the \"entoselenian\" tube. 144 Genus LARYNGOSIGMA Loe b l i c h and Tappan (?) Laryngosigma h y a l a s c i d i a L o e b l i c h and Tappan (Plate 9, Figure 14) ? Laryngosigma h y a l a s c i d i a L oeblich and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 83, 84, p i . 15, f i g s . 6-8. Hypotype No. 63, Loc. B-7072. Two small polymorphinids from B-7072 and B-7070 are questionably referred to t h i s taxon. They c l o s e l y resemble L o e b l i c h and Tappan's d e s c r i p t i o n and f i g u r e s , except that they may be s l i g h t l y more compressed than the t y p i c a l forms. Small numbers of members of t h i s family are hard to i d e n t i f y and with the present i n d i v i d u a l s the main d i f f i c u l t y i s that the apertural area i s too obscured to be c e r t a i n of the presence of an i n t e r n a l tube. The form f i g u r e d by Cushman (1933c, p. 40, p i . 9, f i g s . 6-9) as Sigmomorphina semitecta (Reuss) var. terquemiana (Fornasini) i s very s i m i l a r to the present specimens also, as i s Pseudopolymorphina novangliae (Cushman) of Todd and Low (1961, p. 16, p i . 1, f i g . 26) as i t i s seen i n the f i g u r e with a front view only. Family NONIONIDAE Genus NONION Montfort, 1808 Nonion labradoricum (Dawson) (Plate 10, Figure 1) Nonion labradoricum (Dawson), Cushman, 1939, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 191, p. 23, p i . 6, f i g s . 13-16- 1944, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 12, p. 24, p i . 3, f i g . 23; 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, pp. 52, 53, p i . 6, f i g . 2; 1955, Foraminifera, 3rd ed., Key PI. 23, f i g . 2; Ncirvang, 1945, Zool. Iceland, v o l . 2, pt. 2, Foraminifera, p. 27; Loeblich 145 and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 86, 87-, p i . 17, f i g s . 1, 2; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964, Norges Geol. Unders., no. 225, p. 331, p i . 17, f i g s . 15-18; 1965, Norsk P o l a r i n s t i t u t t Meddelelser, no. 93, p. 50, p i . 2, f i g s . 20, 21. Nonion labradoricus (Dawson), Martin, 1953, Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, pt. 3, p. 123, p i . 19, f i g . 1. Hypotype No. 64, Loc. B-7077. See Cushman (1939 and 1948) f o r references. This well known species i s found i n considerable abundance i n the material of t h i s study. It i s also l i s t e d as occurring i n s i m i l a r deposits on Middleton Island, Gulf of Alaska (Loeblich i n M i l l e r , 1953, p. 30). Genus ASTRONONION Cushman and Edwards, 1937 Astrononion gallowayi L o e b l i c h and Tappan (Plate 10, Figure 2) Astrononion stellatum Cushman and Edwards, 1937 (not Nonionina s t e l l a t a Terquem, 1882), Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 13, pt. 1, p. 32, p i . 3, f i g s . 9-11; Cushman, 1939, D. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Pap. 191, p. 36, p i . 10, f i g s . 3-5; 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 56; Cushman and McCulloch, 1940, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 3, p. 168, p i . 18, f i g . 11; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 21, p. 13, p i . 2, f i g . 15; Parker, 1952a, Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, B u l l . , v o l . 106, no.59, p. 410, p i . 5, f i g s . 2, 3. Astrononion s t e l l i g e r u m (d'Orbigny), Cushman, 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 55, p i . 6, f i g . 6. Astrononion gallowayi L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, Smithsonian Misc. C o l l . , v o l . 121, no, 7) pl\u00C2\u00BB f i g s . 4\"*7j Detling 1958, Contirib. Cushman Found. Foram. 146 Res., v o l . 9, pt. 2, no. 179, p. 28, p i . 8, f i g . 1; Feyling-Hanssen, Norges Geol. Unders., no. 225, p. 332, p i . 18, f i g . 4. Hypotype No. 65, Loc. B-6891. A few specimens from several l o c a l i t i e s are assigned to t h i s species. Todd (1958, personal communication) reported Astrononion gallowayi i n small numbers from Alaska. The supplementary chamberlets are c l e a r l y seen. (?) Astrononion viragoense Cushman and Edwards (Plate 10, Figure 3) ? Astrononion viragoense Cushman and Edwards, 1937, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 13, pt. 1, p. 32, p i . 3, f i g . 12; Cushman, 1939, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 191, p. 36, p i . 10, f i g . 6; Cushman and McCulloch, 1940, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 3, p. 168, p i . 18, f i g . 12; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec, Publ. 19, p. 26, p i . 4, f i g s . 36-38; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 21, p. 13, p i . 2, f i g . 16; 1947b, Contrib. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 23, pt. 3, p. 64. Hypotype No. 66, Loc. B-7072. A s i n g l e poorly preserved foraminifer from B-7072 i s questionably r e f e r r e d to t h i s genus and species. The generic characters, e s p e c i a l l y the supplementary chamberlets cannot be discerned c l e a r l y . Genus NONIONELLA Cushman, 1926 Nonionella turgida (Williamson) var. d i g i t a t a N^rvang (Plate 10, Figures 4a and 4b) 147 Nonionella turgida (Williamson) var. d i g i t a t a N^rvang, 1945, Zool. Iceland, v o l . 2, pt. 2, Foraminifera, p. 29, text f i g . 4; Cushman, 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 23, p. 55, p i . 6, f i g . 5; Parker, 1952a, Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 9, p. 413, p i . 5, f i g s . 15, 16. Hypotype No. 67, Loc. B-7077. Nonionellas, which are rare at most Juneau-area l o c a l i t i e s ^ c l e a r l y belong to t h i s taxon. Cockbain reported t h i s taxon (1963, table 2) l i v i n g i n waters near Vancouver. Todd (1958, personal communication) also l i s t e d i t r a r e l y i n material from the Juneau area. Nonionella (?) sp. (Plate 10, Figure 5) Hypotype No. 68, Loc. D-1211. A s i n g l e Nonionella from near Burnaby Lake does not seem r e f e r r a b l e to a p a r t i c u l a r species. I t could a l s o be a Pseudononion. I t occurs with some Nonion labradoricum; Another specimen from B-6892 could be a Nonionella but i s more probably a s l i g h t l y deformed Nonion labradoricum. Genus PSEUDONONION Asano, 1936 Pseudononion auriculum (Heron-Allen and Earland) (Plate 10, Figure 6) Nonionella a u r i c u l a Heron-Allen and Earland, 1930, Jour. Roy. Micr. S o c , v o l . 50, p. 192, p i . 5, f i g s . 68-70; Cushman, 1939, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 191, p. 33, p i . 9, f i g s . 7-9; 1944, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spe c Publ. 12, p. 25, p i . 3, f i g s . 26, 27; Cushman and McCulloch, 1940, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 3, p. 159, p i . 17, f i g s . 6, 7; Parker, 148 1952a, Mus. Camp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . v o l . 106, no. 9, p. 4 1 3 , p i . 5, f i g s . 1 3 , 14; L o e b l i c h and T appan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 121, n o . 7, pp. 92, 9 3 , p i . 16, f i g s , 6-10; Cooper, 1964, C o n t r i b , Cushman Found. Foram. R e s . , vol* 15, p t . 3, p . 9 5 , p i . 5, f i g . 20; F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , 1964, Norges G e o l * U n d e r s . , no. 225, p . 327, p i . 16, f i g s . 21-23; 1965, N o r s k P o l a r i n s t i t u t t M e d d e l e l s e r , no. 9 3 , p. 4 9 , p i , 2, f i g s , 17-19; B u z a s , 1965a, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 4 5 , no. 8, p. 19, p i . 2, f i g . 6. Hypotype No, 69, L o c . B-7077, F o r a m i n i f e r s w h i c h a r e numerous a t s e v e r a l l o c a l i t i e s and a p p e a r i n l e s s e r numbers a t o t h e r l o c a l i t i e s b e l o n g t o t h i s s p e c i e s . C o c k b a i n (1933, t a b l e 2) r e p o r t s t h e s p e c i e s a l s o f r o m w a t e r s n e a r V a n c o u v e r . Todd (1958, p e r s o n a l com-m u n i c a t i o n ) r e c o r d s t h e s p e c i e s f r o m g l a c i o - m a r i n e d e p o s i t s n e a r J u n e a u . The o r i g i n a l f i g u r e s of N o n i o n e l l a a u r i c u l a H e r o n - A l l e n and E a r l a n d and t h e c o p i e s o f them u s e d by Cushman (1939 a r e p o o r , P s e u d o n o n i o n c f . P. a u r i c u l u m ( H e r o n - A l l e n and E a r l a n d ) ( P l a t e 10, F i g u r e 7) H y p o t y p e No. 70, L o c . B-7072. A s i n g l e i n d i v i d u a l o c c u r s a t B-7072 w h i c h d i f f e r s f r o m P s e u d o n o n i o n a u r i c u l u m i n a p p a r e n t l y h a v i n g s l i g h t l y more d e p r e s s e d s u t u r e s , e s p e c i a l l y between t h e l a s t two chambers, and i n h a v i n g a v e r t i c a l l y e x t e n t e d r a t h e r t h a n somewhat rounded a p e r t u r a l f a c e . The e l o n g a t i o n o f t h e t e s t o f t h i s P s e u d o n o n i o n i s n o t as g r e a t as i t i s i n P* a u r i c u l a . P s e u d o n o n i o n ( ? ) s p . ( P l a t e 10, F i g u r e 8) H ypotype No. 7 1 , L o c . B-7072, A s i n g l e s p e c i m e n f r o m B-7072 a p p e a r s d i f f e r e n t f r o m o t h e r specimens o f 149 P s e u d o n o n i o n i n h a v i n g a d u l l e r , more c o a r s e - a p p e a r i n g s u r f a c e , a more rounded p e r i p h e r y , fewer chambers, and, t h o u g h s l i g h t l y e l o n g a t e , a much r o u n d e r t e s t t h a n P s e u d o n o n i o n auriculxm). F a m i l y ELPHIDIIBAE Genus ELPHIDIUM M o n t f o r t , 1808 E l p h i d i u m b a r t l e t t i Cushman ( P l a t e 11, F i g u r e s 1, 2, and 3) N o n i o n i n a s t r i a t o p u n c t a t a ( F i c h t e l and M o l l ) , P a r k e r and J o n e s , 1865, P h i l o s . T r a n s . Roy. Soc. London, v o l . 155, p. 402, p i . 4, f i g s . 31-34; p i . 17, f i g . 60. E l p h i d i u m b a r t l e t t i Cushman, 1933b, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 89, no. 9, p. 4, p i . 1, f i g . 9; 1939, U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . Pap. 191, p. 64, p i . 18, f i g . 10; 1941, C o n t r i b . Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 17, p t . 2, no. 227, p. 34, p i . 9 f i g s . 2, 3; 1948, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 23, p. 59, p i . 6, f i g . 13; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 96, 97, p i . 18, f i g s . 10-14; ? R o n a i , 1955, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 6, p t . 4, p. 145, p i . 21, f i g s . 6; Cooper, 1964, CCFFR, v o l . 15, p t . 3, p. 95, p i . 6, f i g s . 1, 2; F e y l i n g - H a n s s 1964, Norges G e o l . U n ders., no. 225, p. 343, p i . 21, f i g s . 1, 2; 1965, N o r s k P o l a r i n s t i t u t t M e d d e l e l s e r , no. 93, p. 43, p i . 3, f i g s . 8, 9. C r i b r o e l p h i d i u m a r c t i c u m Tappan, 1951, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 2, p t . 1, p. 6, p i . 1, f i g s . 27, 28. E l p h i d i u m a r t i c u l a t u m ( d ' O r b i g n y ) , P a r k e r , 1952a, Mus. Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 9, p. 411, p i . 5, f i g s . 5-7. ? C r i b r o e l p h i d i u m b a r t l e t t i (Cushman), P h l e g e r , 1952, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. 150 Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2, no. 61, p. 83, p i . 14, f i g . 9. Hypotypes No. 72a, 72b, 72c, L o c . D-1209. The h o l o t y p e of E l p h i d i u m b a r t l e t t i Gushman has been examined. T h i s s p e c i e s i s f a i r l y d i s t i n c t i n t h e m a t e r i a l under c o n s i d e r a t i o n f r o m t h e N o r t h e a s t P a c i f i c c o a s t . I t o c c u r s i n t h e g r e a t e s t r e l a t i v e abundance i n t h e samples f r o m t h e V a n c o u v e r v i c i n i t y . The a p e r t u r e c o n s i s t s o f a row o f v a r i o u s numbers o f p o r e s o r a few p o r e s and a s m a l l m e d i a l s l i t t o o n l y a s m a l l s l i t a t t h e base o f t h e a p e r t u r a l f a c e , w i t h s u p p l e m e n t a r y a p e r t u r e s i n t h e a p e r t u r a l f a c e . U n l e s s a s l i t i s p r e s e n t , t h e p o r e s a t t h e base o f t h e a p e r t u r a l f a c e t e n d t o be q u i t e o b s c u r e . G r a n u l a r m a t e r i a l o c c u p i e s t h e u m b i l i c a l a r e a and on many specimens e x t e n d s out a l o n g t h e d e p r e s s e d s u t u r e s and may c o v e r t h e a p e r t u r a l f a c e . R a r e l y , specimens a r e s e e n w h i c h do n o t have p o r e s i n t h e a p e r t u r a l f a c e . E l p h i d i u m b a r t l e t t i and E. a r t i c u l a t u m may be c o n s p e c i f i c , as s u g g e s t e d by P a r k e r (1952a, p. 411) o r some s p e c i -mens r e f e r r e d t o E. a r t i c u l a t u m may be E. b a r t l e t t i , f o r , as L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953, pp. 96-98) p o i n t o u t , d ' O r b i g n y 1 s t y p e f i g u r e shows a s h a r p , a c u t e l y a n g l e d p e r i p h e r y , n o t found on E. b a r t l e t t i . Cushman and Todd (1947a, p. 14, p i . 2, f i g . 17) have i d e n t i f i e d specimens f r o m F r i d a y H a r b o r , W a s h i n g t o n and o t h e r l o c a l i t i e s i n t h e Puget Sound area, as E l p h i d i u m a r t i c u l a t u m . These may be c o n s p e c i f i c w i t h E. b a r t l e t t i , as may be E l p h i d i u m c f , a r t i c u l a t u m ( d ' O r b i g n y ) Cushman (1944, p. 26, p i . 3, f i g . 4 1 ) , E l p h i d i u m a r t i c u l a t u m ( d ' O r b i g n y ) ( ? ) Cushman an d V a l e n t i n e (1930, p. 21, p i . 5, f i g . 1 0 ) , E l p h i d i u m a r t i c u l a t u m ( d ' 0 r b i g n y ) ( Cushman (1939, p. 53, p i . 14, f i g s . 18, 19, ( n o t f i g . 1 7 ) ) , and Cushman and M c C u l l o c h (1940, pp. 171, 172, p i . 19, f i g . 7 ) . The f i g u r e g i v e n by R o n a i f o r E l p h i d i u m b a r t l e t t i i s i n d i s t i n c t . P h l e g e r ' s f i g u r e d specimen of \" C r i b r o e l p h i d i u m b a r t l e t t i \" has an e n t i r e m a r g i n 151 and more chambers t h a n a r e t y p i c a l o f t h e s e s p e c i e s and a p p a r e n t l y has f l u s h s u t u r e s . Todd (1958, p e r s o n a l communication) i d e n t i f i e d E l p h i d i u m b a r t l e t t i f r o m t h e g l a c i o - m a r i n e m a t e r i a l a r o u n d J u n e a u . S e e m i n g l y , a v a r i a n t o f t h i s s p e c i e s o c c u r s i n t h e Queen C h a r l o t t e I s l a n d m a t e r i a l . F i v e f o r a m i n i f e r s , and e s p e c i a l l y t h e l a r g e s t two o f t h o s e f i v e , a p pear t o be more compressed t h a n t y p i c a l E. b a r t l e t t i and appear n o t t o have p o r e s i n t h e a p e r t u r a l f a c e . Some o t h e r t a x o n may be r e p r e s e n t e d , b u t t h e s e f i v e specimens have been r e t a i n e d i n E. b a r t l e t t i . E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m Cushman ( P l a t e 11, F i g u r e s 4, 5, and 6) E l p h i d i u m i n c e r t u m ( W i l l i a m s o n ) v a r . c l a v a t u m Cushman, 1930, D\". S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 104, p t . 7, p. 20, p i . 7, f i g . 10; 1939, D. S. G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . Pap. 191, p. 57, p i . 16, f i g s . 1, 2; ? 1944, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l - 12, p. 25, p i . 3, f i g s . 32, 33; 1948, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 23, p. 57, p i . 6, f i g . 8; ? Cushman and C o l e , 1930, C o n t r i b . Cushman Lab . Foram. Res., v o l . 6, p t . 4, p. 96, p i . 13, f i g s . 8, 9; ? P a r k e r , 1952a, Mus. Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 9, p. 412, p i . 5, f i g s . 10, 11; P h l e g e r , 1952, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2, p. 83, p i . 14, f i g . 10; ? C o c k b a i n , 1963, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 14, p t . 2, no. 260, t a b l e 2 (no f i g u r e ) . ? E l p h i d i u m i n c e r t u m ( W i l l i a m s o n ) v a r i a n t s P a r k e r , 1952b ( i n p a r t ? ) , Mus, Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 10, pp. 448, 449, p i . 3, f i g s . 14, 16, 17; p i . 4, f i g s . 1, 2.\u00C2\u00AB E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m Cushman, L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 98, 99, p i . 19, f i g s . 8-10; ? R o n a i , 1955, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 6, p t . 4, p. 146, p i . 21, f i g s . 7, 8; Todd 152 and Low, 1961, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 12, p t . 1, no. 217, pp. 18, 19, p i . 2, f i g . 1; Cooper, 1964, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . . 15, p t . 3, p. 9 5 , p i . 6, f i g s . 5-7. ? E l p h i d i u m c f . E. i n c e r t u m ( W i l l i a m s o n ) , D e t l i n g , 1958, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 9, p t . 2, no. 179, p. 28, p i . 8, f i g . 2. E l p h i d i u m sp. c f . E. c l a v a t u m Cushman- L a n k f o r d MS, 1962, Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e n e a r s h o r e t u r b u l e n t zone, w e s t e r n U n i t e d S t a t e s and n o r t h w e s t M e x i c o ; Unpub. Ph.D. T h e s i s , U n i v . C a l i f o r n i a , San D i e g o , p. 151, p i . 3, f i g . 24 (no f i g u r e ) . 1 E l p h i d i u m i n c e r t u m ( W i l l i a m s o n ) , C o c k b a i n , 1963, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 14, p t . 2, no. 260, t a b l e 2. ? P o l y s t o m e l l a s t r i a t o p u n c t a t a ( F i c h t e l and M o l l ) , B r a d y , 1884 ( i n p a r t ) , Rept. Voy. C h a l l e n g e r , v o l . 9 ( Z o o l . ) , p. 733, p i . 109, f i g . 23 ( n o t f i g . 2 2 ) ; Bagg, 1912 ( i n p a r t ) , U. S. G e o l . Survey B u l l . 513, p. 92, p i . 27, f i g . 12, ( n o t f i g s . 10, 1 1 ) ; Cushman, 1914, U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 71, p t . 4, p. 31, p i . 18, f i g . 2. 1 E l p h i d i u m i n c e r t u m c l a v a t u m Cushman, F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , 1964, Norges G e o l . Unders., no. 225, p. 345, p i . 20, f i g s . 11-15; 1965, N o r s k P o l a r i n s t i t u t t M e d d e l e l s e r , no. 93, p. 48, p i . 3, f i g . 10. Hypotypes No. 73a, 73b, 73c, L o c . D-1212. I n a t t e m p t i n g t o i d e n t i f y t h e specimens r e f e r r e d t o t h i s s p e c i e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e q u e s t i o n a b l y a s c r i b e d t o t h i s t a x o n ( s e e b e l o w ) , and some o t h e r s o f t h e E l p h i d i i d a e , t h e f o l l o w i n g m a t e r i a l i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n s o f t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s N a t i o n a l Museum has been examined, t h a n k s t o t h e k i n d n e s s of R u t h Todd and M a r t i n Buzas i n making them a v a i l a b l e t o t h e a u t h o r ; E l p h i d i u m b a r t l e t t i Cushman, h o l o t y p e ; E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m Cushman, h y p o t y p e s of L o e b l i c h and Tappan's m a t e r i a l ; E l p h i d i u m h u g h e s i Cushman and G r a n t , p a r a t y p e s ; E l p h i d i u m i n c e r t u m ( W i l l i a m s o n ) v a r . l e n e Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , p a r a t y p e ; E l p h i d i u m i n c e r t u m 153 ( W i l l i a m s o n ) v a r . l e n e , Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , Cushman and Todd, (1947a) specimens f r o m C a t t l e P o i n t ; E l p h i d i u m f r i g i d u m Cushman, p a r a t y p e s ; E l p h i d i u m s u b a r c t i c u m Cushman, p a r a t y p e s ; E l p h i d i u m t r a n s l u c e n s N a t l a n d , h o l o t y p e ; E l p h i d i u m tumidum N a t l a n d , h o l o t y p e ; N o n i o n p a u c i l o c u l u m Cushman, h o l o t y p e . D r. J o s e p h Graham o f S t a n f o r d U n i v e r s i t y k i n d l y showed t h e a u t h o r t h e h o l o t y p e and p a r a t y p e s o f E l p h i d i u m h u g h e s i Cushman and G r a n t and a h o l o t y p e b e l i e v e d t o be t h a t o f E l p h i d i u m h u g h e s i Cushman and G r a n t v a r . obesum Cushman. Dr. G. D a l l a s Hanna made a v a i l a b l e a h y p o t y p e of E l p h i d i u m h u g h e s i Cushman i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n s o f t h e C a l i f o r n i a Academy of S c i e n c e . A p a r a t y p e o f E l p h i d i u m tumidum N a t l a n d was showed t o t h e a u t h o r by F r a n c e s P a r k e r a t t h e S c r i p p s I n s t i t u t i o n o f Oceanography. H a v i n g c o n c l u d e d t h a t many o f t h e specimens p r e s e n t l y under d i s c u s s i o n ( t h o u s a n d s were vi e w e d ) were most p r o b a b l y E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m Cushman, and t h a t some were c l o s e l y r e l a t e d t o t h i s s p e c i e s i f n o t c l e a r l y t h e s p e c i e s s e n s u s t r i c t o , i t i s p e r t i n e n t t o p o i n t out t h a t R u t h Todd (1964, p e r s o n a l communication) s t a t e s t h a t M a r t i n Buzas has o b t a i n e d on l o a n f r o m t h e B r i t i s h Museum a p a r a l e c t o t y p e (one of W i l l i a m s o n ' s specimens) o f E l p h i d i u m i n c e r t u m , showing t h a t t h e r e i s no c l o s e c o n n e c t i o n between E. i n c e r t u m and E. c l a v a t u m and t h a t jE. i n c e r t u m o f Cushman i s E_. c l a v a t u m . L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953, p. 99) had s t a t e d t h e i r b e l i e f i n t h e d i f f e r e n c e o f t h e s e two t a x a a l s o . The f i g u r e s g i v e n by F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n a r e n o t c l e a r b u t s u g g e s t t h e p r o b a b i l i t y o f t h e c o n s p e c i f i c i t y o f t h i s f o r m w i t h E. c l a v a t u m . F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n has a l s o i d e n t i f i e d a f o r m r e f e r r e d t o E l p h i d i u m i n c e r t u m i n c e r t u m ( W i l l i a m s o n ) . Of a l l o f t h e s p e c i e s c o n s i d e r e d i n i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f t h e p r e s e n t s p e c i e s , t h o s e most s i m i l a r i n ap p e a r a n c e a r e E l p h i d i u m h u g h e s i Cushman and G r a n t , E l p h i d i u m t r a n s l u c e n s N a t l a n d , and E l p h i d i u m tumidum N a t l a n d . Of t h e s e , _E. 154 hughes1 a p p e a r s t o have e i t h e r a r a t h e r s h a r p p e r i p h e r y ( n o t f o u n d I n t h e p r e s e n t m a t e r i a l ) o r a l o b a t e p e r i p h e r y and a p p e a r s t o have a more c o a r s e s u r -f a c e t h a n t h e p r e s e n t s p e c i m e n s . Groups o f p a r a t y p e s o f E, h u g h e s ! b o t h f r o m t h e S t a n f o r d and U n i t e d S t a t e s N a t i o n a l Museum c o l l e c t i o n s a p p e a r t o c o n t a i n i n d i v i d u a l s w h i c h a r e n o t E. h u g h e s i . The h o l o t y p e o f E. t r a n s l u c e n s i s v e r y s i m i l a r t o t h e group of specimens w h i c h a r e h e r e somewhat t e n t a t i v e l y r e f e r r e d t o E. c l a v a t u m b u t has more chambers and a s l i g h t l y d e p r e s s e d a r e a a r o u n d t h e u m b i l i c u s . The h o l o t y p e of E. tumidum i s t h i c k e r t h a n t h a t dfc E. t r a n s l u c e n s and has f e w e r (10 v s . 12) chambers. T h e r e i s a s l i g h t l y d e p r e s s e d a r e a a r o u n d t h e u m b i l i c a l a r e a , b u t n o t as l a r g e as w i t h E. t r a n s l u c e n s . B o t h a p p e a r t o have s m a l l p a p i l l a e i n t h e u m b i l i c a l a r e a . I n t h e p r e s e n t m a t e r i a l t h e r e a r e two f a i r l y d i s t i n c t t y p e s w h i c h , i n many samples, a p p e a r t o i n t e r g r a d e . R e p r e s e n t a t i v e specimens were s e n t t o t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s N a t i o n a l Museum. There M a r t i n Buzas and R u t h Todd (1964, p e r s o n a l com-m u n i c a t i o n s ) c o n s i d e r e d b o t h forms t o be E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m . B o t h forms a p p e a r t o be r e p r e s e n t e d i n t h e h y p o t y p e m a t e r i a l o f E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m Cushman, L o e b l i c h and Tappan ( 1 9 5 3 ) . These two forms appear h e r e i n , however, t o be s u f f i c i e n t l y d i f f e r e n t t o q u e s t i o n t h e r e f e r e n c e t o E. c l a v a t u m o f one g r o u p . A l l o f t h e synonymy i s i n c l u d e d under E. c l a v a t u m , s e n s u s t r i c t o , however, and w h i l e t h e two groups were s e p a r a t e d I n t h o s e assemblages w h i c h p e r m i t t e d d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n , i n most t h e specimens were lumped. O t h e r specimens m i g h t a l s o have been r e f e r r e d t o E l p h i d i u m s u b a r c t i c u m Cushman, as m i g h t some o t h e r f o r a m i n i f e r s i n c l u d e d h e r e i n o t h e r s p e c i e s . F o r t h e most p a r t , specimens h e r e i n c l u d e d i n E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m , s e n s u l a t o a r e r e a s o n a b l y d i s t i n c t f r o m o t h e r e l p h i d i i d s i n t h i s m a t e r i a l . C o n s i d e r e d as a u n i t , many specimens i n t h e two groups do n o t have t h e umbonal boss o r i g i n a l l y c o n s i d e r e d c h a r a c t e r i s t i c o f 155 t h i s s p e c i e s . The boss i s p r o m i n e n t on many specimens o f t h e more s p e c i f i c a l l y t y p i c a l g r o u p , however, whereas t h e members o f t h e o t h e r group i n g e n e r a l do n o t have t h e b o s s , b u t may have a r o u g h l y p a p i l l a t e arrangement o f a r e a s o f t h i c k e n e d s h e l l m a t e r i a l i n t h e umbonal a r e a . The r e t r a l p r o c e s s e s a r e much b e t t e r d e v e l o p e d on t h e l e s s s p e c i f i c a l l y t y p i c a l s p e c i m e n s , however, a l t h o u g h many have s u b a c u t e p e r i p h e r i e s and do n o t have d e p r e s s e d s u t u r e s as do a l l o f t h e more t y p i c a l s pecimens. A l l o f t h e specimens o f t h e more t y p i c a l group a r e r e a s o n a b l y f l a t , w i t h , on t h e o t h e r hand, many members of t h e l e s s t y p i c a l group b e i n g much thicker.;/;in-the umbonal a r e a t h a n a t t h e p e r i p h e r y . The l e s s t y p i c a l forms t e n d t o be much l a r g e r and have t h i c k e r s h e l l w a l l s t h a n t h e more t y p i c a l f o r m s . The r e a l l y immature specimens a r e f r e q u e n t l y d i f f i c u l t t o a s s i g n t o e i t h e r group and woul d be d i f f i c u l t t o d i f f e r e n t i a t e f r o m immature i n d i v i d u a l s o f some o t h e r s p e c i e s . The d i f f e r e n c e s between t h e s e two groups o f E. c l a v a t u m , s e n s u l a t o may r e f l e c t p h y l o g e n y o r may i n d i c a t e e c o l o g i c v a r i a n t s . Some l o c a l i t i e s y i e l d e d one o r t h e o t h e r v a r i a n t e i t h e r e n t i r e l y o r m a i n l y and some l o c a l i t i e s y i e l d e d b o t h forms i n l a r g e numbers. I n t h e l a t t e r c a s e , d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n was sometimes e a s y , w i t h two d i s t i n c t g r o u p s , and some-t i m e s i n t e r g r a d a t i o n made s e p a r a t i o n i n t o two d i s t i n c t groups v i r t u a l l y y i m p o s s i b l e . The q u e s t i o n marks i n t h e synonymy a r e bas e d on e i t h e r p o o r o r l a c k o f d e s c r i p t i o n s o r f i g u r e s i n some cases o r seeming d i f f e r e n c e s i n morphology f r o m E_. c l a v a t u m . E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m Cushman ( ? ) ( P l a t e 11, F i g u r e s 7 and 8; P l a t e 12, F i g u r e s 1 and 2) Hypotypes No. 74a, 74b, 74c, 74d, L o c . D-1215 - 74a, 74b; L o c . D-1211 -74c, 74d. 156 F o r a m i n i f e r a r e f e r r e d t o E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m , s e n s u l a t o form a g r e a t n u m e r i c a l m a j o r i t y o v e r a l l o t h e r s p e c i e s i n t h e m a t e r i a l c o n s i d e r e d i n t h e p r e s e n t s t u d y . The d i f f e r e n c e s between t h o s e i n d i v i d u a l s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f E. c l a v a t u m and t h o s e r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f E. c l a v a t u m ( ? ) were d i s c u s s e d under E, c l a v a t u m . W i t h thousands o f specimens a v a i l a b l e , l t i s presumed t h a t a l l m o r p h o l o g i c v a r i a n t s f r o m t h e a r e a under s t u d y have been o b s e r v e d . E l p h i d i u m f r i g i d u m Cushman ( P l a t e 12, F i g u r e 3) E l p h i d i u m f r i g i d u m Cushman, 1933b, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l , v o l . 89, no. 9, p u b l . 322, p. 5, p i . 1, f i g . 8; 1939, U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . Pap. 191, p. 64, p i . 18, f i g . 8; 1948, Cushman La b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 23, p. 57, p i . 6, f i g s . 9-11; Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , 1940, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 5, no. 3, p. 171, p i . 19, f i g s . 6, 8; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 21, p. 14, p i . 2, f i g . 18; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 99, 100, p i . 18, f i g s . 4-9; R o n a i , 1955, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 6, p t . 4, no. 135, p. 147, p i . 21, f i g . 12 ( a v e r y i n d i s t i n c t f u g u r e ) ; L a n k f o r d MS, 1962, R e cent F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e n e a r s h o r e t u r b u l e n t zone, w e s t e r n U n i t e d S t a t e s and n o r t h w e s t M e x i c o ; Unpub. Ph.D. T h e s i s , U n i v . C a l i f o r n i a , San D i e g o , p. 152, p i . 3, f i g . 20; Cooper, 1964, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 15, p t . 3, p. 95, p i . 6, figs. 3, 4. Hypotype No. 75, L o c . B-7074. Some e l p h i d i u m s , o c c u r r i n g g e n e r a l l y w i t h E l p h i d i u m ( ? ) sp. c f . E. f r i g i d u m Cushman o f t h e p r e s e n t s t u d y , a p p e a r t o r e p r e s e n t E l p h i d i u m f r i g i d u m Cushman. They seem t o have t h e m o r p h o l o g i c characters t y p i c a l o f t h e s p e c i e s a l t h o u g h t h e y o c c u r w i t h more numerous E_. ( ? ) s p . c f . E. f r i g i d u m . P a r a t y p e s 157 o f E l p h i d i u m f r i g i d u m Cushman have been examined. R u t h Todd s u g g e s t s (1964, p e r s o n a l communication) t h a t E. f r i g i d u m and E l p h i d i u m s u b a r c t i c u m Cushman may be c o n s p e c i f i c , f o l l o w i n g Todd and Low (1961, p. 2 0 ) . P a r a t y p e s o f E. s u b a r c t i c u m have a l s o been examined. Most c e r t a i n l y , specimens w i t h t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a t t r i b u t e d t o E. s u b a r c t i c u m do n o t seem t o f o r m a c o h e s i v e group w h i c h i s d i v i s i b l e f r o m o t h e r s p e c i e s . There a r e specimens i n t h e p r e s e n t m a t e r i a l w h i c h c o u l d e a s i l y be r e f e r r e d t o E. s u b a r c t i c u m , b u t , a f t e r l o n g c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e p r o b l e m , i t has been d e c i d e d t h a t E. s u b a r c t i c u m w i l l n o t be i n c l u d e d i n t h e p r e s e n t s t u d y as a v a l i d s p e c i e s . E l p h i d i u m f r i gidum-Cushman ( ? ) ( P l a t e 12, F i g u r e s 4 and 5) Hypotypes No. 76a, 76b, L o c . B-7076 - 76a; D-1210 - 76b. The m a j o r i t y o f t h e e l p h i d i u m s f r o m B-7076 a r e q u e s t i o n a b l y r e f e r r e d t o t h i s s p e c i e s . M o r p h o l o g i c a l l y s i m i l a r specimens o c c u r i n s m a l l numbers a t o t h e r l o c a l i t i e s , e s p e c i a l l y a t D-1210, b u t have been i n c l u d e d i n o t h e r s p e c i e s . The p r e s e n t forms a r e s e t o f f b e c a u s e t h e y r e p r e s e n t a c o h e s i v e b l o c k o f e l p h i d i u m s w h i c h a p p e a r t o be s e p a r a b l e f r o m o t h e r t a x a . Some specimens do, however, l o o k l i k e t y p i c a l E l p h i d i u m f r i g i d u m and JS. ( ? ) s p . c f . E. f r i g i d u m as t h o s e t a x a have been i d e n t i f i e d e l s e w h e r e i n t h e p r e s e n t s t u d y . A few o t h e r I n d i v i d u a l s , r e p r e s e n t e d by t h e h y p o t y p e f r o m D-1210, have a l s o been a s s i g n e d t o E. f r i g i d u m Cushman ( ? ) . The e l p h i d i u m s from B-7076 a r e most s i m i l a r and p r o b a b l y i d e n t i c a l i n p a r t w i t h forms a s s i g n e d t o \" E l p h i d i u m s u b a r c t i c u m Cushman.\" F o l l o w i n g t h e s u g g e s t i o n o f R u t h Todd (1964, p e r s o n a l communication) t h a t t h e s p e c i e s s u b a r c t i c u m i s c o n s p e c i f i c w i t h t h e s p e c i e s f r i g i d u m and p o s s i b l y \" Nonion p a u c i l o c u l u m \" a l s o , t h e p r e s e n t a u t h o r has q u e s t i o n a b l y 158 a s c r i b e d t h e s e p r e s e n t specimens t o E l p h i d i u m f r i g i d u m . They d i f f e r f r o m t h a t s p e c i e s , as t h e a u t h o r has se e n i t , m a i n l y by h a v i n g a more r e g u l a r o u t l i n e w i t h a smooth, n o n l o b a t e m a r g i n . E l p h i d i u m ( ? ) sp. c f . E. f r i g i d u m Cushman ( P l a t e 13, F i g u r e s 1 and 2) Hypotypes No. 77a, 77b, L o c . B-7077 - 77a; B-7066 - 77b. T e s t f r e e , s u b e l l i p t i c a l w i t h r e l a t i v e l y l i t t l e i n d e n t a t i o n o f t h e a p e r t u r a l f a c e , o f medium s i z e f o r t h e genus, p l a n l s p i r a l and m a i n l y i n v o l u t e , s i d e s n e a r l y f l a t and p a r a l l e i , w i t h a s l i g h t l y d e p r e s s e d u m b i l i c a l area; p e r i p h e r y b r o a d l y rounded, u s u a l l y s l i g h t l y i f a t a l l l o b u l a t e ; e i g h t o r n i n e chambers i n t h e f i n a l w h o r l , i n c r e a s i n g g r a d u a l l y i n s i z e ; s u t u r e s f l u s h t o s l i g h t l y de-p r e s s e d , r a t h e r o b s u r e on d r y specimens, d i s t i n c t when wet, c u r v e d , w i t h numerous s m a l l s u t u r a l p o r e s , v e r y s l i g h t t e n d e n c y f o r r e t r a l p r o c e s s e s on some spec i m e n s , r a r e l y v e r y f i n e g r o o v e s d e v e l o p e d f r o m s u t u r e s outward o r p s e u d o s t r i a t i o n s d e v e l o p e d by l i n e a r arrangement o f p o r e s ; w a l l c a l c a r e o u s , r a t h e r c o a r s e l y p e r f o r a t e a n d / o r f i n e l y r u g o s e o v e r a l l t h e t e s t , b e i n g p a r t o f a r u g o s e development t h a t coves t h e s u r f a c e and o b s c u r e s t h e s u t u r e s ( i t was i m p o s s i b l e t o d e m o n s t r a t e t h i s r u g o s e s u r f a c e i n t h e p r e s e n t i l l u s t r a t i o n s ) ; a p e r t u r e c o n s i s t i n g o f a row o f p o r e s a c r o s s t h e base o f t h e a p e r t u r a l f a c e . T h i s fopm may be E l p h i d i e l l a . The s u t u r a l p o r e s cannot be se e n on most s p e c i -mens b u t on one showing t h e pores a d o u b l e row o f p o r e s was se e n on p a r t o f t h e t e s t . E l p h i d i u m ( ? ) s p . c f . E. f r i g i d u m Cushman d i f f e r s i n t h i s m a t e r i a l f r o m t h e f o r m d e s c r i b e d as E l p h i d i u m s u b a r c t i c u m i n t e n d i n g t o be l a r g e r , have more chambers, be more c o a r s e l y p e r f o r a t e o r r u g o s e and n o t t r a n s l u c e n t , have more o b s c u r e l y d e f i n e d , more f l u s h s u t u r e s , and have a l e s s l o b a t e p e r i p h e r y - and a 159 more e l l i p t i c a l o u t l i n e w i t h l e s s i n d e n t e d a p e r t u r a l f a c e . S m a l l specimens a r e d i f f i c u l t t o a s s i g n t a x o n o m i c a l l y . I n t h i s l i g h t t h e a u t h o r r e p e a t s t h a t Todd and Low (1961, p. 20) and Todd (1964, p e r s o n a l communication) s u g g e s t E. f r i g i d u m and -E. s u b a r c t i c u m a r e c o n s p e c i f i c . The p r e s e n t specimens, w h i c h a r e l o c a l l y numerous, have been compared w i t h t h o s e forms l i s t e d i n t h e synonymy f o r E l p h i d i u m f r i g i d u m Cushman ( ? ) , and w i t h p a r a t y p e s o f E_. f r i g i d u m and E. s u b a r c t i c u m . E l p h i d i u m ( ? ) s p . c f . E. f r i g i d u m d i f f e r s f r o m t h e s e forms i n g e n e r a l by h a v i n g a l e s s l o b a t e p e r i p h e r y , e s p e c i a l l y i n t h e l a t e r chambers, h a v i n g l e s s d e p r e s s e d s u t u r e s , l e s s w e l l - d e v e l o p e d r e t r a l p r o c e s s e s and/or g r o o v e s , and i n n o t p o s s e s s i n g t h e p o r a t e a p e r t u r e s i n t h e a p e r t u r a l f a c e a s c r i b e d t o t h e s p e c i e s s e n s u s t r i c t o by L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953, pp. 99, 100, p i . 18, f i g s . 4 - 9 ) . F u r t h e r , t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e p r e s e n t specimens may be more r u g o s e t h a n t h o s e d e s c r i b e d i n t h e r e f e r e n c e s l i s t e d and t h a n a r e e v i d e n c e d i n t h e p a r a t y p e s . U n f o r t u n a t e l y , many o f t h e p r e s e n t s p e c i -mens have t h e f i n a l chamber b r o k e n o f f so i t i s i m p o s s i b l e t o say i f i t e x t e n d e d o u t f r o m t h e g e n e r a l o u t l i n e o f t h e t e s t as i s t y p i c a l o f E. f r i g i d u m . These specimens a l s o a p p e a r v e r y s i m i l a r t o f i g u r e s and d e s c r i p t i o n s o f t h e s p e c i e s E l p h i d i u m g r a n u l o s u m ( G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r ) i n ' t h e o r i g i n a l d e s c r i p t i o n by G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r (1927a, p. 83, p i . 12, f i g s . 15, 16, and 1927b, p. 193) as Themeon d e c i p i e n s and T. g r a n u l o s a , and T. g r a n u l o s u s ; t o t h e f o r m P o l y s t o m e l l a s t r i a t o p u n c t a t a H. B. B r a d y , Bagg (1912. ( i n p a r t ) , p. 92, p i . 27, f i g s . 10, 11 ( n o t f i g . 12)) synonymized by G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r ; and t o E l p h i d i u m g r a n u l o s u s ( G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r ) o f Bandy (1950, pp. 275, 276, p i . 41, f i g . 8 ) . None o f t h e s e d e s c r i p t i o n s and f i g u r e s a r e d e t a i l e d enough, however, t o d e t e r m i n e c o n s p e c i f i c i t y . The c h a r a c t e r o f t h e s u r f a c e of t h e t e s t and t h e amount, i f any, o f d e p r e s s i o n o f t h e u m b i l i c a l a r e a , b o t h d i s t i n c t i v e 160 f e a t u r e s o f t h e p r e s e n t specimens, may be d i f f e r e n t f r o m t h e forms l i s t e d above. The f i g u r e g i v e n by Bandy seems e s p e c i a l l y s i m i l a r t o t h e p r e s e n t specimens. These e l p h i d i u m s may r e p r e s e n t a new s p e c i e s , b u t e x a m i n a t i o n o f v a r i o u s t y p e specimens would be r e q u i r e d b e f o r e e r e c t i n g a new t a x o n . E x a m i n a t i o n o f p a r a t y p e s o f E. f r i g i d u m does n o t seem t o o f f e r a s o l u t i o n t o t h i s p r o b l e m , p a r t i c u l a r l y i n l i g h t o f t h e f a c t t h a t c o n s i d e r a b l e c o n f u s i o n e x i s t s as t o t h e s p e c i f i c i d e n t i t y o f c o l d - w a t e r e l p h i d i i d s . The h y p o t y p e s o f t h i s group o f f o r a m i n i f e r s have t h e f o l l o w i n g measurements: G r e a t e s t d i a m e t e r L e a s t d i a m e t e r Hypotype No. 77a 0.56 mm 0.49 mm Hypotype No. 77b 0.43 mm 0.34 mm ( t h i c k n e s s n o t measured) E l p h i d i u m oregonense Cushman and G r a n t ( P l a t e 13, F i g u r e 3) P o l y s t o m e l l a s i b e r i c a Goes, Cushman, 1914, U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 71, p t . 4, p. 34, p i . 19, f i g . 1. E l p h i d i u m oregonense Cushman and G r a n t , 1927, T r a n s . San D i e g o Soc. N a t . H i s t . , v o l . 5, pv. 79, p i . 8, f i g . 3; Gushman, S t e w a r t , and S t e w a r t , 1930, T r a n s . San D i e g o Soc. N a t . H i s t . , v o l . 6, no. 2, p. 62, p i . 4, f i g s . 1, 2; Cushman, 1939, U, S. G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . Pap. 191, p. 50, p i , 13, f i g s . 14-16; v a n V o o r t h u y s e n , 1952, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Re s . , v o l . 3, p t . 1, p. 22, p i . 5, f i g . 5, t e x t f i g . 1. E l p h i d i e l l a oregonense (Cushman and G r a n t ) , Cushman, 1941 ( i n p a r t ) , C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 17, p t . 2, p. 34, p i . 9, f i g s . 8, 9 ( n o t f i g . 7 ) . E l p h i d i e l l a o r e g o n e n s i s (Cushman and G r a n t ) , Bandy, 1950, J o u r , P a l e o n . , v o l . 24, no. 3, p. 277, p i . 41, f i g . 13. 161 Hypotype No. 78, L o c . B-7077. A s i n g l e v e r y l a r g e E l p h i d i u m f r o m B-7077 i s a s c r i b e d t o t h i s genus and s p e c i e s . I t has 16 chambers i n t h e f i n a l w h o r l , however, w h i c h i s f e w e r t h a n tor t y p i c a l a d u l t E l p h i d i u m o r e g o n e n s e . I n a l l o t h e r f e a t u r e s i t i s t y p i c a l o f E. oregonense. The n a t u r e o f t h e s u t u r a l p o r e s i s d i f f i c u l t t o a s c e r t a i n and i t p o s s i b l y , as Bandy (1950) r e p o r t e d , has two rows o f s u t u r a l p o r e s , w h i c h w o u l d p l a c e t h e s p e c i e s i n E l p h i d i e l l a . I n d i v i d u a l p o r e s have t h e a p p e a r a n c e o f f o r m i n g one o p e n i n g d i v i d e d i n t h e c e n t e r by a l i n e o f s h e l l m a t e r i a l w h i c h appears t o show t h r o u g h f r o m b e l o w t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e t e s t . More m a t e r i a l w o u l d be needed t o c l a r i f y t h i s p r o b l e m . E l p h i d i e l l a oregonense o f Cushman (1941, f i g . 7) i s E l p h i d i e l l a g r o e n l a n d i c a Cushman. E l p h i d i u m spp. Hypotype No. 79, L o c . D-1210. V a r i o u s e l p h i d i u m s w h i c h most p r o b a b l y r e p r e s e n t t a x a h e r e d e s c r i b e d , b u t w h i c h a r e i m p o s s i b l e t o s p e c i f i c a l l y i d e n t i f y , a r e i n c l u d e d u n d e r t h i s h e a d i n g . T h i s usage o c c u r s when no o t h e r c o u r s e o f a c t i o n seems p o s s i b l e . Genus ELPHIDIELLA Cushman, 1936 E l p h i d i e l l a a r c t i c a ( P a r k e r and J o n e s ) ( P l a t e 14, F i g u r e 1) P o l y s t o m e l l a a r c t i c a P a r k e r a n d . J o n e s , 1864, \u00C2\u00A3n:H. B. B r a d y , L i n n . S o c . London T r a n s . , Z o o l . , v o l . 24, p. 471, p i . 48, f i g . 18. E l p h i d i u m a r c t i c u m Cushman, 1930, U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 104, p t . 7, p. 27, p i . 11, f i g s . 1-6; 1933a, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 5, p i . 23, f i g . 6; 1939, U. S . ' G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . Pap. 191, pp. 65, 66, p i . 18, f i g s . 11-14. 162 E l p h i d i e l l a a r c t i c a ( P a r k e r and J o n e s ) , Cushman, 1939, U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . i Pap. 191, p. 65, p i . 18, f i g s . 11-14; 1948', Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. v P u b l . 23, p. 59, p i . 6, f i g . 15; Cushman and Todd, 1947b, C o n t r i b . Cushman j L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 23, p t . 3, p. 65, p i . 15, f i g . 20; Cooper, 1964, C o n t r i b . ' Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . ' 15, p t . 3, p. 9 5 , p i . 6, f i g . 10; F e y l i n g - B a n s sen 1965, N o r s k P o l a r i n s t i t u t t M e d d e l e l s e r , no. 93, p. 4 8 , p i . - 3, f i g . 13. . * V Hypotype No. 80, L o c . D-1210. ^ j \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 j See Cushman (1939) f o r e a r l i e r r e f e r e n c e s . T h r e e worn specimens o f t h i s < s p e c i e s were f o u n d i n t h e m a t e r i a l f r o m H i g h b u r y T u n n e l . One shows some p a t h - ' o l o g i c d i s t o r t i o n i n for m . t, i w e s t e r n U n i t e d S t a t e s and n o r t h w e s t M e x i c o ; Unpub. Ph.D. T h e s i s , U n i v . C a l i f o r n i a , San D i e g o , pp. 150, 151, p i . 3, f i g . 26. i i < \u00E2\u0080\u0094\u00E2\u0080\u00A2 E l p h i d i e l l a n i t i d a Cushman ( P l a t e 14, F i g u r e 2) E l p h i d i u m h a n n a i Cushman and G r a n t v a r . , 1927, T r a n s . San D i e g o Soc. N a t . H i s t . , v o l . 5, no. 6, p. 78, p i . 8, f i g . 2. E l p h i d i u m h a n n a i Cushman and G r a n t , Cushman, S t e w a r t , and S t e w a r t , 1930, San J D i e g o Soc. N a t . H i s t . , v o l . 6, no. 2, p. 62, p i . 3, f i g s . 16, 17. c x E l p h i d i e l l a h a n n a i (Cushman and G r a n t ) , Cushman, 1939 ( i n p a r t ) , U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . Pap. 191, p. 66, p i . 19, f i g . 2 ( n o t f i g . 1 ) ; Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , 1940, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 3, p. 177, p i . 20, f i g . 11; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 21, p. 15, p i . 2, f i g . 22; Bandy, 1950, J o u r . P a l e o n . , v o l . 23, no. 3, pp. 276, 277, p i . 41, f i g . 10; Goodwin and Thomson, 1954, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 5, p t . 4, p. 174, p i . 32, f i g s . 27, 28; L a n k f o r d MS, 1962, ( p a r t ? ) , R e c e n t F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e n e a r s h o r e t u r b u l e n t zone, * 163 E l p h i d i e l l a n i t i d a Cushman, r1941, C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 17, . p t . 2, p. 35, p i . 9, f i g . 4; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 107, 108, p i . 19, f i g s . 11, 12; D e t l i n g , 1958, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 9, p t . 2, no. 179, pp. 28,.29, p i . 8, f i g . 4. Hypotype No. 81, L o c . B-6892. A few f o r a m i n i f e r s f r o m f i v e l o c a l i t i e s a r e c o n s i d e r e d t o b e l o n g t o t h i s genus and s p e c i e s . Whether t h e y s h o u l d be a s c r i b e d t o t h i s s p e c i e s o r t o E l p h i d i e l l a h a n n a i (Cushman and G r a n t ) seems q u e s t i o n a b l e . The t y p e f i g u r e o f E. n i t i d a Cushman i s most o b s c u r e and Cushman s t a t e d t h a t E. n i t i d a d i f f e r s f r o m E. h a n n a i \" i n t h e v e r y n a r r o w s u t u r e s w i t h v e r y f i n e p o r e s and p o l i s h e d w a l l . \" As w e l l a s t h e f i g u r e s g i v e n by Cushman and G r a n t , t h o s e o f Cushman, S t e w a r t , and S t e w a r t a r e r a t h e r p o o r b u t a p p e a r t o have r e l a t i v e l y n a r r o w s u t u r e s . O t h e r forms a s c r i b e d b y Cushman and o t h e r s t o E. n i t i d a have l i m b a t e , s u t u r e s , a l t h o u g h p e r h a p s n o t as b r o a d as i n t h e t y p e f i g u r e and o t h e r s o f E. h a n n a i . Some f i g u r e s o r i g i n a l l y o r s u b s e q u e n t l y a s c r i b e d t o E. n i t i d a show l i m b a t e s u t u r e s t a p e r i n g o u tward t o t h e p e r i p h e r y where t h e y a r e r a t h e r t h i n . Some o f t h e p r e s e n t specimens e x h i b i t t h i s phenomenon. E. n i t i d a Cushman, L o e b l i c h and Tappan, however, shows no s u c h n a r r o w i n g o f , t h e s u t u r e s , b u t a c o n s t a n t w i d t h . L o e b l i c h and Tappan p o i n t o ut (1953, p. 108) t h a t Cushman and Todd (1947a) r e f e r specimens t o E. h a n n a i w h i c h Cushman had f o r m e r l y i n c l u d e d i n t h e synonymy o f h i s s p e c i e s E. n i t i d a . They f u r t h e r s u g g e s t t h a t t h e s e f o r m s , i n c l u d i n g t h e sp e c i m e n f i g u r e d by Cushman and Todd s h o u l d be p l a c e d i n E. n i t i d a ? T h i s f o r m f i g u r e d by Cushman and Todd has t h e s u t u r e n a r r o w i n g t o w a r d t h e p e r i p h e r y . The p r e s e n t a u t h o r has examined t o p o t y p i c m a t e r i a l f r o m some o f Cushman and Todd's l o c a l i t i e s . L o e b l i c h and Tappan f u r t h e r p o i n t o ut t h a t , a l t h o u g h Cushman and G r a n t d e s c r i b e d E_. h a n n a i as h a v i n g s c a t t e r e d p o r e s i n t h e a p e r t u r a l f a c e , t h e y have s e e n no s u c h p o r e s i n a l l t h e m a t e r i a l a v a i l a b l e to' 'v* 164 them, and t h a t t h e r u g o s e n a t u r e o f t h e a p e r t u r a l f a c e and f i r s t one o r two chambers o f t h e f i n a l w h o r l may have caused Cushman and G r a n t t o t h i n k t h a t t h e y saw p o r e s where t h e r e were none. The p r e s e n t specimens e x h i b i t t h i s r u g o s e o r g r a n u l a r development, w h i c h a p p e a r s t h e n t o be common t o forms r e f e r r e d t o b o t h E. h a n n a i and E. n i t i d a . L a n k f o r d (1962 MS, p. 150) a s s e r t s t h a t JE. h a n n a i and E. n i t i d a were d i f f e r e n t i a t e d on t h e b a s i s o f p r e s e n c e on E. n i t i d a o f \" f i n e l y s p i n o s e s t r u c t u r e s i n t h e a p e r t u r a l a r e a . \" Whether t h e s e \" s p i n o s e s t r u c t u r e s \" a r e t h e same as t h e \" f i n e g r a n u l e s \" o f L o e b l i c h and Tappan i s somewhat p r o b l e m a t i c a l b u t t h e y may be t h e same s t r u c t u r e s . I n any c a s e , L a n k f o r d s t a t e d t h a t he b e l i e v e s t h a t E. h a n n a i and E. n i t i d a a r e c o n s p e c i f i c and t h u s a l l a r e E. h a n n a i by r u l e o f p r i o r i t y . He s t a t e s t h a t t h e forms w i t h and w i t h o u t s p i n o s e s t r u c t u r e s have t h e same d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h a t he b e l i e v e s l o s s o f s p i n o s e s t r u c t u r e s t o be a w e a t h e r i n g phenomenon e s p e c i a l l y common t o t h e l a r g e r s p e c i m e n s . Bandy (1950, pp. 276, 277) a l s o c o n s i d e r s E. h a n n a i and JE. n i t i d a as one s p e c i e s on t h e b a s i s t h a t t h e o b s e r v e d d i f f e r e n c e s o f p o r e s i z and s u r f a c e p o l i s h may be due t o p r e s e r v a t i o n . I n t h e e v e n t t h a t t h e s u t u r e s o f E. h a n n a i a r e w i d e r and t h e s u t u r a l p o r e s l a r g e r , two s p e c i e s may be r e p r e s e n t e d . Thus, s i n c e t h e p r e s e n t few specimens have e x c e e d i n g l y f i n e s u t u r a l p o r e s a n d many have t a p e r i n g s u t u r e s , t h e y a r e r e t a i n e d i n E. n i t i d a . Genus PROTELPHIDIUM Haynes, 1956 P r o t e l p h i d i u m o r b i c u l a r e ( B r a d y ) ( P l a t e 14, F i g u r e 3) N o n i o n i n a o r b i c u l a r i s B r a d y , 1881, Ann. Mag. N a t . H i s t . , s e r . 5, v o l . 8, p. 415, p i . 21, f i g . 5; 1884, R e p t . Voy. C h a l l e n g e r , v o l . 9 ( Z o o l . ) , p. 727, 165 l p i . 109, f i g s . 20, 21; Cushman, 1922, C o n t r i b . C a n a d i a n B i o l . , no. 9 ~[ (1921), p. 13 ( 1 4 5 ) . , r'| N o n i o n o r b i c u l a r e ( B r a d y ) , Cushman, 1930, U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 104, p t . 7, p. 12,-! i p i . 5, f i g s . 1-3; 1939, U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . Pap. 191, p. 23, p i . 6, f i g s . v | 17-19; ? 1944, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 12, p. 24, p i . 3, f i g . 24;\"1 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 23, p. 53, p i . 6, f i g . , 3 . J E l p h i d i u m o r b i c u l a r e ( B r a d y ) , L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , - ' | v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 102, 103, p i . 19, f i g s . 1-4; Cooper, 1964, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. R e s . , v o l . 15, p t . 3, p. 95, p i . 5, f i g . 21; B u z a s , 1965a,j S m i t h s o n i a n , M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 145, no. 8, pp. 23, 24, p i . . 3 , f i g . 5 a , 5b, p i . 4, f i g s , l a , l b . | E l p h i d i u m o r b i c u l a r e (H. B. B r a d y ) , R o n a i , 1955, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. fr j Res., v o l . 6, p t . 4, p. 145, p i . 21, f i g . 1. v i P r o t e l p h i d i u m o r b i c u l a r e ( B r a d y ) , Todd and Low, 1961, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. | i. Foram. Res., v o l . 12, p t . 1, no. 217, p. 20, p i . 2, f i g . 11; F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , | 1964, Norges G e o l . . U n d e r s . , no. 225, p. 349, p i . 21, f i g . 3; 1965, N o r s k *; i P o l a r i n s t i t u t t M e d d e l e l s e r , no. 93, p. 50, p i . 3, f i g . 14. \ M Hypotype No. 82, L o c . D-1215. I A few f o r a m i n i f e r s f o u n d i n t h e p r e s e n t m a t e r i a l appear t o b e l o n g t o t h i s '3 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 s p e c i e s , I am r e f e r r i n g t h e s p e c i e s t o t h e genus P r o t e l p h i d i u m as i t has a p o r a t e a p e r t u r e and seems t o l a c k s u t u r a l p o r e s and r e t r a l p r o c e s s e s . The i absence o f p o r e s , however, i s d i f f i c u l t t o v e r i f y . These specimens a r e marked r by t h e m i n o r b u t d i s t i n c t e x c a v a t i o n o f t h e s u t u r e s n e a r t h e u m b i l i c a l a r e a , t a f e a t u r e m e n t i o n e d by Todd and Low ( l 9 6 l , p. 2 0 ) . The f i g u r e shown by Cushman ( ? ) R o k ^ t i * 1 - . c h a r l o t t e n s i s (Cushman) ( P l a t e 15, F i g u r e 2) ? C a s s i d u l i n a c h a r l o t t e n s i s Cushman, 1925, C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 1, p t . 2, p.\" 41, p i . 6, f i g s . 6, 7; 1925, I b i d . , v o l . 1, p t . 3, p. 53, ; p i . 8, f i g s . 17, 18. \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00C2\u00AB ? R o b e r t i n a c h a r l o t t e n s i s (Cushman), Cushman, 1933a, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 m Spec. P u b l . 5, p i . 27, f i g . 9, v o l . 12, p t . 4; 1955, F o r a m i n i f e r a , Key P I . , 27, f i g . 9; Cushman and P a r k e r , 1936, C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., <-v o l . 12, p t . 4, no. 179, p. 97, p i . 16, f i g . 12; 1947, U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . Pap. 210-D, p. 74, p i . 18, f i g . 14; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman i I L a b . Foram, Res., Spec. P u b l . 21, p. 18, p i . 3, f i g . 2; Cushman and McCulloc_,\"; \ 1948, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 5, p. 241, p i . 30, f i g s . 1, 2.| ? R o b e r t i n o i d e s ( ? ) c h a r l o t t e n s i s (Cushman), L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 108-110, p i . 20, f i g s . 6, 7; 3 | D e t l i n g , 1958, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 9, p t . 2, no. 179, \ 169 _ | p. 29, p i . 8, f i g . 6; L a n k f o r d MS, 1962, R e c e n t F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e n e a r - -,-| i s h o r e t u r b u l e n t zone, w e s t e r n U n i t e d S t a t e s and n o r t h w e s t M e x i c o ; Unpub. ;| Ph.D. T h e s i s , U n i v . , C a l i f o r n i a , San D i e g o , p. 190. ! I 1-Hypotype No. 85, L o c . B-7075. .-j A s i n g l e s p e c i m a n f r o m B-7075 ap p e a r s t o b e l o n g t o t h i s s p e c i e s , a l t h o u g h j v t h e a p e r t u r a l a r e a i s b r o k e n and t h e f i n a l chamber may have been b r o k e n o f f . H I n s i z e , i t i s c l o s e r t o t y p i c a l R o b e r t i n a a r c t i c a d ' O r b i g n y w h i c h l t a l s o ~! r e s e m b l e s . I f t h e s t a t e d s i z e i s t h e o u t s t a n d i n g i d e n t i f y i n g f e a t u r e , t h e n t h e j p r e s e n t f o r a m i n i f e r p r o b a b l y b e l o n g s t o R. a r c t i c a ; however, s i z e a l o n e s h o u l d n o t be t o o h i g h l y v a l u e d i n s p e c i f i c d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n . . One d i f f i c u l t y i n i d e n t i - \" j f l c a t i o n I s t h e a p p a r e n t v a r i a b i l i t y o f s p e c i e s o f R o b e r t i n a . F o r example, t h e j f i g u r e o f R o b e r t i n a c h a r l o t t e n s i s (Cushman), Cushman and M c C u l l o c h (1948) more A j c l o s e l y r e s e m b l e s t h o s e o f R. a r c t i c a d ' O r b i g n y , Cushman and P a r k e r (1936 and \ 1947) t h a n i t does t h o s e o f R o b e r t i n a c h a r l o t t e n s i s (Cushman) Cushman and P a r k e r }. (1936 and 1 9 4 7 ) . F u r t h e r , t h e f i g u r e s o f R. a r c t i d a i n t h e s e two p u b l i c a t i o n s d e p i c t c a f o r m w h i c h a p p a r e n t l y has f a r f e w e r chambers i n t h e f i n a l w h o r l t h a n \ i \ t h e a u t h o r s d e s c r i b e as t y p i c a l o f t h e s p e c i e s R. a r c t i c a . The f i g u r e s p u b l i s h e d by Cushman and P a r k e r (1936) show R. c h a r l o t t e n s i s as b e i n g much more c u r v e d t h a n R. a r c t i c a , and h a v i n g a d i f f e r e n t l y shaped a p e r t u r a l f a c e , a l t h o u g h t h i s l a s t may be t h e r e s u l t o f p r e s e r v a t i o n o f t h e f i g u r e d s pecimen. The p r e s e n t I \u00C2\u00AB -I r specimen i s c u r v e d b u t per h a p s n o t as much as t y p i c a l R. c h a r l o t t e n s i s . T h at c o n f u s i o n on b o t h a s p e c i f i c and g e n e r i c l e v e l e x i s t s i s p o i n t e d out by L o e b l i c h and Tappan ( 1 9 5 3 ) . The p r e s e n t a u t h o r i s i n no p o s i t i o n t o shed l i g h t on t h i s ^ m a t t e r , h a v i n g o n l y one i n d i v i d u a l . T o p otypes o f R o b e r t i n a c h a r l o t t e n s i s . \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 (Cushman), Cushman and Todd (1947) have been s e e n by t h e a u t h o r . The f o r m r e f e r r e d t o B u l i m i n e l l a a u r i c u l a ( H e r o n - A l l e n and E a r l a n d 1932) by F e y l i n g - _T j I Hanssen (1965, p. 47, p i . 2, f i g s . 1-4) a p p e a r s t o be a R o b e r t i n a and may be c o n s p e c i f i c w i t h t h e p r e s e n t form. 170 S u b f a m i l y B u l i m i n i n a e Genus GLOBOBULIMINA Cushman, 1927 4. G l o b u l i m i n a a u r i c u l a t a ( B a i l e y ) ( P l a t e 15, F i g u r e 3) B u l i m i n a a u r i c u l a t a B a i l e y , 1851, S m i t h s o n i a n C o n t r . , v o l . 2, a r t . 3, p..12, p i . , f i g s . 25-27. B u l i m i n a ( D e s i n o b u l i m i n a ) a u r i c u l a t a B a i l e y , Cushman and P a r k e r , 1940, C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 16, p. 20, p i . 3, f i g s . 19-21; 1947, U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . Pap. 210-D, p. 129, p i . 29, f i g s . 22-24; Cushman, 1944, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,. Spec. P u b l . 12, p. 28, p i . 3, f i g . 48; Cushman and Todd, 1945, Cushman L a b . Foram Res., Spec. P u b l . 15, p. 40, p i . 6, f i g . 14; 1947a, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., S p e c , P u b l . 21, p. 18, p i . 3, f i g . 3; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 19, p. 29; Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , 1948, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 5, p. 249, p i . 3 1 , f i g . 4. . Hypotype No. 86, L o c . B-7067. ^ Todd (1958, p e r s o n a l communication) r e p o r t s t h i s s p e c i e s , r a r e i n t h e p r e s e n t m a t e r i a l , f r o m g l a c i o - m a r i n e d e p o s i t s a r o u n d J u n e a u ; C o c k b a i n (1963, t a b l e 2) a l s o r e p o r t s i t f r o m t h e a r e a o f t h e S t r a i t s o f J u a n de F u c a and G e o r g i S u b f a m i l y F u r s e n k o i n i n a e Genus FURSENKOINA L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1961 F u r s e n k o i n a f u s i f o r m i s ( W i l l i a m s o n ) ( P l a t e 15, F i g u r e 4) B u l i m i n a p u p o i d e s v a r . f u s i f o r m i s W i l l i a m s o n , 1858, R e c e n t F o r a m i n i f e r a o f G r e a t B r i t a i n , p. 63, p i . 5, f i g s . 129, 130. V i r g u l i n a f u s i f o r m i s ( W i l l i a m s o n ) , P a r k e r , 1952a, Mus. Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , ..j B u l l . v o l . 106, no. 9, p. 417, p i . 6, f i g s . 3-6; 1952b, I b i d . , no. 10, p. ' 461, p i . 4, f i g . 6; P h l e g e r , 1952, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . J 3, p t . 2, no. 61, p. 87, p i . 14, f i g s . 17, 18; F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , 1964, Norges ./j \u00E2\u0080\u009E i G e o l . U n ders., no. 225, p. 307, p i . 14, f i g s . 15-18. ' j i ? B u l i m i n a e x i l i s B r a d y , Cushman, 1948, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . j' __________ _ _ _ _ _ A | i 23, p. 62, p i . 7, f i g . 1; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , <>' \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 t v o l . 121, no. 7, p. 110, p i . 20, f i g s . 4, 5. \" j n o t V i r g u l i n a f u s i f o r m i s Cushman, 1937, Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . ; 9, pp. 18, 19, p i . 2, f i g . 29. . n t Hypotype No. 87, L o c . B-7074. ' | A c o n s i d e r a b l e number o f specimens b e l o n g t o t h i s s p e c i e s . The s p e c i e s was f i r s t r e f e r r e d t o V i r g u l i n a by Cushman and P a r k e r (1940, p. 22, and a g a i n i n 1947, p. 1 3 1 ) . Thus, s i n c e t h i s t a x o n was f i r s t g i v e n t h e s p e c i f i c name f u s i f o r m i s j J i n 1858, V i r g u l i n a f u s i f o r m i s Cushman, f i r s t d e s c r i b e d i n B u l l e t i n 4 o f t h e F l o r i d a S t a t e G e o l o g i c a l S u r v e y i n 1930, i s i n v a l i d b y r u l e o f p r i o r i t y as a n o t h e r s p e c i e s i s t h e r e i n r e p r e s e n t e d . The forms a s c r i b e d t o B u l i m i n a e x i l i s B r a d y by Cushman (1948) and L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953) a p p e a r t o f a l l w i t h i n t h e r a n g e o f v a r i a t i o n o f F u r s e n k o i n a f u s i f o r m i s ( W i l l i a m s o n ) , as was s u g g e s t e d t o t h i s a u t h o r by R u t h Todd (1964, p e r s o n a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n ) . M i s s Todd a l s o compared I a number o f t h e p r e s e n t specimens w i t h m a t e r i a l i n t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s N a t i o n a l Museum. T h i s s p e c i e s i s v e r y e a s i l y b r o k e n , so many more may have b e e n p r e s e n t t h a n now o c c u r I n t h e sam p l e s . S i n c e t h e g e n e r i c name V i r g u l i n a was r e c e n t l y | . 6 \" l found t o be p r e o c c u p i e d , t h e names F u r s e n k o i n a and, thus, F u r s e n k o i n i n a e r e p l a c e -j J them. T h i s change may be r u l e d a g a i n s t , however, and t h e name \" V i r g u l i n a \" i s q j used e l s e w h e r e i n t h i s r e p o r t . j \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 172 Genus BOLIVINA d ' O r b i g n y , 1839 \"j * i B o l i v i n a a l e x a n d e r e n s l s S m i t h , n. s p . j ( P l a t e 15, F i g u r e s 5, 6, 7, and 8) ^ j i H o l o t y p e No. 88a, L o c . B-7075, P a r a t y p e s No. 88b, 88d - B-7075; 88c - j B-7066. j \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 T e s t compressed t o s l i g h t l y r ounded, e l o n g a t e , t a p e r i n g f r o m an a c u t e t o s i , s u b a c u t e i n i t i a l end, two t o t h r e e t i m e s as l o n g as b r o a d g e n e r a l l y , b r o a d e s t \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 a c r o s s f i n a l chambers; p e r i p h e r y s l i g h t l y r ounded, g e n e r a l l y more so i n t h e | l a t e r chambers, v a r y i n g f r o m a l m o s t s t r a i g h t t o s t r o n g l y l o b a t e ; s u t u r e s o b l i q u e '! ri i n g e n e r a l , l i m b a t e , v a r y i n g f r o m m e r e l y s i n u a t e t o h a v i n g r e e n t r a n t s ( s u c h J i v a r i a t i o n may be p r e s e n t i n s i n g l e s p e c i m e n s ) , s l i g h t l y d e p r e s s e d , o f t e n o b s c u r e d T-by t h e s u r f a c e o r n a m e n t a t i o n ; s u r f a c e r o u g h , t e n d i n g t o be opaque b e c a u s e o f t h e p r e s e n c e o f numerous s m a l l p o r e s , marked on many i n d i v i d u a l s by d i s t i n c t V i l o b a t e s c u l p t u r i n g w h i c h i n p a r t a p p e a r s t o c o r r e s p o n d i n p o s i t i o n w i t h t h e s i n u a t i o n and r e e n t r a n c e of t h e s u t u r e s , d e g r e e of l o b a t i o n o f s u r f a c e v a r i a b l e , f r o m b a r e l y p r e s e n t t o f a i r l y s t r o n g l y d e v e l o p e d ; chambers many, v a r y i n g i n shape f r o m much w i d e r t h a n h i g h i n t h e e a r l y p a r t o f t h e t e s t t o about e q u a l l y h i g h and b r o a d i n t h e l a t e r chambers, shape m o d i f i e d by t h e s i n u a t i o n and r e e n t r a n c e o f t h e s u t u r e s , w h i c h , i n t h e l e s s s i n u a t e f o r m s , c a u s e s c u r v e d chambers and, ., i n t h e s i n u a t e - t e n d i n g t o r e e n t r a n t f o r m s , c a u s e s a n g u l a t i o n o f t h e chamber ~' s h a p e s ; a p e r t u r e a s t r a i g h t s l i t f r o m t h e b a s e a l m o s t t o t h e apex o f t h e f i n a l chamber, w i t h a s l i g h t l i p . T h i s s p e c i e s i s s i m i l a r t o t h e l o b a t e l y - s c u l p t u r e d s p e c i e s B o l i v i n a p l i c a t e ! ! ; j Cushman, B o l i v i n a p s e u d o p l i c a t a H e r o n - A l l e n and E a r l a n d and B o l i v i n a d e c u s s a t a j \u00C2\u00BB\u00E2\u0080\u00A2 B r a d y , t h e l a s t e s p e c i a l l y as t y p i f i e d by f i g u r e n i n e i n Cushman (1937b, pp. 125, ~ i 126, p i . 16, f i g s . 7 -9). T h i s f i g u r e c o u l d r e p r e s e n t t h e e x t r e m e l y l o b a t e ' j specimens i n t h e p r e s e n t g r o u p . The o t h e r forms m e n t i o n e d above a r e more l o b a t e t h a n t h e p r e s e n t s p e c i m e n s . Those o f t h e p r e s e n t specimens w h i c h have e x t e r n a l 173 l o b a t i o n p o o r l y i f a t a l l d e v e l o p e d b u t w h i c h have m e r e l y s i n u a t e s u t u r e s and t e n d e n c i e s t o w a r d r e e n t r a n t s u t u r e s , a r e more s i m i l a r t o s u c h forms as B o l i v i n a * \ d a n v i l l e n s i s Howe and W a l l a c e , B o l i v i n a s u b e x c a v a t a Cushman and Wickenden, ,: B o l i v i n a adyena Cushman, and, i n t h e l e a s t c o m p l e x l y s u t u r e d and ornamented f o r m s , t o B o l i v i n a compacta S i d e b o t t o m ( s e e Cushman, 1937b, pp. 135, 136, p i . 17, f i g s . * J I 22-24; Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , 1942, pp. 190, 191, p i . 23, f i g . 4). B o l i v i n a \"] r compacta and B. d e c u s s a t a have been r e p r e s e n t e d i n l a t e P l e i s t o c e n e and R e c e n t i m a t e r i a l f r o m t h e n o r t h e a s t P a c i f i c c o a s t ( s e e Cushman and Todd, 1947a, p. 18, * -j p i . 3, f i g . 5; and C o c k b a i n , 1963, t a b l e 2. Todd, 1958, p e r s o n a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n , | a l s o r e p o r t s B o l i v i n a d e c u s s a t a f r o m t h e Juneau a r e a . ) . B o l i v i n a s u b e x c a v a t a o f i L a n k f o r d MS (1962, p. 138, p i . 4, f i g . 8) may be c o n s p e c i f i c w i t h t h e p r e s e n t o r fo r m s . T h i s new s p e c i e s i s named f o r t h e A l e x a n d e r A r c h i p e l a g o w h i c h forms much of s o u t h e a s t e r n A l a s k a . The s p e c i e s i s l o c a l l y numerous. H e i g h t o f h o l o t y p e : 0.34 mm W i d t h o f h o l o t y p e : 0.14 mm ... H e i g h t o f p a r a t y p e s : p a r a t y p e 1 - 0.29 mm; p a r a t y p e 2 - 0.38 mm; p a r a t y p e 3 - 0.27 mm W i d t h o f p a r a t y p e s : p a r a t y p e 1 - 0.14 mm; p a r a t y p e 2 - 0.18 mm; p a r a t y p e 3 - 0.14 mm i \u00E2\u0080\u00A2c B o l i v i n a p a c i f i c a Cushman and M c C u l l o c h ( P l a t e 15, F i g u r e 9) B o l i v i n a a c e r o s a Cushman v a r . p a c i f i c a Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , 1942, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 4, pp. 185, 186, p i . 2 1 , f i g s . 2, 3; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 19,. p. 36, p i . 6, f i g . 6; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman L a b . Foram.. Res., Spec. P u b l . 21 p. 18, p i . 3, f i g . 4. 174 B o l i v i n a p a c i f i c a Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , L a n k f o r d MS, 1962, Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a \"' f r o m t h e n e a r s h o r e t u r b u l e n t z o n e , w e s t e r n U n i t e d S t a t e s and n o r t h w e s t M e x i c o ; Unpub. Ph.D. T h e s i s , U n i v . C a l i f o r n i a , San D i e g o , p. 137, p i . 4, f i g . 7. H y p o t y p e No. 89, L o c . B-7072. B o l i v i n a s w h i c h a r e r a r e a t s e v e r a l l o c a l i t i e s a p p e a r t o be t y p i c a l o f t h i s s p e c i e s . C o c k b a i n (1963, t a b l e 2) r e c o g n i z e d B o l i v i n a p a c i f i c a i n t h e w a t e r s n e a r Vancouver and Todd (1958, p e r s o n a l communication) i d e n t i f i e d t h e s p e c i e s f r o m g l a c i o - m a r i n e m a t e r i a l n e a r J u n e a u * B o l i v i n a p s e u d o p u n c t a t a H o g l a n d o f L o e b l i c h and T appan ( 1 9 5 3 , p. I l l , p i . 20, f i g s . 1 3 , 14) i s v e r y s i m i l a r and p e r h a p s c o n s p e c i f i c w i t h t h e p r e s e n t s p e c i m e n s as may a l s o be t h e case w i t h B. p s e u d o p u n c t a t a a s i d e n t i f i e d by F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n (1964, p. 319, p i . 16, f i g . 6 ) . (The f i g u r e p r e s e n t e d h e r e i n u n f o r t u n a t e l y makes t h e smooth t r a n s l u c e n t u p p e r p a r t s o f t h e chambers l o o k d e p r e s s e d , w h i c h t h e y a r e n o t . ) ' S u b f a m i l y U v i g e r i n i n a e Genus UVIGERINA d ' O r b i g n y , 1826 . U v i g e r i n a cushmani Todd ( P l a t e 16, F i g u r e s 1 and 2) U v i g e r i n a cushmani Todd, 1947b, C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b , Foram. R e s . , v o l . 23, no. 297, p. 66, p i . 16, f i g s . 4, 5; Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , 1948, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c E xped., v o l . 6, no. 5, p p . 257, 258, p i . 33, f i g . 1. H y p o t y p e s No. 9 0 a , 90b, L o c . D-1211. A number o f specimens have been a s s i g n e d t o t h i s s p e c i e s . Most o f them a r e f r o m t h e Burnaby L a k e l o c a l i t y n e a r V a n c o u v e r , The s p e c i m e n f r o m B-7068 n e a r J u n e a u has more s t r o n g l y d e v e l o p e d c o s t a e , t h u s more s t r o n g l y r e f l e c t i n g t h e d e s c r i b e d d i f f e r e n c e between U v i g e r i n a cushmani and U v i g e r i n a j u n c e a Cushman 175 and Todd, t y p i f i e d f r o m t h e P l i o c e n e o f Timm's P o i n t , C a l i f o r n i a . The p r e s e n t specimens f r o m t h e Van c o u v e r a r e a a r e c l e a r l y , however, more s t r o n g l y ornamented t h a n U. j u n c e a and t h e i r c o s t a e may e x t e n d o v e r more t h a n one chamber, w h i l e t h e i n d i v i d u a l c o s t a e o f U. J u n c e a a r e d e s c r i b e d as n o t e x t e n d i n g o v e r more t h a n one chamber. C o c k b a i n (1963, t a b l e 2) has r e f e r r e d specimens f r o m modem w a t e r s o f f V a n c o u v e r t o U. j u n c e a , b u t t h e y may w e l l be c o n s p e c i f i c w i t h t h e p r e s e n t s p e c i m e n s . Genus TRIFARINA Cushman, 1923 T r i f a r i n a f l u e n s (Todd) ( P l a t e 16, F i g u r e s 3 and 4) A n g u l o g e r i n a f l u e n s Todd, MS, i n Cushman and Todd, 1947b, C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 23, p. 67, p i . 16, f i g s . 6, 7; i n Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , 1948, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped.., v o l . 6, no. 5, pp. 288, 289, p i . 36, f i g . 1; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, p. 112, p i . 20, f i g s . 10-12; F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , 1965, N o r s k P o l a r i n s t i t u t t M e d d e l e l s no. 93, p. 47, p i . 2, f i g s . 12,- 13. Hypotypes No. 91a, 91b, L o c . B-7075 - 91a; D-1211 - 91b. Numerous c o s t a t e a n g u l o g e r i n e specimens i n t h e p r e s e n t m a t e r i a l have b e e n r e f e r r e d . t o t h i s s p e c i e s . They a p p e a r t o t e n d t o show c o n t i n u o u s s i z e I n c r e a s e o f chambers and t h u s have a more c o n i c a l shape and a l s o have more c o s t a e t h a n e i t h e r T r i f a r i n a s e m i t r i g o n a ( G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r ) o r T r i f a r i n a a n g u l o s a ( W i l l i a m s o n ) , w i t h w h i c h t h e y c o u l d be c o n f u s e d . L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953, p. 112) remarked t h a t t h e s p e c i e s f l u e n s i s much l e s s a n g u l a r t h a n t h e s p e c i e s a n g u l o s a , and f u r t h e r , synonymize t h e f o r m r e f e r r e d t o A n g u l o g e r i n a a n g u l o s a by Cushman (1948, p. 66, p i . 36, f i g . 1) w i t h A n g u l o g e r i n a f l u e n s . The f i g u r e s g i v e n for A. f l u e n s by Todd ( i n Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , 1948, pp. 288, 289, p i . 36, f i g . 1) a r e v e r y d i s t i n c t f r o m h e r f i g u r e s o f A n g u l o g e r i n a s e m i t r i g o n a 176 and A n g u l o g e r i n a a n g u l o s a (1948, pp. 292, 293, p i . 36, f i g . 5, and pp. 279, 280, p i . 35, f i g . 6) and t h e d e s c r i p t i o n s a r e r e a s o n a b l y d i s t i n c t . The a u t h o r w o u l d , however, l i k e t o c a l l a t t e n t i o n t o a few r e f e r e n c e s t o t h e s e two s p e c i e s . See U v i g e r i n a a n g u l o s a W i l l i a m s o n , Bagg (1912, p. 75, p i . 22, f i g . 2; Cushman, 1923, pp. 170, 171, p i . 41, f i g s . 1 7 -20); A n g u l o g e r i n a a n g u l o s a ( W i l l i a m s o n ) Cushman (1944, p. 30, p i . 4, f i g . 9; 1948, p. 66, p i . 7, f i g . 8; P a r k e r , 1952a, pp. 413, 414, p i . 5, f i g s . 18, 19; P h l e g e r , 1952, p i . 14, f i g . 1 2 ) . See a l s o U v i g e r i n a s e r o i t r i g o n a G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r (1927, p. 77, p i . 11, f i g . 21) and A n g u l o g e r i n a s e m i t r i g o n a ( G a l l o w a y and W l s s l e r ) ; Cushman and Todd (1941, p. 76, p i . 18, f i g . 6; p i . 19, f i g . 18; 1947a, p. 19, p i . 3, f i g . 7 ) , Cushman and Gray (1946, p. 37, p i . 6, f i g . 1 6 ) , and L a n k f o r d MS ( 1 9 6 2 ) . See a l s o A n g u l o g e r i n a f l u e n s Todd MS (1947, i n Cushman and Todd, p. 67, p i . 16, f i g s . 6, 7 ) . C o c k b a i n \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 (1963, t a b l e 2) has r e f e r r e d specimens b o t h t o A n g u l o g e r i n a a n g u l o s a and A. s e m i t r i g o n a . From t h e l i t e r a t u r e a l o n e , i t w o u l d be d i f f i c u l t t o d i s c r i m i n a t e between t h e s e two s p e c i e s . The above r e f e r e n c e s s e r v e t o i n d i c a t e t h e w e l l - k n o w n f a c t t h a t f r e q u e n t l y i t i s d i f f i c u l t o r i m p o s s i b l e t o g i v e s p e c i f i c a s s i g n m e n t o r t o d e t e r m i n e synonymy o f i n d i v i d u a l s o r groups o f F o r a m i n i f e r a when r e l y i n g o n l y on t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Many f i g u r e s , e s p e c i a l l y p h o t o g r a p h s , a r e p o o r and d e s c r i p -t i o n s a r e i n a d e q u a t e . Thus, t h e d e s i d e r a t u m f o r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f F o r a m i n i f e r a w o u l d be t o be a b l e t o examine h o l o t y p i c , p a r a t y p i c , t o p o t y p i c and o t h e r s p e c i -mens s p e c i f i c a l l y d e s i g n a t e d by p a r t i c u l a r a u t h o r s . The g r e a t e s t d e g r e e o f a c c u r a c y c o u l d be m a i n t a i n e d i n t h i s way. U n f o r t u n a t e l y , most a u t h o r s a r e l i m i t e d , a t l e a s t i n p a r t , t o e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e l i t e r a t u r e . The i d e n t i t y o f t h e p r e s e n t specimens i l l u s t r a t e s t h i s p o i n t . I t w o u l d be p o s s i b l e t o r e f e r t h e s e f o r a m i n i f e r s t o s e v e r a l s p e c i e s and i t may. be t h a t c o n s p e c i f i c forms have been so r e f e r r e d . 177 T r i f a r i n a h u g h e s i ( G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r ) ( P l a t e 16, F i g u r e s 5 and 6) U v i g e r i n a h u g h e s ! G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r , 1927, J o u r . P a l e o n . , v o l . 1, p. 76, p i . 12, f i g . 5. A n g u l o g e r i n a h u g h e s i ( G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r ) , Cushman, S t e w a r t , and S t e w a r t , 1930, T r a n s . San D i e g o Soc. N a t . H i s t . , v o l . 6, p. 70, p i . 5, f i g . 16; Cushman and Todd, 1941, C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 17, p. 76, p i . 18, f i g . 4; p i . 19, f i g . 17; 1947a, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 21, p. 19, p i . 3, f i g . 8; Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , 1948, A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 5, pp. 289, 290, p i . 36, f i g . 2. Hypotypes No. 92a, 92b, L o c . D-1211. A few smooth a n g u l o g e r i n e specimens o c c u r i n t h e p r e s e n t m a t e r i a l . They have a l l been r e f e r r e d t o t h i s s p e c i e s . I t s h o u l d be n o t e d t h a t some f a l l w i t h i n t h e r a n g e o f v a r i a t i o n o f T r i f a r i n a b a g g l ( G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r ) . Todd ( i n Cushman and M c C u l l o c h , 1948, pp. 281, 290, and 293) p o i n t s out t h e c l o s e r e l a t i o n s h i p and p o s s i b l e c o n s p e c i f i c i t y between t h e s e forms as w e l l as a t h i r d d e s c r i b e d s p e c i e s , T r i f a r i n a s e m i t r i g o n a ( G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r ) . As t h e a u t h o r cannot r e c o g n i z e a s i g n i f i c a n t d i f f e r e n c e between t h e l o b a t i o n o f t h e chambers between t h e l a r g e r and t h e s m a l l e r s p e c i m e n s , a d i f f e r e n c e u sed by Todd t o d i s c r i m i n a t e between t h e l a r g e r h u g h e s i and t h e s m a l l e r b a g g l , a l l o f t h e p r e s e n t specimens have been a s s i g n e d t o t h e s p e c i e s h u g h e s i . Some o f t h e f o r a m i n i f e r s h e r e p l a c e d i n T r i f a r i n a f l u e n s Todd may f a l l w i t h i n t h e r a n g e of-v a r i a t i o n o f I . s e m i t r i g o n a , b u t h e r e a l l c o s t a t e a n g u l o g e r i n e i n d i v i d u a l s h a ve been a s s i g n e d t o T r i f a r i n a f l u e n s as t h e r e i s no c l e a r - c u t s p e c i f i c d i f f e r e n c e d i s c e r n a b l e between c o s t a t e s p e c i m e n s . F u r t h e r , some i n d i v i d u a l s a r e f a i n t l y s t r i a t e and a r e s i m i l a r enough i n t e s t shape t o be d i f f i c u l t t o a s s i g n t o e i t h e r 178 T r i f a r i n a f l u e n s o r t o T r i f a r i n a h u g h e s i ; t h e s e two forms a l w a y s o c c u r t o g e t h e r . F a m i l y DISCORBIDAE * Genus DISCORBIS Lamark, 1804 D i s c o r b i s spp. ( P l a t e 16, F i g u r e s 7a and 7b, 8a and 8b) Hypotypes No. 100a, 100b, 101, L o c . B-7066. R a r e d i s c o r b i d s f r o m s e v e r a l l o c a l i t i e s a ppear t o b e l o n g t o two s p e c i e s o f D i s c o r b i s . Hypotypes 100a and 100b ( P l a t e 16, f i g s . 7a, 7b) r e p r e s e n t t h e more common t y p e and h y p o t y p e 101 ( P l a t e 16, f i g s . 8 a , 8b) t h e l e s s common. Some o f t h e p r e s e n t specimens a r e v e r y s i m i l a r t o D i s c o r b i s g l o b u l a r i s ( d ' O r b i g n y ) , Cushman and Gray (1946, p. 38, p i . 6, f i g . 25) and Cushman (1948, pp. 68, 69, p i . 7, f i g . 12) b u t do n o t have p o r e s o f d i f f e r e n t c o a r s e n e s s on v e n t r a l and d o r s a l s i d e s . D i s c o r b i s ( ? ) s p p . ( P l a t e 17, F i g u r e s l a and l b , 2a and 2b) Hypotypes No. 102, 103, L o c . B-7066. Two specimens w i t h t h e v e n t r a l c e n t r a l a r e a b r o k e n away a r e t e n t a t i v e l y r e f e r r e d t o t h i s genus. They seem t o be c o n s p e c i f i c , , a l t h o u g h one i s much s m a l l e r t h a n t h e o t h e r . O t h e r r a r e specimens ( h y p o t y p e 103) ( P l a t e 17, f i g s . 2 a , 2b) a r e l i k e D i s c o r b i s sp. ( h y p o t y p e no. 100) o f t h i s r e p o r t , b u t h a ve a s t r o n g l y convex v e n t r a l s i d e and a much l e s s l o b a t e p e r i p h e r y . 179 F a m i l y EPISTOMARIIDAE Genus EPISTOMAROIDES U c h i o , 1952 E p i s t o m a r o i d e s c f . E_. r i m o s a ( P a r k e r and J o n e s ) ( P l a t e 17, F i g u r e s 3a and 3b) Hypotype No. 99, L o c . B-6892. The s p e c i f i c p l a c e m e n t of t h e few members o f t h i s genus i s q u e s t i o n a b l e . P r o b a b l y t h e y b e l o n g t o t h e group r e p o r t e d r e f e r r e d t o by G a l l o w a y and Heminway (1941) i n t h e i r s t u d y o f t h e T e r t i a r y F o r a m i n i f e r a o f P u e r t o R i c o as \" t h e R e c e n t A r c t i c s p e c i e s , E. r i m o s a ( P a r k e r and J o n e s ) . \" However, t h e s p e c i e s was d e s c r i b e d by P a r k e r and Jones ( s e e D i s c o r b i n a r i m o s a P a r k e r and J o n e s ; f r o m C a r p e n t e r , W. B., 1862, I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f t h e F o r a m i n i f e r a ; London, Ray Soc. f o r t y p e d e s c r i p t i o n and P a r k e r and J o n e s , 1865, p i . 19, f i g . 6) as b e i n g found i n t h e T e r t i a r y o f G r i g n o h , F r a n c e ( p r o b a b l y Eocene) and f r o m Recent A u s t r a l i a n c o r a l r e e f s . Thei^e may be some q u e s t i o n as t o whether t h e s e two l o c a l i t i e s y i e l d e d t h e same s p e c i e s and t h e r e i s no m e n t i o n o f t h e g e o g r a p h i c o r i g i n of t h e specimen used f o r t h e t y p e f i g u r e . I t i s i n t e r e s t i n g , i n t h i s c o n t e x t , t o n o t e t h a t i n 1949 Le C a l v e z ( s e e E l l i s and M e s s i n a , 1940, E p i s t o m a r i a s e p e r a n s ) d e s c r i b e d a s p e c i e s o f t h i s genus, of w h i c h t h e r e a r e few known s p e c i e s , f r o m G r i g n o n . The f o r m d e s c r i b e d by L e C a l v e z does n o t c l o s e l y r e s e m b l e t h a t d e s c r i b e d by P a r k e r and J o n e s , b u t i t i s w e l l known t h a t s u c h e a r l y work as t h a t o f P a r k e r and Jones was n o t s u b j e c t t o t h e m o r p h o l o g i c a l l y c l o s e t a x o n o m i c d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n as has been p r a c t i c e d i n more r e c e n t y e a r s and t h a t t h e r e was more a r t i s t i c l i b e r t y t a k e n i n f i g u r i n g specimens t h a n i s p r e s e n t l y t h e p r a c t i c e . U n f o r t u n a t e l y , I c a n f i n d no f u r t h e r m e n t i o n o f t h e s p e c i e s r i m o s a w i t h any p r o b a b l e g e n e r i c a s s i g n m e n t i n t h e l i t e r a t u r e , a l t h o u g h G a l l o w a y and Heminway (1941) must have had i n f o r m a t i o n a t t h e i r d i s p o s a l I n o r d e r t o r e f e r t o \" t h e 180 Recent A r c t i c s p e c i e s E_. r i m o s a . \" I n g e n e r a l , t h e p r e s e n t specimens compare f a v o r a b l y w i t h t h e o r i g i n a l f i g u r e and d e s c r i p t i o n o f \" D i s c o r b i n a r i m o s a \" and t h e y c l e a r l y b e l o n g t o t h e genus E p i s t o m a r o i d e s . These seven i n d i v i d u a l s a r e s m a l l , compressed specimens, rounded b u t s l i g h t l y e l o n g a t e i n o u t l i n e , b e i n g e v o l u t e on t h e d o r s a l s i d e w i t h t h e f i n a l w h o r l h a v i n g much l a r g e r chambers t h a n t h e e a r l i e r w h o r l s . The c e n t r a l p a r t o f t h e v e n t r a l s i d e i s c o v e r e d w i t h s e c o n d a r y s h e l l s t r u c t u r e i n t h e fo r m o f a l a r p r o j e c t i o n s o r s e c o n d a r y chambers. The e x a c t r e l a t i o n o f t h i s s e c o n d a r y s h e l l m a t e r i a l t o t h e b a s i c w h o r l s i s h a r d t o d e t e r m i n e . I n some cases a p e r t u r e s a t t h e o u t e r edge o f t h e s e c o n d a r y m a t e r i a l may be o b s e r v e d . I n one c a s e , t h e i n n e r edge o f one s e c o n d a r y f l a p shows i t t o be an a l a r p r o j e c t i o n . The i m p o r t a n t a p e r t u r e s between t h e chambers a l o n g t h e s u t u r e s on t h e v e n t r a l s i d e o f t h e t e s t a r e f r e q u e n t l y d i f f i c u l t t o d i s c e r n . I n some cases s u c h a p e r t u r e s appear t o be p r e s e n t on t h e d o r s a l s i d e o f t h e t e s t . The p r i m a r y s u t u r e s a r e q u i t e d e p r e s s e d on b o t h s i d e s o f t h e t e s t and a r e c u r v e d . Seven chambers u s u a l l y c o m p r i s e t h e f i n a l w h o r l . The s u r f a c e o f t h e t e s t i s g l o s s y b u t p l a i n l y p e r f o r a t e . Dr. H e l e n Tappan L o e b l i c h (1964, p e r s o n a l communication) s t r o n g l y s u g g e s t e d t h a t t h e p r e s e n t specimens b e l o n g t o E p i s t o m a r o i d e s p o l y s t o m e l l o i d e s ( P a r k e r and J o n e s ) . The t y p e d e s c r i p t i o n o f t h a t s p e c i e s , however, i n c l u d e s t h e s t a t e m e n t \" t h i s may be s a i d t o be a g r a n u l o s e f o r m o f D. r i m o s a , \" and t h e t y p e f i g u r e i s v e r y g r a n u l o s e ( s e e P a r k e r and J o n e s , 1865, p. 421, p i . 19, f i g . 8 as D i s c o r b i n a t u r b o ( d ' O r b i g n y ) v a r . p o l y s t o m e l l o i d e s ) . B o t h s p e c i e s have Recent A u s t r a l i a n t y p e s . F a m i l y SPLRILLINIDAE Genus PATELLINA W i l l i a m s o n , 1858 181 P a t e l U n a c o r r u g a t a W i l l i a m s o n ( P l a t e 17, F i g u r e s 4a and 4b) P a t e l l i n a c o r r u g a t a W i l l i a m s o n , 1858, R e cent F o r a m i n i f e r a o f G r e a t B r i t a i n , p. 46, p i * 3, f i g s . 86-89; Cushman, 1931, U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 104, p t . 8, p. 11, p i . 2, f i g s . 6, 7; 1944, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 12, p. 30, p i . 4, f i g . 14; 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 23, pp. 67, 68, p i . 7, f i g . 11; N^rvang, 1945, The Z o o l o g y o f I c e l a n d , p. 38; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman La b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 19, p. 37, p i . 6, f i g s . 22-24; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman La b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 21, p. 20, p i . 3, f i g . 13; P a r k e r , 1952a, Mus. Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 9, p. 420, p i . 6, f i g s . 16, 17; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 114, 115, p i . 21, f i g s . 4, 5; L a n k f o r d MS, 1962, Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e n e a r s h o r e t u r b u l e n t zone, w e s t e r n U n i t e d S t a t e s and n o r t h w e s t M e x i c o ; Unpub. Ph.D. T h e s i s , U n i v . C a l i f o r n i a , San D i e g o , p. 177, p i . 5, f i g . 7; F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , 1964, Norges G e o l U nders., no. 225, p. 335, p i . 18, f i g . 9. Hypotype No. 93, L o c . B-7067. F o r a m i n i f e r s w h i c h a r e r a r e a t f o u r l o c a l i t i e s f r o m t h e Juneau a r e a b e l o n g t o t h i s s p e c i e s . F o r e a r l y r e f e r e n c e s see Cushman (1931 and 1 9 4 8 ) . F a m i l y ROTALIIDAE Genus EPISTOMIltFLLA Husezima and M a r u h a s i , 1944 E p i s t o m i n e l l a p a c i f i c a (Cushman) ( P l a t e 17, F i g u r e s 5a and 5b) P u l v i n u l i n e l l a p a c i f i c a Cushman, 1927, B u l l . S c r i p p s I n s t . Oceanog., Tech. S e r . , v o l . 1, p. 165, p i . 5, f i g s . 14, 15; Cushman, S t e w a r t , and S t e w a r t , 1930, 182 T r a n s . San D i e g o Soc. N a t . H i s t . , v o l . 6, no. 2, p. 73, p i . 6, f i g . 5. E p i s t o m i n e l l a p a c i f i c a (Cushman), M a r t i n , 1952, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t s . 3 and 4, p. 136, p i . 24, f i g . 8. Hypotype No. 94, L o c . B-6892. A few f o r a m i n i f e r s o f t h i s s p e c i e s , a b u n d a n t l y found I n t h e l a t e C e n o z o i e o f C a l i f o r n i a , were i d e n t i f i e d i n t h e p r e s e n t m a t e r i a l , m a i n l y a t B-6892. T h i s s p e c i e s has a l s o been r e p o r t e d by C o c k b a i n (1963, t a b l e 2) and by Todd (1958, p e r s o n a l communication) f r o m bedded s e d i m e n t s n e a r J u n e a u . E p i s t o m i n e l l a v i t r e a P a r k e r ( P l a t e 17, F i g u r e s 6a and 6b, 7a and 7b, and 8a and 8b) E p i s t o m i n e l l a v i t r e a P a r k e r , 1953 i n P a r k e r , F. L,, F. B. P h l e g e r , and J . F. P i e r s o n , Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . no. 2, p. 9, p i . 4, f i g s . 34-36; 40, 4 1 . ? Epo n i d e s p a t a g o n i c a ( d ' O r b i g n y , 1839), F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , 1965, N o r s k P o l a r i n s t i t u t t M e d d e l e l s e r , no. 93, p. 48, p i . 3, f i g s . 1, 2. Hypotypes No. 95a, 95b, 95c, L o c B-7073. T e s t f r e e , c a l c a r e o u s , r o t a l i f o r m , f i n e l y p e r f o r a t e , p l a n o c o n v e x t o s l i g h t l y b i c o n v e x w i t h d o r s a l s i d e m o d e r a t e l y convex and v e n t r a l s i d e i r r e g u l a r l y s l i g h t l y convex t o f l a t ; t h r e e t o f o u r w h o r l s on t h e d o r s a l s i d e ; p e r i p h e r y s u b a c u t e , rounded t o s l i g h t l y l o b a t e , when l o b a t e t e n d i n g t o be so i n an a n g u l a r manner; s u t u r e s on d o r s a l s i d e o b l i q u e t o s l i g h t l y c u r v e d o r a n g l e d , s l i g h t l y l i m b a t e , e s p e c i a l l y t h e s p i r a l s u t u r e , f l u s h i n e a r l y p a r t , becoming s l i g h t l y d e p r e s s e d on many specimens i n t h e f i n a l w h o r l ; s u t u r e s on v e n t r a l s i d e n e a r l y r a d i a l b u t t e n d i n g t o be s l i g h t l y c u r v e d o r a n g l e d , s l i g h t l y l i m b a t e , s l i g h t l y d e p r e s s e d ; u m b i l i c a l a r e a f l u s h t o s l i g h t l y u m b i l i c a t e ; aperture s l i t - l i k e , n e a r d o r s a l m a r g i n o r f i n a l chamber, p a r a l l e l t o t h e p l a n e o f c o i l i n g o f t h e t e s t , w i t h a n a r r o w r i m of t h i c k e n e d s h e l l m a t e r i a l r u n n i n g f r o m s l i g h t l y b e l o w t h e 183 p e r i p h e r y o f t h e t e s t t o t h e base o f t h e f i n a l chamber; s i x o r s e v e n chambers i n t h e f i n a l w h o r l . The h o l o t y p e , p a r a t y p e s , and h y p o t y p e s d e p o s i t e d i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n s o f t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s N a t i o n a l Museum have been examined. They show c l e a r l y t h e synonymy w i t h t h e specimens f r o m t h e P a c i f i c N o r t h w e s t . The p u b l i s h e d f i g u r e s a r e n o t p a r t i c u l a r l y d e f i n i t i v e and t h i s a u t h o r o r i g i n a l l y d e s c r i b e d t h e f o r m as a new s p e c i e s , v e r y s i m i l a r t o E p i s t o m i n e l l a e x i g u a ( B r a d y ) . R u t h Todd (1965, p e r s o n a l communication) Informed t h e a u t h o r t h a t she had o r i g i n a l l y a s c r i b e d c o n s p e c i f i c m a t e r i a l t o _E. e x i g u a b u t s u b s e q u e n t l y had had t h e synonymy w i t h E. v i t r e a p o i n t e d out by P a r k e r , who e r e c t e d t h e l a t t e r s p e c i e s . E x a m i n a t i o n o f t y p e specimens p r o v e d t h i s d i a g n o s i s c o r r e c t . E. v i t r e a was d e s c r i b e d f r o m s h a l l o w warm w a t e r o f t h e G u l f C o a s t . P a r k e r s t a t e d t h a t I t \"most c l o s e l y resembles:]E. n a r a e n s i s (Kuwano) b u t i s s l i g h t l y l a r g e r , more concave on t h e v e n t r a l s i d e , has more c u r v e d s u t u r e s , and a much more e l o n g a t e a p e r t u r e . \" T h i s s p e c i e s does a l s o c l o s e l y r e s e m b l e E p i s t o m i n e l l a e x i g u a ( B r a d y ) b u t i s d i s t i n g u i s h e d f r o m i t m a i n l y by t h e l a c k o f a pronounced l o b a t e p e r i p h e r y , t h e g r e a t e r o b l i q u i t y o f t h e d o r s a l s u t u r e s , ..and t h e c o n s i s t e n t l y g r e a t e r number of chambers i n t h e f i n a l w h o r l . Specimens b e l o n g i n g t o t h i s s p e c i e s b;ro.b-bl.y fcir_qu_wfcly have been a s c r i b e d t o . E . e x i g u a . The p r e s e n t s p e c i e s d i f f e r s f r o m E p i s t o m i n e l l a b r a d y a n a (Cushman) i s b e i n g l e s s b i c o n v e x and i n h a v i n g f e w e r chambers i n t h e f i n a l w h o r l . E. b r a d y a n a a l s o i s d e s c r i b e d as h a v i n g t h e u m b i l i c a l r e g i o n c l o s e d . E. v i t r e a i s a l s o v e r y s i m i l a r t o E p i s t o m i n e l l a a t l a n t i s a e (Cushman), d e s c r i b e d f r o m an Eocene c o r e i n t h e A t l a n t i c , b u t i s n o t as b i c o n v e x , i s l a r g e r , and c o n s i s t e n t l y has a t l e a s t one more chamber i n t h e f i n a l w h o r l . E_. v i t r e a f u r t h e r c l o s e l y r e s e m b l e s E p i s t o m i n e l l a h a r d y ana (LeRoy) f r o m t h e M i o c e n e o f Sumatra, and E p i s t o m i n e l l a amakusaensis Asano and 184 M u r a t a f r o m t h e Eocene of J a p a n , d i f f e r i n g m a i n l y i n t h e u m b i l i c a l c h a r a c t e r s . E p i s t o m i n e l l a p u l c h e l l a Husezima and M a r u h a s i , f r o m t h e P l i o c e n e o f J a p a n , i s v e r y s i m i l a r b u t has a narrow k e e l . E p i s t o m i n e l l a t a k a y a n a g i i Iwasa, a l s o f r o m t h e P l i o c e n e o f Japan, i s s m a l l e r and i s d e s c r i b e d as h a v i n g a c l o s e d u m b i l i c a l a r e a and f i v e t o s i x chambers i n t h e l a s t w h o r l . The f o r m d e p i c t e d by F e y l i n g -Hanssen appears t o b e l o n g t o t h i s s p e c i e s b u t t h e f i g u r e s a r e n o t s u f f i c i e n t l y c l e a r t o be c e r t a i n , _ E . v i t r e a o c c u r s i n s m a l l numbers a t a l m o s t a l l t h e l o c a l i t i e s o f t h e p r e s e n t s t u d y . One damaged specimen i n each o f t h e two Queen C h a r l o t t e I s l a n d samples i s i n c l u d e d h e r e b u t i s f l a t t e r and has a t e n d e n c y t o a l o b a t e p e r i p h e r y ; t h e a p e r t u r a l a r e a s a r e b r o k e n . Genus BUCCELLA. A n d e r s o n , 1952 B u c c e l l a f r i g i d a (Cushman) ( P l a t e 18, F i g u r e s l a and l b and 2a and 2b) P u l v i n u l i n a f r i g i d a Cushman, 1922, C o n t r i b . C a n a d i a n B i o l . , no. 9, ( 1 9 2 1 ) , p. 12 ( 1 4 4 ) . E p o n i d e s f r i g i d a (Cushman) v a r . c a l I d a Cushman and C o l e , 1930, G o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 6, no. 4, p. 98, p i . 13, f i g . 13; Cushman, 1931, U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 104, p t , 8, p. 4 7 , Epo n i d e s f r i g i d a (Cushman), Cushman,1931, U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 104, p t . 8, p. 45. Epo n i d e s f r i g i d u s (Cushman), Cushman, 1941, C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l , 17, p t . 2, p. 37, p i . 9, f i g s . 16, 17; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman Lab . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 2 1 , pp. 21, 22, p i . 3, f i g . . 20; 1947b, C o n t r i b , Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 23, p t . 3, no. 297, p. 67, p i . 16, f i g s . 10-13, Eponides f r i g i d u s (Cushman) v a r . c a l i d u s Cushman and C o l e , Cushman, 1944, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 12, p. 34, p i . 4, f i g s . 19, 20; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 19, p. 39, p i . 7, f i g s . 3-5; P a r k e r , 1952b, Mus. Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 10, p. 450, p i . 5, f i e . 3. 185 B u c c e l l a f r i g i d a (Cushman), A n d e r s o n , 1952, J o u r . W a s h i n g t o n Acad. S c i . , v o l . 42, no. 5, p. 144, f i g s . 4-6; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, p. 115, p i . 22, f i g s . 2, 3; ? R o n a i , 1955, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 6, p t . 4, no. 145, p. 148, p i . 21, f i g . 16; Todd and Low, l 9 6 l , C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 12, p t . 1, no. 217, p. 18, p i . 1, f i g s . 24, 25; Cooper, 1964, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 15, p t . 3, p. 102, p i . 6, f i g s . 12, 16; F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , 1964, Norges G e o l . Unders., no. 225, p. 337, p i . 18, f i g s , 15-18, Buzas, 1965a, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 145, no. 8, p. 24, f i g s . 3a, 3b, 4 a , 4b. Hypotype No. 96a, 96b, L o c . B-7073. F o r a m i n i f e r a b e l o n g i n g t o t h i s genus appear i n m a t e r i a l f r o m a l m o s t a l l l o c a l i t i e s i n f r o m s m a l l t o l a r g e numbers. M a i n l y , t h e y c l e a r l y b e l o n g t o t h e s p e c i e s B u c c e l l a f r i g i d a and B. t e n e r r i m a , w h i c h have been d i f f i c u l t t o s e p a r a t e i n t h i s m a t e r i a l . See B. t e n e r r i m a f o r f u r t h e r d i s c u s s i o n . Todd (1958, p e r s o n a l communication) r e p o r t e d B. f r i g i d a f r o m t h e Juneau a r e a and C o c k b a i n (1962, t a b l e 2) r e c o r d s B u c c e l l a spp. i n w a t e r n e a r Vancouver w h i c h s p e c i e s p r o b a b l y i n c l u d e b o t h B. f r i g i d a and B. t e n e r r i m a . Cushman and Todd (1947a,. p. 21) i n c l u d e t h e e a r l i e s t two r e f e r e n c e s t o forms presumed t h e r e i n t o be e o n s p e c i f i e W i t h B. f r i g i d a . A n d e r s o n (1952) i n h i s s t u d y o f t h i s group d i d n o t i n c l u d e t h e s e two r e f e r e n c e s ; presumably he d i d n o t c o n s i d e r them e o n s p e c i f i e w i t h B. f r i g i d a . A n d e r s o n (1952) and L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953) synonymized B. f r i g i d a o f Cushman and Todd (1947a) w i t h \" B u c c e l l a i n u s i t a t a \" but Cushman and Todd's f i g u r e shows no k e e l and t h u s I b e l i e v e i t s h o u l d r e m a i n i n B. f r i g i d a . T h i s a u t h o r has q u e s t i o n e d R o n a i * s i d e n t i f i c a t i o n because t h e f i g u r e he gave i s i n d i s t i n c t . T o p o t y p e s o f Cushman and Todd's (1947a) f o r m have been examined. 186 ( ? ) B u c c e l l a f r i g i d a Cushman ( P l a t e 18, F i g u r e s 3a and 3b) Hypotype No. 97, L o c . D-1211. Some f o r a m i n i f e r s f r o m n e a r Burnaby L a k e and Juneau l o c a l i t i e s t e n d i n morphology away f r o m t y p i c a l B u c c e l l a f r i g i d a t o a fo r m w h i c h i s much h i g h e r -s p i r e d on t h e v e n t r a l s i d e , i s f l a t d o r s a l l y , i s s m a l l , and has q u i t e lobate\" v e n t r a l s u t u r e s . The a p e r t u r e cannot be se e n . Of t h e s e f o r m s , r a r e i n d i v i d u a l s seem t o be so d i f f e r e n t f r o m B u c c e l l a f r i g i d a a s t o cause one t o f o r m a l l y q u e s t i o n t h e i r i d e n t i t y b o t h as t o genus and s p e c i e s . B u c c e l l a t e n e r r i m a (Bandy) ( P l a t e 18, F i g u r e s 4a and 4b; P l a t e 19, F i g u r e s l a and l b and 2a and 2b) Ep o n i d e s p e r u v i a n u s ( d ' O r b i g n y ) , Cushman and K e l l e t t , 1929, P r o c . U. S. N a t . Mus. 75 ( a r t . 2 5 ) , p. 10, p i . 4, f i g . 5. Epon i d e s f r i g i d u s (Cushman), Cushman, 1948, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 23, pp. 71, 72, p i . 8, f i g . 7; P a r k e r , 1952a, Mus. Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 9, p. 419, p i . 6, f i g . 12; 1952b, I b i d . , no. 10, p. 449, p i . 5, f i g . 2; P h l e g e r , 1952, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2, p. 84, p i . 14, f i g s . 23, 24. R o t a l i a t e n e r r i m a Bandy, 1950, J o u r . P a l e o n , v o l . 24, no. 3, pp. 278, 279, p i . 42, f i g . 3. B u c c e l l a i n u s i t a t a A n d e r s o n , 1952, J o u r . W a s h i n g t o n A c a d . S c i . , v o l . 42, no. 5, p. 148, f i g s . 10, 11; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, p. 116, p i . 22, f i g . 1. 187 B u c c e l l a t e n e r r i m a ( B a n d y ) , L a n k f o r d MS, 1962, Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e n e a r s h o r e t u r b u l e n t zone, w e s t e r n U n i t e d S t a t e s and n o r t h w e s t M e x i c o ; Dnpub. Ph.D. T h e s i s , U n i v . C a l i f o r n i a , . San D i e g o , pp. 139, 140, p i . 4, f i g . 19; F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , 1965, N o r s k P o l a r i n s t i t u t t M e d d e l e l s e r , no. 93, p. 47, p i . 3, f i g s . 3-5. Hypotypes No. 98a, 98b, 98c, L o c . B-7066. I n 1961 Bandy ( M i c r o p a l e o n . , p. 14) s t a t e d t h a t B u c c e l l a i n u s i t a t a A n d e r s o n i s a j u n i o r synonym of B u c c e l l a t e n e r r i m a ( B a n d y ) . L a n k f o r d (1962) s t a t e d t h a t he had compared t o p o t y p e s o f B u c c e l l a i n u s i t a t a A n d e r s o n w i t h p a r a -t y p e s o f R o t a l i a \u00C2\u00B1enerrima Bandy and found them t o be c o n s p e c i f i c . Bandy's f i g u r e s a r e r a t h e r u n d e f i n i t i v e and c o n s p e c i f i c i t y w o u l d n o t be c o n c l u d e d f r o m t h e f i g u r e s and d e s c r i p t i o n s a l o n e . However, t h e e v i d e n c e seems t o w a r r a n t t h e i n c l u s i o n o f B u c c e l l a i n u s i t a t a A n d e r s o n i n B u c c e l l a t e n e r r i m a ( B a n d y ) . There a r e s e v e r a l s p e c i e s o f B u c c e l l a w h i c h a r e q u i t e s i m i l a r . These i n c l u d e B. f r i g i d a (Cushman), B. t e n e r r i m a ( B a n d y ) , B. p a r k e r a e A n d e r s o n , B. d e p r e s s a A n d e r s o n , and forms w h i c h have been r e f e r r e d t o E p o n i d e s p e r u v i a n a ( d ' O r b i g n y ) . The two s p e c i e s r e c o g n i z e d i n t h i s m a t e r i a l , B u c c e l l a f r i g i d a and B. t e n e r r i m a , have been s e p a r a t e d i n a somewhat a r b i t r a r y manner on t h e b a s i s o f w h e t h e r o r n o t a k e e l i s p r e s e n t , as was done by A n d e r s o n , and on t h e number o f chambers i n t h e f i n a l w h o r l . L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953) s t a t e t h a t b o t h s p e c i e s may be k e e l e d b u t t h a t t h e k e e l o f \"B. i n u s i t a t a \" i s more pronounced. T y p i c a l specimens o f b o t h s p e c i e s a r e e a s i l y s e p a r a t e d b u t many specimens a r e more d i f f i c u l t t o p l a c e s p e c i f i c a l l y . Many specimens have a r i m o r a p a r t i a l r i m o f c l e a r b u t n o t p r o j e c t i n g s h e l l m a t e r i a l , l i k e t h e s u t u r e s and i n t o w h i c h t h e s u t u r e s c u r v e , a r o u n d a s u b a c u t e p e r i p h e r y , a f e a t u r e w h i c h d i s a p p e a r s i n one d i r e c t i o n i n a g r a d a t i o n a l sequence of specimens and becomes a pronounced, though n e v e r w i d e n o r p l a t e l i k e , k e e l i n t h e o t h e r . Thus, t h e s e p a r a t i o n t e n d s t o be a r b i t r a r y . N e i t h e r s p e c i e s , e x c e p t 188 f o r t y p i c a l f o r m s , shows c o n s t a n c y o f c h a r a c t e r i n r e l a t i v e h e i g h t o f t h e d o r s a l and v e n t r a l s i d e s , a n o t h e r c h a r a c t e r s u g g e s t e d as b e i n g s p e c i f i c a l l y d i s t i n c t i v e . F a m i l y CASSIDULIKIDAE Genus CASSIDULINA d ' O r b i g n y , 1826 ' C a s s i d u l i n a i s l a n d i c a NjSrvang ( P l a t e 19, F i g u r e s 3 and 4) C a s s i d u l i n a i s l a n d i c a N|6rvang, 1945, Z o o l o g y o f I c e l a n d , v o l . 2, p t . 2, p. 41, t e x t f i g s . 7, 8 d - f ; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 118-120, p i . 24, f i g . 1; Cooper, 1964, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res . , v o l . 15, p t . 3, p. 102, p i . 6, f i g . 21. C a s s i d u l i n a i s l a n d i c a N^rvang forma m i n u t a N^rvang, 1945, Z o o l o g y o f I c e l a n d , v o l . 2, p t . 2, p. 43, t e x t f i g s . 8a-c; P a r k e r , 1952a, Mus. Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 9, p. 421, p i . 6, f i g s . 22, 23, P h l e g e r , 1952, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2, p. 83, p i . 14, f i g , 30. C a s s i d u l i n a i s l a n d i c a N ^rvang v a r . m i n u t a NgSrvang, Cushman, 1948, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 23, pp. 75, 76, p i . 8, f i g . 1 1 . C a s s i d u l i n a i s l a n d i c a N?5rvang v a r . n o r v a n g i Thalmann, 1952, . I n : P h l e g e r , . C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2, p, 8 3 , ( f o o t n o t e ) . Hypotypes No. 104a, 104b, L o c . B-7077 - 104a- B-1214 - 104b. The f o r m a s c r i b e d t o C a s s i d u l i n a c a l i f o r n i c a Cushman and Hughes by C o c k b a i n (1963, t a b l e 2) m i g h t be e o n s p e c i f i e w i t h C. i s l a n d i c a , a l t h o u g h t h e o r i g i n a l d e s c r i p t i o n of C a s s i d u l i n a c a l i f o r n i c a Cushman and Hughes ( s e e E l l i s and M e s s i n a , 1940) s t a t e s t h a t t h e s u t u r e s a r e f l u s h w i t h t h e s u r f a c e , w h i l e t h o s e of C. i s l a n d i c a t e n d t o be s l i g h t l y d e p r e s s e d . 189 Todd (1958, p e r s o n a l communication) r e p o r t e d C. i s l a n d i c a f r o m t h e m a s s i v e g l a c i o - m a r i n e d e p o s i t s and bedded s e d i m e n t s i n t h e Juneau a r e a . The p r e s e n t specimens seem t o be somewhat more compressed t h a n t h e f o r m f i g u r e d by N{\u00C2\u00A3rvang. Buzas (1965a, pp. 25, 26, p i . 5, f i g s . 2, 3) r e f e r s some o f t h e forms i n t h i s synonymy t o a new s p e c i e s C a s s i d u l i n a b a r b a r a B u z a s . He p r o b a b l y i s c o r r e c t i n t h i s r e v i s i o n b u t e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e w a l l s t r u c t u r e i s n e c e s s a r y t o a f f i r m t h i s t a x o n o m i c change. C a s s i d u l i n a c r a s s a d'Orbigny o f F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n (1965, p. 47, p i . 2, f i g , 14) i n a l l l i k e l i h o o d i s c o n s p e c i f i c w i t h t h e p r e s e n t specimens, b u t t h e f i g u r e i s p o o r . C a s s i d u l i n a i s l a n d i c a N^rvang ( ? ) ( P l a t e 19, F i g u r e 5) Hypotype No. 105, L o c . B-6891. A few specimens i n t h e m a t e r i a l f r o m B-6891 a r e q u e s t i o n a b l y r e f e r r e d t o t h i s s p e c i e s . They o c c u r w i t h C a s s i d u l i n a i s l a n d i c a and C. t e r e t i s , b o t h of w h i c h t h e y r e s e m b l e t o some d e g r e e . They have t h e opaque w a l l t h a t C. i s l a n d i c a has i n t h e p r e s e n t m a t e r i a l and a r e o t h e r w i s e s i m i l a r t o i s l a n d i c a e x c e p t t h a t t h e s u t u r e s a r e n o t much i n d e n t e d and t h e y a r e l a r g e r t h a n CI. i s l a n d i c a as i t i s found i n t h i s s t u d y . The a p p e a r a n c e o f t h e w a l l may be due t o p r e s e r -v a t i o n . These specimens f r o m B-6891 r e s e m b l e C. t e r e t i s i n o v e r a l l shape b u t l a c k t h e k e e l t h a t i s t y p i c a l o f t h a t s p e c i e s ; t h e r e a r e , however, k e e l e s s forms r e f e r r e d t o C. t e r e t i s i n t h e p r e s e n t m a t e r i a l . The p e r i p h e r y o f t h i s f o r m f r o m B-6891 i s s h a r p e r t h a n t h a t of t y p i c a l C. i s l a n d i c a , c e r t a i n l y , b u t n o t as s h a r p as t y p i c a l _C. t e r e t i s o r even t h a n t h e specimens o f C. t e r e t i s l a c k i n g a k e e l . The a p e r t u r a l a r e a s o f most o f t h e s e i n d i v i d u a l s a r e damaged, b u t examin-a t i o n s u g g e s t s t h a t t h e a p e r t u r e s r e s e m b l e t h o s e o f b o t h C. i s l a n d i c a and (3. t e r e t i s . 190 C a s s i d u l i n a n o r c r o s s i Cushman ( P l a t e 19, F i g u r e 6) C a s s i d u l i n a n o r c r o s s i Cushman, 1933b, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 89, no. 9, p. 7, p i . 2, f i g . 7; 1944, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 12, p. 35, p i . 4, f i g . 26; 1948, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 23, p. 75, p i . 8, f i g . 12; Nj^rvang, 1945, Z o o l o g y o f I c e l a n d , v o l . 2, p t . 2, p. 44, t e x t f i g . 10; P a r k e r , 1948, Mus. Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . , v o l . 100, no. 2, p i . 6, f i g . 2; 1952a, Mus. Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 9, p. 422, p i . 6, f i g s . 24, 25. 1 I s l a n d i e l l a n o r c r o s s i (Cushman)^ F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , 1964, Norges G e o l . U n ders., no. 225, pp. 325, 326, p i . 16, f i g . 20; p i . 17, f i g . 1. n o t C a s s i d u l i n a n o r c r o s s i Cushman, P h l e g e r , 1952, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2, p. 83, p i . 14, f i g . 22 ( w h i c h i s C. t e r e t i s Tappan). Hypotype No. 105, L o c . D-1215. Two specimens f r o m D-1215 f r o m Graham I s l a n d b e l o n g t o t h i s s p e c i e s . The f i g u r e g i v e n by F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n on p l a t e 16 shows a k e e l and does n o t a p p e a r c o n s p e c i f i c w i t h C a s s i d u l i n a n o r c r o s s i o f t h i s r e p o r t . The v a l i d i t y o f t h e genus I s l a n d i e l l a has n o t been d e t e r m i n e d t o t h e s a t i s f a c t i o n o f t h i s a u t h o r a t t h e p r e s e n t t i m e . C a s s i d u l i n a t e r e t i s Tappan ( P l a t e 19, F i g u r e 7; P l a t e 20, F i g u r e s 1 and 2) C a s s i d u l i n a l a e v i g a t a d ' O r b i g n y , B r a d y , 1884, R e p t . Voy. C h a l l e n g e r , v o l . 9 ( Z o o l . ) , p. 428, p i . 54, f i g s . 1-3; Cushman, 1948, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 23, p. 73, p i . 8, f i g . 8. C a s s i d u l i n a t e r e t i s Tappan, 1951, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 2, p t . 1, p. 7, p i . 1, f i g . 30; L o e b l i c h and Tappan, 1953, S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . 191 C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7, pp. 121, 122, p i . 24, f i g s . 3, 4. C a s s i d u l i n a n o r c r o s s i Cushman, P h l e g e r , 1952, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2, p. 83, p i . 14, f i g . 22. I s l a n d i e l l a t e r e t i s (Tappan), F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , 1964, Norges G e o l . Unders., no. 225, p. 327, p i . 16, f i g . 17; 1965, N o r s k P o l a r i n s t i t u t t M e d d e l e l s e r , no. 93, p. 47, p i . 2, f i g s . 15, 16. Hypotypes No. 107a, 107b, 107c, L o c . B-7077 - 107a; D-1209 - 107b; D-1211 - 107c. C a s s i d u l i n a t e r e t i s a p p e a r s t o be v e r y s i m i l a r t o C a s s i d u l i n a l i m b a t a Cushman and Hughes, d e s c r i b e d f r o m t h e P l i o c e n e o f Timms P o i n t , C a l i f o r n i a , b u t d i f f e r s m a i n l y i n l a c k i n g t h e \" p i n c h e d i n \" c h a r a c t e r o f t h e c e n t r a l p a r t o f t h e chambers of \u00C2\u00A3. l i m b a t a as o r i g i n a l l y d e s c r i b e d by Cushman and Hughes ( s e e E l l i s and M e s s i n a , 1 9 4 0 ) . The f o r m r e f e r r e d t o C. l i m b a t a by L a n k f o r d MS (1962, p. 142, p i . 6, f i g . 4) does n o t show t h i s f e a t u r e c l e a r l y . S i n c e C o c k b a i n (1963, t a b l e 2) g i v e s o n l y a check l i s t (no s y s t e m a t i c d e s c r i p t i o n s and f i g u r e s ) , i t i s i m p o s s i b l e t o d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r t h e specimens a s c r i b e d by h i m t o C. l i m b a t a a r e c o n s p e c i f i c w i t h t h e p r e s e n t s p e c i m e n s . I t i s , however, p o s s i b l e t h a t e i t h e r o r b o t h o f t h e s e forms s h o u l d be c o n s i d e r e d c o n s p e c i f i c w i t h jC. t e r e t i s . T o potypes o f C. l i m b a t a o f Cushman and Todd (1947a, p. 22, p i . 4, f i g . 4) have been examined and may be c o n s p e c i f i c w i t h t h e p r e s e n t s p e c i m e n s . As i d e n t i f i e d i n t h e p r e s e n t m a t e r i a l , t h i s s p e c i e s d i f f e r s f r o m t h e d e s c r i p t i o n g i v e n by Tappan i n some ways. F i r s t , t h e k e e l , t h o u g h t s p e c i f i c a l l y d i s t i n c t i v e by Tappan, I s m i s s i n g i n t h e l a t e r chambers o f many specimens o r p o o r l y d e v e l o p e d t h r o u g h o u t o r i s n o t p r e s e n t a t a l l on many specimens, specimens w h i c h a r e o t h e r w i s e most s i m i l a r t o and h e r e c o n s i d e r e d c o n s p e c i f i c w i t h t h e k e e l e d forms. Complete v a r i a t i o n o f t h e development of t h e k e e l may be p r e s e n t i n t h e same samples, w i t h some c a s e s , s u c h as t h e forms from t h e Vancouver a r e a , 192 t e n d i n g t o be m a i n l y t h i n l y k e e l e d i f k e e l e d a t a l l . Second, on some I n d i v i d u a l t h e s u t u r e s may become s l i g h t l y d e p r e s s e d , e s p e c i a l l y between l a t e r chambers. The d e g r e e o f l i m b a t i o n v a r i e s s l i g h t l y f r o m s l i g h t l y t o m o d e r a t e l y s o . W i t h r e s p e c t t o t h e k e e l , t h e f o r m I d e n t i f i e d by Cushman as C a s s i d u l i n a l a e v i g a t a d ' O r bigny shows no k e e l on t h e f i g u r e d s p ecimen. I n t h i s r e g a r d , i t i s l i k e some o f t h e p r e s e n t s p e c i m e n s . L o e b l i c h and Tappan (1953) synonymized t h i s r e f e r e n c e o f Cushman's i n \" p a r t \" b u t g i v e no d i s c u s s i o n o f why. One must assume t h a t Cushman's c o l l e c t i o n s were examined and t h a t o n l y p a r t o f t h e group ap p e a r e d t o L o e b l i c h and Tappan t o be C. t e r e t i s ; s i n c e t h e y g i v e t h e p l a t e and f i g u r e numbers, one must assume t h a t t h e y c o n s i d e r e d t h e f i g u r e d specimen t o be C. t e r e t i s , a l t h o u g h t h e y s t a t e t h a t C. t e r e t i s d i f f e r s f r o m C. l a e v i g a t a i n h a v i n g a k e e l and a l e s s l o b a t e p e r i p h e r y . ( ? ) C a s s i d u l i n a t e r e t i s Tappan ( P l a t e 20, F i g u r e 3) Hypotype No. 108, L o c . D-1211. A few p r o b a b l e c a s s i d u l l n i d s o c c u r r i n g i n t h e B urnaby L a k e m a t e r i a l a r e q u e s t i o n a b l y r e f e r r e d t o t h i s t a x o n . They appear t o be immature, p r o b a b l y m e g a l o s p h e r i c , specimens o f C a s s i d u l i n a t e r e t i s , w h i c h o c c u r s i n abundance w i t h them. They c o n s i s t of a l a r g e p r o l o c u l a r chamber and t h r e e o r f o u r more chambers a r r a n g e d i n t h e c a s s i d u l i n e f a s h i o n , w i t h a c a s s i d u l i n e a p e r t u r e . T h r e e o r f o u r s p ecimens, grown beyond t h e p r o l o c u l a r chambers, e x h i b i t p e c u l i a r development s u g g e s t i n g C a s s i d u l i n o i d e s by u n c o i l i n g . T h i s development may a l s o be \" w i l d g r o w i n g , \" and, a t p r e s e n t , t h e group o f specimens i s t e n t a t i v e l y r e t a i n e d i n C a s s i d u l i n a t e r e t i s . 193 F a m i l y GLOBIGERINIDAE S u b f a m i l y G l o b i g e r i n i n a e Genus GLOBIGEJLLNA d ' O r b i g n y , 1826 G l o b i g e r i n a b u l l o i d e s d ' O r b i g n y ( P l a t e 20, F i g u r e s 4a and 4b) G l o b i g e r i n a b u l l o i d e s d ' O r b i g n y , 1826, Ann. S c i . N a t . , v o l . 7, modeles no. 76, R ecent A d r i a t i c Sea ( s e e E l l i s and M e s s i n a , 1 9 4 0 ) ; G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r , 1927, J o u r . P a l e o n . , v o l . 1, p. 40, p i . 7, f i g . 4; Bandy, 1950, J o u r . P a l e o n . , v o l . 24, no. 3, p. 279, p i . 42, f i g . 2; P h l e g e r , 1952, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2, no. 61, pp. 80-81 (no s y s t e m a t i c r e f e r e n c e ) , p i . 14, f i g s . 24, 28; L o e b l i c h and o t h e r s , 1957, U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . , 215, p i . 4, f i g . 1. Hypotype No. 109, L o c . B-7068. Specimens w h i c h a r e r a r e a t some o f t h e l o c a l i t i e s sampled have been a s s i g n e d t o t h i s s p e c i e s . No a t t e m p t has b e e n made a t a c o m p l e t e synonymy o f t h i s w i d e l y \u00E2\u0080\u0094 i d e n t i f i e d s p e c i e s . E a r l y r e f e r e n c e s c a n be f o u n d i n Cushman ( 1 9 1 4 ) , l a t e r ones i n L o e b l i c h and o t h e r s (1957, pp. 5 and 6 ) . More t h a n one s p e c i e s may be r e p r e s e n t e d h e r e , b u t t h e p a u c i t y o f specimens i n t h i s m a t e r i a l and t h e p r e s e n t s t a t e o f t h e taxonomy o f p l a n k t o n i c F o r a m i n i f e r a do n o t p e r m i t c l o s e r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . The work of Be (1960, pp. 64-68) i n d i c a t e s t h a t p r o b a b l y most n o r t h e r n specimens r e f e r r e d t o G l o b i g e r i n a b u l l o i d e s s h o u l d be i n s t e a d r e f e r r e d t o G. pachyderma. F o r t h e p r e s e n t , t h e a u t h o r has r e t a i n e d what Be w o u l d c a l l t h e e a r l y s t a g e i n G_. b u l l o i d e s . G l o b i g e r i n a pachyderma ( E h r e n b e r g ) ( P l a t e 20, F i g u r e s 5a and 5b and 6a and 6b) G l o b i g e r i n a pachyderma ( E h r e n b e r g ) , H. B. B r a d y , 1884, Rep. Voy. C h a l l e n g e r , 194 v o l . 9 ( Z o o l . ) , p. 600, p i . 114, f i g s . 19, 20; G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r , 192_, J o u r . P a l e o n . , v o l . 1, pp. 43, 44, p i . 7, f i g . 13; Cushman and Todd, 1947b, C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 23, p t . 3, no. 297, p. 70, p i . 16, f i g s . 27, 28; P h l e g e r , 1952, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2, no. 61, pp. 80, 81 (no s y s t e m a t i c r e f e r e n c e ) , p i . 14, f i g s . 31, 32; Be, 1960, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 11, p t . 2, no. 209, pp. 64-68 (no s y s t e m a t i c r e f e r e n c e ) , t e x t f i g . 1 ( i n p a r t a t l e a s t ) . Hypotypes No. 110a, 110b, L o c . D-1214 - 110a; B-7072 - 110b. See Cushman and Todd (1947b) f o r e a r l y r e f e r e n c e s . They and P h l e g e r ( P h l e g e r , 1952 and I9 6 0 , p. 215) r e p o r t t h i s i s a c h a r a c t e r i s t i c c o l d - w a t e r s p e c i e s . I t i s q u i t e easy t o r e c o g n i z e i n t h i s m a t e r i a l . The o r i g i n a l r e f e r e n c e t o t h i s s p e c i e s i s A r i s t o s p i r a pachyderma E h r e n b e r g . The o r i g i n a l r e f e r e n c e i s n o t a v a i l a b l e t o t h e p r e s e n t a u t h o r and t h e r e i s a c o n f l i c t i n t h e l i t e r a t u r e as t o t h e t y p e r e f e r e n c e . E l l i s and M e s s i n a (1940) and Cushman and Todd (1947b) g i v e 1872 (1873) as t h e o r i g i n a l d a t e , w h i l e G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r g i v e 1861. N e i t h e r r e f e r e n c e i s a v a i l a b l e , so t h e o r i g i n a l d e s c r i p t i o n has been o m i t t e d h e r e . F a m i l y ANOMALINIDAE S u b f a m i l y C i b i c i d i n a e Genus CIBICIDES M o n t f o r t , 1808 C i b i c i d e s l o b a t u l u s ( W a l k e r and J a c o b ) ( P l a t e 21, F i g u r e s l a and l b and 2a and 2b) N a u t i l u s l o b a t u l u s W a l k e r and J a c o b , 1798, I n : Adams E s s a y s , Kanmacher's ed., p. 672, p i . 14, f i g . 36, T r u n c a t u l i n a l o b a t u l a ( W alker and J a c o b ) , d ' O r b i g n y , 1846, Foram. F o s s . B a s s . T e r t . V i e n n e , p. 168, p i . 9, f i g s . 18-23; P a r k e r , Jones and B r a d y , 1871, Ann. 195 Mag. N a t . H i s t . s e r . 4, v o l . 8, p. 176, p i . 12, f i g . 136; Terquem, 1882, Soc. G e o l . F r a n c e , Mem., s e r . 3, tome 2, p. 94, p i . 9, f i g . ( 2 7 ) , f i g . 27; Bagg, 1912, U. S. G e o l . S urvey B u l l . 513, p. 82, p i . 24, f i g s . 9-14; . Cushman, 1915, U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 71, p a r t 5, pp. 31-33, t e x t f i g . 34, p i . 15, f i g . 1. C i b i c i d e s l o b a t u s ( d ' O r b i g n y ) , G a l l o w a y and W i s s l e r , 1927a,,Jour,. Paleon.., v o l . 1, pp. 64, 65, p i . 11, f i g . 1; Bandy, 1950, J o u r . P a l e o n . , v o l . 24, no. 3, p. 279, p i . 42, f i g . 9. C i b i c i d e s l o b a t u l u s ( W a l k e r and J a c o b ) , Cushman, 1931, 0. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 104, p t . 8, p. 118, p i . 21, f i g . 3; 1944, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., P u b l . 12, pp. 36, 37, p i . 4, f i g s . 27, 28; 1948, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 23, pp. 78, 79, p i . 3, f i g . 14; Cushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman L a b . Foram, Res., Spec. P u b l . 19, p. 45, p i . 8, f i g . 14; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 21, p. 23, p i . 4, f i g . 6; 1947b, C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 23, p t . 3, p. 71, p i . 16, f i g , 33; P a r k e r , 1952a, Mus. Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 9, p. 422, p i . 6, f i g . 26; 1952b, I b i d . , no. 10, p. 446, p i . 5, f i g . 11; P h l e g e r , 1952, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2, no. 61, p. 83, p i . 14, f i g . 29; Todd and Low, 1961, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 12, p t . 1, no. 217, p. 21, p i . 2, f i g . 20; L a n k f o r d MS, 1962, Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e n e a r s h o r e t u r b u l e n t zone, w e s t e r n U n i t e d S t a t e s and n o r t h w e s t M e x i c o ; Unpub. Ph.D. T h e s i s , U n i v . C a l i f o r n i a , San D i e g o , p. 144, p i . 6, f i g . 12; Cooper, 1964, C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram.. Res., v o l . 15, p t . 3, p. 102, p i . 6, f i g s . 19, 20; F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , -1.964, Norges :Geol. U n d e r s . , no. 225, p. 339, p i . 19, f i g . 1-3. Hypotype^ No. 11a, l i b , L o c . B-7076 - 11a; B-7077 - l i b . 196 Cushman and Todd (1947a) hy p o t y p e s have been examined. See Cushman (1931, p. 118) f o r f u r t h e r r e f e r e n c e s . Many forms w h i c h may n o t a l l be con-s p e c i f i c have been r e f e r r e d t o t h i s s p e c i e s . I t has a w i d e g e o g r a p h i c and l o n g g e o l o g i c r a n g e . Those forms r e f e r r e d t o as C i b i c i d e s l o b a t u s ( d ' O r b i g n y ) g i v e as t h e o r i g i n a l r e f e r e n c e \" T r u n c a t u l i n a l o b a t u l a d ' O r b i g n y , 1839\" A ( \" i n B a r k e r , Webb, and B e r t h e l o t , H i s t . N a t . l i e s C a n a r i e s , v o l . 2, p t . 2 ' F o r a m i n i f e r e s , ' p. 134, p i . 2, f i g s . 2 2 - 2 4 \" ) . Cushman a l s o (1914, p.. 31, p i . 15, f i g . 1) g i v e s t h e r e f e r e n c e under t h e name T r u n c a t u l i n a l o b a t u l a d ' O r bigny ( 1 8 3 9 ) . T hat r e f e r e n c e i s n o t a v a i l a b l e t o t h e p r e s e n t a u t h o r , so i t i s h e r e i m p o s s i b l e f o r me t o d e t e r m i n e t h e name a c t u a l l y used by d'Orbigny i n 1839 i n h i s Canary I s l a n d s t u d y ; however, he may have emended t h e s p e c i e s t h e r e i n . C o c k b a i n (1963, t a b l e 2) l i s t s C i b i c i d e s l o b a t u l u s ( W a l k e r and J a c o b ) . Todd (1958, p e r s o n a l communication) l i s t s t h i s s p e c i e s f r o m two l o c a l i t i e s i n t h e Juneau a r e a . A l l t h e forms l i s t e d i n t h e synonymy a p p e a r t o be c o n s p e c i f i c b u t t h e r e i s much v a r i a b i l i t y o f shape w i t h i n t h e s p e c i e s . Specimens a s s i g n e d t o t h i s s p e c i e s o c c u r i n most o f t h e p r e s e n t samples. Those f r o m H i g h b u r y T u n n e l , V a n c o u v e r , a r e g e n e r a l l y more r e g u l a r i n shape t h a n t h o s e f r o m e l s e w h e r e . Genus DYOCIBICIDES Cushman and V a l e n t i n e , 1930 D y o c i b i c i d e s b i s e r i a l i s 'Cushman and V a l e n t i n e , ( P l a t e 22, F i g u r e s l a and l b ) T r u n c a t u l i n a v a r i a b i l i s d ' O r b i g n y , Bagg, 1912, U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y B u l l . 513, p. 84, p i . 24, f i g . 5 and ?4; ? Cushman, 1914, U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 71, p t . 5, p. 33, t e x t f i g . 35. D y o c i b i c i d e s b i s e r i a l i s Cushman and V a l e n t i n e , 1930, C o n t r i b . Dept. G e o l . S t a n f o r d U n i v . , v o l . 1, no. 1, p. 31, p i . 10, f i g s . 1, 2; Cushman, 1931 197 U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 104, p t . 8, p. 126, p i . 24, f i g . 2; 1940, F o r a m i n i f e r a , 3 r d ed., p i . 28, f i g . 7, Key p i . 36, f i g . 12; Gushman and Gray, 1946, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 19, p. 46, p i . . 8, f i g s . 18, 19; Cushman and Todd, 1947a, Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 21, p. 23, p i . 4, f i g . 8; 1947b, C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 23, p t . 3, no. 297, p. 72, p i . 16, f i g s . 34, 35; L a n k f o r d MS, 1962, Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e n e a r s h o r e t u r b u l e n t zone, w e s t e r n U n i t e d S t a t e s and n o r t h w e s t M e x i c o ; Unpub. Ph.D. T h e s i s , U n i v . C a l i f o r n i a , San D i e g o , p. 148, p i . 6,. f i g s . 16, 17. Hypotype No. 112, L o c . B-7076. Cushman and Todd (1947a) h y p o t y p e s have been examined. See Cushman and Gray (1946, p. 46) f o r f u r t h e r r e f e r e n c e s . Bagg's f i g u r e s a r e a f t e r t h o s e o f t h e C h a l l e n g e r R e p o r t . H i s f i g u r e 5 c e r t a i n l y l o o k s l i k e t h i s s p e c i e s b u t t h e r e i s more q u e s t i o n a b out h i s f i g u r e 4. Some forms r e f e r r e d t o C i b i c i d e l l a v a r i a b i l i s ( d ' O r b i g n y ) may be e o n s p e c i f i e w i t h D y o c i b i c i d e s b i s e r i a l i s . I n t h e p r e s e n t m a t e r i a l , young specimens o f D. b i s e r i a l i s a p p a r e n t l y c a n n o t be s e p a r a t e d t a x o n o m i c a l l y f r o m C i b i c i d e s l o b a t u l u s a l t h o u g h young D y o c i b i c i d e s b i s e r i a l i s may have more w h o r l s t h a n C i b i c i d e s l o b a t u l u s i n t h e c l o s e - c o i l e d p a r t o f t h e t e s t . S i n c e specimens o f t h e l a t t e r g r e a t l y outnumber t h e f o r m e r , young specimens a r e a s c r i b e d t o C i b i c i d e s l o b a t u l u s . F u r t h e r , i f L a n k f o r d (1962, pp. 148, 149) i s c o r r e c t i n s t a t i n g t h a t many specimens o f D y o c i b i c i d e s b i s e r i a l i s do n o t u n c o i l i n t h e a d u l t , many of t h e p r e s e n t specimens r e f e r r e d t o C i b i c i d e s l o b a t u l u s may be D y o c i b i c i d e s b i s e r i a l i s . 198 DESCRIPTION OF LOCALITIES M a t e r i a l s f r o m t h e f o l l o w i n g l o c a l i t i e s have been d e p o s i t e d i n t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f C a l i f o r n i a Museum o f P a l e o n t o l o g y , B e r k e l e y , C a l i f o r n i a , under t h e a c c e s s i o n number 1955. A d u p l i c a t e s e t o f h y p o t y p e s has been d e p o s i t e d w i t h t h e U n i v e r s i t y of B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a , Department o f G e o l o g y , V a n c o u v e r , B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a . L o c a l i t y numbers a r e t h o s e o f t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f C a l i f o r n i a Museum of P a l e o n t o l o g y . The age o f a l l l o c a l i t i e s i s presumed t o be l a t e P l e i s t o c e n e . A l l J u n e a u - a r e a l o c a l i t i e s a r e found on t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s G e o l o g i c a l S u r v e y maps Juneau B-2 and B-3, e d i t i o n o f 1947, w i t h a s c a l e o f 1:63,360. A l l Vancouver a r e a l o c a l i t i e s can be f o u n d on t h e V a ncouver, B. C. Sheet 92G second s t a t u s e d i t i o n , 1962, B r i t i s h C o l umbia Department of L a n d s , F o r e s t s , and Water R e s o u r c e s , w i t h a s c a l e o f 1:250,000. The c o l l e c t o r was t h e p r e s e n t a u t h o r u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d . D-1208 T h i s sample was c o l l e c t e d by J . E. A r m s t r o n g i n 1964. I t c o r r e s p o n d s t o h i s f i e l d sample number Fs AB1-1963, f i e l d p r o j e c t 54-10. The l o c a l i t y was d e s c r i b e d as i n a new r o a d c u t w i t h a bank exposed f o r two o r t h r e e weeks, and b e i n g 25 f e e t below t h e l a n d s u r f a c e , w h i c h i s 60 t o 65 f e e t above sea l e v e l . The r o a d c u t was d e s c r i b e d as b e i n g on t h e new Trans-Canada Highway a t F o r t L a n g l e y , New W e s t m i n s t e r map a r e a w i t h c o o r d i n a t e s o f 49\u00C2\u00B010' and 122\u00C2\u00B035'. S h e l l s were s e e n i n t h e C l o v e r d a l e c l a y w h i c h A r m s t r o n g b e l i e v e d t o u n d e r l i e t h e Whatcom g l a c i o - m a r i n e c l a y n e a r b y . A r a d i o c a r b o n d a t e o f 11,930 + 190 was p r e v i o u s l y o b t a i n e d f o r t h e s h e l l m a t e r i a l . 199 D-1209 C o l l e c t e d i n 1961, t h i s l o c a l i t y has t h e c o o r d i n a t e s 49\u00C2\u00B039 ,30\" and 123\u00C2\u00B09 ,40\", w i t h an e l e v a t i o n o f a p p r o x i m a t e l y 50 f e e t above s e a . . l e v e l . There i s a c u t bank about 25 f e e t h i g h on Shannon Creek j u s t w e s t o f t h e b r i d g e c r o s s i n g Shannon Creek on t h e highway t o Squamish, about t h r e e m i l e s s o u t h o f Squamish on t h e e a s t s i d e o f Howe Sound. The t o p one t o two f e e t o f t h e e x p o s u r e a r e p e a t , u n d e r l a i n by t h r e e t o f i v e f e e t o f i r o n - s t a i n e d , c o b b l y , sandy d e b r i s , u n d e r l a i n by about 20 f e e t of m a r i n e m a t e r i a l . T h i s m a r i n e m a t e r i a l a p p e a r s v e r y c l a y e y , b u t c o n t a i n s much s i l t and s a n d . I t i s somewhat bedded, w i t h l a y e r s o f c o a r s e r m a t e r i a l , m a i n l y sandy m a t r i x w i t h p e b b l e s , c o b b l e s and a few b o u l d e r s , i n t e r b e d d e d i n t h e more common c l a y e y m a t e r i a l . The c l a y e y m a t e r i a l i t s e l f c o n t a i n s q u i t e a few p e b b l e s , some rounded, some q u i t e a n g u l a r . A p p a r e n t l y a g r e a t d e a l o f s l u m p i n g has o c c u r r e d i n t h e d e p o s i t - , s i n c e t h e c o a r s e r - g r a i n e d \" beds\" may be s e e n t o be t r u n c a t e d a l o n g presumed s m a l l f a u l t p l a n e s d i p p i n g about 10\u00C2\u00B0 t o 20\u00C2\u00B0 f r o m t h e v e r t i c a l t o w a r d t h e e a s t , and d i s p l a c e d f o r d i s t a n c e s up t o s e v e r a l f e e t . Near t h e s e and o t h e r f a u l t s , w h i c h a r e e i t h e r a p p a r e n t l y n e a r e r t o h o r i z o n t a l o r h o r i z o n t a l , o r t o f e a t u r e s w h i c h a p p e a r t o be b e n d i n g l i n e s o f s l u m p i n g , b r e c c i a t i o n a l s o has o c c u r r e d . The base of t h e e x p o s u r e shows about t h r e e f e e t o f m a i n l y sandy m a t e r i a l . The \" b e d d i n g , \" where u n d i s t u r b e d , i s e s s e n t i a l l y h o r i z o n t a l . F o s s i l s were c o l l e c t e d f r o m about t h e m i d d l e o f t h e e x p o s u r e a t t h e base o f t h e f r e s h bank above r e c e n t l y slumped m a t e r i a l . The e x p o s u r e i s medium g r a y i n c o l o r , b e i n g a b i t d a r k e r u n d e r n e a t h t h e w e a t h e r e d s u r f a c e . F o s s i l s s e e n were n o t abundant and were i n p o o r c o n d i t i o n , b u t were r e p r e s e n t e d by c a l c a r e o u s m a t e r i a l as w e l l as c a s t s . C o n s i d e r a b l e p l a n t m a t e r i a l s u c h as woody f r a g m e n t s , c o n i f e r o u s n e e d l e s and one a l d e r - l i k e l e a f were s e e n a l s o . 200 D-1210 T h i s sample was c o l l e c t e d by W. Hay i n 1961. He d e s c r i b e d t h e l o c a l i t y as \" s h e l l - b e a r i n g s t o n y m a r i n e c l a y (from) H i g h b u r y S t r e e t T u n n e l - 6,200 f e e t f r o m [ t h e ] n o r t h end, [ a t ] t h e b a s e o f t h e P l e i s t o c e n e s u c c e s s i o n i n [ t h e ] t u n n e l 250 f e e t ( a p p r o x i m a t e l y ) b e l o w t h e s u r f a c e , a p p r o x i m a t e l y a t 1 9 t h Avenue.\" The a c t u a l e l e v a t i o n above sea l e v e l i s n o t s t a t e d b u t i t must be a t l e a s t 100 f e e t . The b a s i s f o r t h e c o n c l u s i o n t h a t t h i s sample i s a t t h e b a s e o f t h e P l e i s t o c e n e s u c c e s s i o n i s n o t known by t h e p r e s e n t a u t h o r . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 49\u00C2\u00B015 ,20\" and 1 2 3 u l l ' . T h i s sample was r e l a t i v e l y s m a l l , c o n t a i n e d i n a . f i v e i n c h by e i g h t i n c h c l o t h bag. D-1211 T h i s sample was c o l l e c t e d i n 1961 from a sewer e x c a v a t i o n a l o n g Government Road between t h e Lougheed Highway and Burnaby L a k e , about o n e - f o u r t h t o o n e - h a l f m i l e n o r t h of Burnaby L a k e . The e x c a v a t i o n was a p p r o x i m a t e l y 15 f e e t deep, w i t h s t o n y m a r i n e c l a y w i t h many c o n t a i n e d m e g a f o s s i l s , o v e r l a i n by p e a t w i t h sandy t i l l a t t h e t o p o f t h e e x c a v a t i o n . The p e a t has been d a t e d by r a d i o c a r b o n methods a t a p p r o x i m a t e l y 12,000 y e a r s o l d . S t o n y m a r i n e c l a y was r e p o r t e d t o be l e n s - l i k e , t h i n n i n g f r o m a t h i c k n e s s of f i v e f e e t t o z e r o f e e t a l o n g a d i s t a n c e o f s e v e r a l hundred y a r d s o f t h e t r e n c h . The c o o r d i n a t e s o f t h i s sample a r e 49\u00C2\u00B015'20\" and 1 2 2 0 5 6 ' and t h e e l e v a t i o n i s l e s s t h a n 100 f e e t above s e a l e v e l . 201 D-1212 T h i s sample was c o l l e c t e d i n 1964 by J . E. A r m s t r o n g . I t c o r r e s p o n d s t o a sample c o l l e c t e d by J . E. A r m s t r o n g and J . G. F y l e s i n 1963 w i t h t h e f i e l d sample number Fw AF2-1963, f i e l d p r o j e c t number 54-10. I t was r e c o r d e d as b e i n g f r o m K i n g George Highway, Deas I s l a n d Thruway, S u r r e y M u n i c i p a l i t y . The e l e v a t i o n was g i v e n as 250 +_ 10 f e e t . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 49\u00C2\u00B002 l30\" and 122\u00C2\u00B047 r. The l o c a l i t y c o l l e c t e d was i n a r o a d c u t and d i t c h , e i g h t t o t e n f e e t below t h e s u r f a c e on an exposed f a c e w h i c h had been exposed f o r f r o m s i x months t o a y e a r . The sediment i s s t o n y , c l a y e y s i l t w i t h abundant s h e l l s and i t u n d e r l i e s S u n n y s i d e - t y p e sands ( m o r a i n e ) . S h e l l s f r o m t h e same m a t e r i a l s e v e r a l hundred y a r d s away gave a r a d i o c a r b o n age o f 12,625 _ 450 y e a r s . D-1213 J . E , A r m s t r o n g c o l l e c t e d t h i s sample i n 1964 t o c o r r e s p o n d w i t h h i s e a r l i e r ( O c t o b e r , I960) c o l l e c t i o n g i v e n t h e f i e l d number / 1-60 f o r f i e l d p r o j e c t 54-10. (The t e r m i n o l o g y f o r t h e s e samples f r o m t h e V a n c o u v e r a r e a c a n be found i n A r m s t r o n g (1956, D e p t. M i n e s and T e c h . S u r v e y s , G e o l . S u r v e y Canada, Paper 55-40, S u r f i c i a l G e o l o g y o f V a n c o u v e r a r e a , B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a ) ) . The l o c a l i t y was d e s c r i b e d as b e i n g a g r a v e l p i t w i t h a f a c e exposed f o r about one month. I t c o n t a i n e d Newton s t o n y c l a y and S u r r e y t i l l ( l a t e r a l e q u i v a l e n t s l o c a l l y ) o v e r l a i n by Bose g r a v e l and u n d e r l a i n by C o l e b r o o k g r a v e l . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 49\u00C2\u00B0l' and 123\u00C2\u00B04'. D-1214 A. S u r t h e r l a n d Brown, who p r o v i d e d D-1214 and D-1215, s t a t e d (1962, p e r s o n a l communication) t h a t b o t h came fr o m t h e e a s t c o a s t o f Graham I s l a n d , t h r e e and o n e - h a l f m i l e s n o r t h o f E a g l e H i l l . D-1214 \" i s f r o m a d i s t i n c t u n i t 202 t h a t on t h e whole i s more t i l l - l i k e t h a n t h e u n d e r l y i n g u n i t \" f r o m w h i c h D-1215 comes, \" a l t h o u g h t h e specimens l o o k much a l i k e . \" B o t h D-1214 and D-1215 were r e l a t i v e l y s m a l l samples, b e i n g about 64 c u b i c i n c h e s o f m a t e r i a l . D-1215 See D-1214 above. L a k e l s e S l i d e Samples The c o o r d i n a t e s o f t h e s e samples a r e : f r o m between 54\u00C2\u00B020 ! and 54\u00C2\u00B025' n o r t h and j u s t west (ab o u t a m i l e ) o f 128\u00C2\u00B030' w e s t . These L a k e l s e s l i d e samples come f r o m c o r e m a t e r i a l s f r o m t h r e e t e s t h o l e s d r i l l e d I n t h e s l i d e m a t e r i a l a t L a k e l s e on t h e r o a d f r o m K i t i m a t t o T e r r a c e , B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a . The c o r e s and i n f o r m a t i o n a b out them were p r o v i d e d by t h e B r i t i s h C o l umbia Department o f Highways and a d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n was g i v e n by W. H. Mathews (1964, p e r s o n a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n ) . The c o r e d i a m e t e r i s t h r e e i n c h e s . D-1216 T h i s sample i s f r o m 20 t o 22 f e e t b e l o w t h e p r e s e n t s u r f a c e o f t e s t h o l e 15 w h i c h i s a t 307 +_ 2 f e e t above sea l e v e l . I t c o n s i s t e d o f \" b l u e c l a y , \" t h e e n g i n e e r i n g t e r m f o r t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c g l a c i o - m a r i n e m a t e r i a l examined i n t h i s s t u d y . A l l t h e s l i d e m a t e r i a l had o f c o u r s e moved somewhat from o r i g i n a l l e v e l s , p r i o r t o d r i l l i n g . D-1217 T h i s sample i s f r o m 50 t o 52 f e e t below t h e s u r f a c e o f t e s t h o l e 15, and a l s o c o n s i s t e d o f \" b l u e c l a y . \" 203 D-1218 The m a t e r i a l o f t h i s sample i s f r o m 45 t o 47 f e e t b e l o w t h e t o p o f t e s t h o l e 24, w h i c h t o p was r e p o r t e d t o be l o c a t e d a t 244.4 f e e t above s e a l e v e l . The sample, a c c o r d i n g t o t h e d r i l l i n g l o g , i s e i t h e r \" g r a y c l a y e y s i l t \" o r \"g r a y sandy s i l t . \" The c o r e m a t e r i a l a p p e a r e d and behaved s i m i l a r l y t o t h e above l i s t e d \" b l u e c l a y \" when washed by t h e a u t h o r . D-1219 D-1219 i s f r o m 9 t o 11 f e e t b e l o w t h e t o p o f t e s t h o l e 23. (The t o p i s r e p o r t e d t o have been a t 246.4 f e e t above sea l e v e l . ) The m a t e r i a l f a l l s between what i s d e s c r i b e d on t h e d r i l l i n g l o g as \" g r a y s i l t y c l a y \" and \" b l u e c l a y . \" I t was d e s c r i b e d as b e i n g d i s t u r b e d and s a t u r a t e d ; t h i s a g r e e s w i t h t h e a u t h o r ' s o b s e r v a t i o n o f i r o n - s t a i n i n g and o t h e r e v i d e n c e o f w e a t h e r i n g , A g a i n t h e app e a r a n c e and b e h a v i o r o f t h e sample on w a s h i n g was s i m i l a r t o t h a t o f t h o s e l i s t e d above. D-1200 D-1220 i s f r o m 25 t o 27 f e e t b e l o w t h e t o p o f t e s t h o l e 23. I t was d e s c r i b e d as was D-1219 and a l s o was i r o n - s t a i n e d , and on w a s h i n g , behaved and l o o k e d l i k e t h e m a t e r i a l d e s c r i b e d above. D-1221 T h i s sample i s f r o m 79 t o 81 f e e t b e l o w t h e t o p o f t e s t h o l e 23 and was d e s c r i b e d as \" b l u e c l a y \" o r \" s i l t y c l a y \" i n t h e d r i l l i n g l o g . I t appeared and behaved s i m i l a r l y t o t h e o t h e r L a k e l s e s l i d e samples when i t was washed and p r e p a r e d f o r s t u d y . 204 Juneau A r e a L o c a l i t i e s B-6891 T h i s l o c a l i t y was c o l l e c t e d i n J u l y , 1959, a t what was t h e n a t t h e end of N o r t h Douglas Road, Douglas I s l a n d . T h i s p o i n t i s marked by B u r e a u o f P u b l i c Roads benchmark 461 14.2. The sample f r o m B-6891 was c o l l e c t e d i n a r o a d c u t bank 15 t o 30 f e e t h i g h where s t o n y m a r i n e c l a y I s exposed about 50 t o 80 f e e t b a c k f r o m and upward f r o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 15 f e e t above t h e p r e s e n t h i g h t i d e mark l o c a t e d a c r o s s t h e r o a d f r o m t h e e x p o s u r e . The sample was t a k e n f r o m a l a t e r a l d i s t a n c e o f a p p r o x i m a t e l y 5 t o 50 f e e t e a s t o f t h e benchmark. The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B019' and 134\u00C2\u00B037'. B-6892 T h i s l o c a l i t y i s w i t h i n t h r e e f e e t west o f t h e benchmark 461 14.2 ment i o n e d above. I t i s i n a 5 - f o o t h i g h e x p o s u r e o f s i l t and s l a t e p e b b l e s w i t h many m a r i n e m e g a f o s s i l s , e s p e c i a l l y l i m p e t s h e l l s , i n c l u d e d . T h i s d e p o s i t a p p e a r s t o r e p r e s e n t an o l d beach c u t i n t o t h e s t o n y m a r i n e c l a y o f B-6891. R a i s e d beaches a r e e x t r e m e l y r a r e l y r e c o g n i z e d i n t h e A l e x a n d e r A r c h i p e l a g o and t h i s i s t h e o n l y one fo u n d i n t h e p r e s e n t s t u d y . I t i s about 10 f e e t above t h e p r e s e n t h i g h t i d e mark and i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 30 f e e t w i d e . T r e e s o f f u l l s i z e a r e g r o w i n g on i t . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B019' and 134\u00C2\u00B037'. B-7074 T h i s l o c a l i t y i s on N o r t h Douglas Road, Douglas I s l a n d , a p p r o x i m a t e l y one q u a r t e r t o one h a l f m i l e e a s t o f B u r e a u o f P u b l i c Roads benchmark 461 14.2 me n t i o n e d above. M a t e r i a l was c o l l e c t e d f r o m a s e c t i o n about a q u a r t e r o f a 205 m i l e l o n g where s t o n y m a r i n e c l a y i s exposed i n a r o a d c u t 0 t o 15 f e e t h i g h . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B019'30\" and 134\u00C2\u00B036'. B-7067 T h i s l o c a l i t y i s on N o r t h D o u g l a s Road, about t h r e e q u a r t e r s o f a m i l e e a s t o f F i s h C r e e k . Gray g l a c i o - m a r i n e m a t e r i a l and r e d d i s h - b r o w n s o i l a r e i n a p a t c h y r e l a t i o n s h i p , g o i n g f r o m a g r a y c l a y t o g r a y s i l t t o r e d d i s h - b r o w n p e a t y s i l t and sand l a t e r a l l y . M a t e r i a l was c o l l e c t e d f r o m a 7 f o o t h i g h bank on t h e n o r t h s i d e o f t h e r o a d . The e l e v a t i o n i s about 50 f e e t above s e a l e v e l . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B020 r and 134\u00C2\u00B034'30\". B-7072 M a t e r i a l was c o l l e c t e d f r o m exposed g l a c i o - m a r i n e d e p o s i t s o c c u r r i n g on b o t h s i d e s of t h e r o a d c u t a t t h e c r e s t o f N o r t h D o uglas Road, about one h a l f m i l e e a s t o f F i s h Creek. The s o u t h bank o f t h e r o a d c u t i s 10 f e e t h i g h and t h e n o r t h bank about f o u r f e e t h i g h . The e l e v a t i o n i s about 70 f e e t above sea l e v e l . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B020\" and 134\u00C2\u00B035'. B-7075 T h i s l o c a l i t y i s on t h e r o a d f r o m t h e town o f D o u g l a s , Douglas I s l a n d , t o t h e T r e a d w e l l mine. I t i s n o r t h of t h e mine c a r e t a k e r ' s (Hayes) house, about 150 f e e t s o u t h of t h e p r i v a t e p r o p e r t y s i g n p o s t a t t h e e n t r a n c e t o t h e T r e a d w e l l mine p r o p e r t y , and 100 y a r d s n o r t h o f t h e T r e a d w e l l d ynamite b u i l d i n g , t h e f i r s t mine b u i l d i n g e n c o u n t e r e d on t h e r o a d . A. t h r e e - f o o t h i g h bank of s t o n y m a r i n e c l a y i s o v e r l a i n by about one f o o t o f brown, p e a t y , sandy s o i l . M e g a f o s s i l s a r e abundant f o r about 30 f e e t a l o n g t h e west bank o f t h e road\u00C2\u00BB 206 A t one p l a c e a s i x - i n c h - t h i c k bed o f p e c t e n s extends h o r i z o n t a l l y back i n t o t h e bank.and s e e m i n g l y r e p r e s e n t s a f l a t - l y i n g b ed. The e l e v a t i o n h e r e i s a b o u t 100 f e e t above s e a l e v e l . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B016' and 134\u00C2\u00B023'. B-7071 T h i s l o c a l i t y i s on t h e T r e a d w e l l D i t c h T r a i l a t P a r i s Greek, above t h e T r e a d w e l l mine r o a d , s o u t h of t h e town o f D o u g l a s . The s t r e a m c u t exposes up t o 20 f e e t o f g l a c i o - m a r i n e m a t e r i a l , e x t e n d i n g about 200 f e e t u p s t r e a m f r o m an o l d b r i d g e and t h e d r y D i t c h , on t h e s o u t h e r n t r i b u t a r i e s t o P a r i s C r e e k . w h i c h b r a n c h o f f above t h e D i t c h . The m a r i n e sediment wedges out on t h e T r e a d w e l l S l a t e about 200 f e e t up P a r i s Creek f r o m t h e b r i d g e . T h i s may mark a beach l i n e . Tan g r a v e l seems t o o v e r l i e t h e s t o n y m a r i n e c l a y on t h e t r i b u t a r i e s . T h e r e i s a p r o b a b l e m a r i n e t e r r a c e s t i l l h i g h e r and on muskeg above t h i s l o c a l i t y . The e l e v a t i o n o f t h e p r e s e n t l o c a l i t y i s about 450 f e e t above s e a l e v e l . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 5 8 0 1 6 * and 134\u00C2\u00B023 '30\"-, B-7068 T h i s l o c a l i t y i s l o c a t e d on t h e m a i n l a n d , n o r t h o f Juneau, on t h e Montana Creek T r a i l , a b o ut 100 y a r d s p a s t t h e end o f t h e Montana Creek Road ( 1 9 5 9 ) , There i s a n e x p o s u r e on t h e w e s t bank o f Montana Creek. I t i s composed of about 10 f e e t o f g r a y t i l l o v e r l a i n by 2 f e e t o f brown t i l l o r c l a y e y g r a v e l w i t h t h i n l a y e r s o f washed g r a v e l a t t h e t o p and b o t t o m . T h i s i n . t u r n i s o v e r l a i n by 10 f e e t o r more of c l a y w i t h t h i n sand l a m i n a e c o n t a i n i n g m a r i n e m e g a f o s s i l s and m i c r o f o s s i l s . The e l e v a t i o n a t t h i s , p o i n t on Montana C r e e k i s about 290 f e e t above.sea l e v e l . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e S S ^ e ^ O \" and 134\u00C2\u00B039 1. 207 B-7070 T h i s l o c a l i t y on t h e m a i n l a n d i s j u s t n o r t h o f Auke L a k e and a t t h e s o u t h edge of t h e p r e s e n t s e t t l e m e n t of Auke Bay on G l a c i e r Highway, n o r t h o f Juneau. I t i s a c r o s s t h e r o a d f r o m Auke Greek, 25 f e e t s o u t h o f a d r i v e -way on t h e B u r n e t t p r o p e r t y . T h e r e i s a r o a d c u t bank about 15 f e e t h i g h ; about se v e n f e e t of g r a y m a r i n e s t o n y c l a y o v e r l a i n by a b out s e v e n f e e t o f b r o w n i s h sand and g r a v e l and one f o o t of p e a t y s a n d . The e l e v a t i o n i s about 100 f e e t above sea l e v e l . M a t e r i a l was c o l l e c t e d where abundant b a r n a c l e s and some p e l e c y p o d s were seen, a l o n g a d i s t a n c e o f about 25 f e e t l a t e r a l l y . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B023\" and 134\u00C2\u00B038'. B-7077 T h i s l o c a l i t y , on G l a c i e r Highway a t t h e n o r t h end of Auke Bay, i s on a h i g h bank a l o n g t h e ocean where t h e r o a d r u n s i n a c u t about 40 f e e t above t h e w a t e r . T h i s c l i f f , w h i c h i s up t o 80 f e e t above sea l e v e l , i s formed i n g r e e n - s t o n e b e d r o c k w i t h s t o n y m a r i n e c l a y and d a r k g r a y and r e d d i s h - b r o w n slumped s o i l m a n t l i n g t h e b e d r o c k . F o s s i l s o c c u r t h r o u g h o u t t h e g l a c i o -m a r i n e m a t e r i a l . I t i s i m p o s s i b l e t o t e l l i f s t r a t i f i c a t i o n o c c u r s as t h e m a t e r i a l has slumped down t h e e x p o s u r e f a c e . Most o f t h e f o s s i l i f e r o u s m a t e r i a l c o l l e c t e d came from s o u t h o f t h e s m a l l g r a v e l p i t , w i t h some c o l l e c t e d f r o m one e x p o s u r e about 50 f e e t n o r t h o f t h e p i t . .The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B023' and 134 O40'30\". B-7069 T h i s l o c a l i t y i s on t h e G l a c i e r Highway i n t h e Auke V i l l a g e R e c r e a t i o n A r e a between I n d i a n P o i n t and P o i n t L o u i s a . I t i s j u s t s o u t h o f t h e s i g n 208 i n d i c a t i n g t h e R e c r e a t i o n A r e a . A 15 f o o t h i g h r o a d c u t bank o f g r a y g l a c i o -m a r i n e sediment i s about 100 f e e t above sea l e v e l . Abundant b u t f r a g m e n t a r y b a r n a c l e and o t h e r s h e l l m a t e r i a l i s s e e n . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B023' and 134\u00C2\u00B043 1. B-7066 T h i s l o c a l i t y i s a l s o on t h e G l a c i e r Highway, j u s t p a s t P o i n t L o u i s a ( n o r t h w e s t ) . T h e r e i s a r o a d c u t bank on t h e e a s t s i d e o f t h e r o a d . F o s s i l s a p pear t o o c c u r i n a 5 f o o t bank o f sediment about a t t h e c e n t e r of t h e e x p o s u r e v e r t i c a l l y . The e l e v a t i o n i s a b out 80 f e e t above sea l e v e l . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B023' and 134\u00C2\u00B044'. B-7065 L o c a t e d on t h e G l a c i e r Highway, t h i s l o c a l i t y i s g r a y s t o n y m a r i n e c l a y o v e r l a i n by up t o 10 f e e t o f g r a y , muddy, p o o r l y s t r a t i f i e d sand w i t h c o n c e n t r a t i o n s o f b a r n a c l e s and o t h e r s h e l l s . The s e c t i o n c o n t a i n i n g abundant f o s s i l s seems t o f o l l o w t h e s u r f a c e g e n e r a l l y f r o m about 75 t o 100 f e e t above t h e r o a d . B e d r o c k i s exposed t o h i g h e r e l e v a t i o n s w i t h a l i t t l e u n c o n s o l i d a t e d sediment on t h e b e d r o c k . The e l e v a t i o n o f t h e s e diment sampled i s a b o u t 100 f e e t above sea l e v e l . The l o c a l i t y i s a b out h a l f way between t h e n o r t h end o f t h e L ena Gove Loop Road and t h e Tee H a r b o r Road. The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B024\" and 134\u00C2\u00B045 !. B-7076 T h i s l o c a l i t y , on G l a c i e r Highway, i s o n e - e i g h t h m i l e n o r t h o f t h e n o r t h end o f Tee H a r b o r . On t h e r o a d c u t bank, w h i c h i s 15 t o 20 f e e t h i g h , s t o n y m a r i n e c l a y i s found I n a p a t c h on an e x p o s u r e m a i n l y composed o f t h e d a r k 209 g r e e n basement complex. The u n c o n s o l i d a t e d sediment i s n o t t h e t y p i c a l b l u e -g r a y c l a y e y g l a c i o - m a r i n e m a t e r i a l , b u t i s b l a c k t o d a r k s l a t y - b r o w n sandy s i l t w i t h p e b b l e s and b o u l d e r s , m o s t l y a n g u l a r t o s u b a n g u l a r , of t h e d a r k g r e e n basement-complex r o c k s . F o s s i l s o c c u r f r o m r o a d l e v e l up t h e e x p o s u r e about 10 f e e t , f o r m i n g a h o r i z o n t a l t o p t o t h e \"bed\" t h u s d e f i n e d . They o c c u r f o r about 25 f e e t a l o n g t h e r o a d c u t on t h e e a s t s i d e . The e l e v a t i o n i s about 200 f e e t above sea l e v e l . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B026' and 134\u00C2\u00B045 r30\". B-7073 T h i s l o c a l i t y I s on t h e m a i n l a n d on G l a c i e r Highway a l o n g Auke Bay n o r t h w e s t o f t h e Auke Bay s e t t l e m e n t , j u s t b e f o r e Auke Nu Creek ( g o i n g n o r t h away f r o m J u n e a u ) . M a t e r i a l was c o l l e c t e d f r o m b o t h s i d e s of t h e r o a d c u t . The west bank i s e i g h t f e e t h i g h and t h e e a s t bank about e i g h t t o 20 f e e t h i g h and t h e e x p o s u r e s e x t e n d f o r about 50 f e e t a l o n g t h e highway. B r o w n i s h - g r a y s t o n y m a r i n e c l a y i s h e r e o v e r l a i n by one f o o t of p e a t y sand. B a r n a c l e s were seen i n abundance w i t h some p e l e c y p o d s and g a s t r o p o d s . The e l e v a t i o n i s a b out 100 f e e t . The c o o r d i n a t e s a r e 58\u00C2\u00B023' and 134\u00C2\u00B040'. 211 BIBLIOGRAPHY Adams, T. D., and J. Frampton. 1963. Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 16, pt. 2; A note on some Recent Foraminifera from northwest Iceland; pp. 55-59. Alcock, Thomas. 1865. Proc. L i t . P h i l o s . S o c , Manchester, v o l . 4 (1864-1865), pp. 192-208. Anderson, G. J . 1963. Micropaleon., v o l . 9, no. 3; D i s t r i b u t i o n patterns of Recent Foraminifera of the Bering Sea, pp. 305-316. Anderson, H. V. 1952. Journ. Washington Acad. S c i . , v o l . 42, no. 5; Buccella, a new genus of the r o t a l i d Foraminifera; pp. 143-151, f i g s . 1-13. Armstrong, J . E. 1954. Dept. Mines and Tech. Surveys, Geol. Survey Canada, Paper (1953) 53-28; Preliminary map of Vancouver North, B r i t i s h Columbia; pp. 1-7, map. 1956. Dept. Mines and Tech. Surveys, Geol. Survey Canada, Paper 55-40; S u r f i c i a l Geology of Vancouver area, B r i t i s h Columbia; pp. 1-16, map. 1957. Dept. Mines and Tech. Surveys, Geol. Survey Canada, Paper 57-5; S u r f i c i a l Geology of New Westminster map-area, B r i t i s h \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 Columbia; pp. 1-25, map 16-1957. 1960. Dept. Mines and Tech. Surveys, Geol. Survey Canada, Paper 59-9; S u r f i c i a l geology of Sumas map-area, B r i t i s h Columbia, 92 G/l; pp. 1-27, map 44-1959. Arnal, R. E. 1958. Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 9, pt. 2, no. 182; Rhizopoda from the Salton Sea, C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 36-45, p i s . 9, 12. Athearn, W. D. 1954. Manuscript, Tech. Rept. 54-42, Woods Hole Oceanographic I n s t i t u t i o n (unpublished); Bottom sediments and Foraminifera from Labrador, Blue Dolphin 1951 and 1952, pp. 1-17. 212 Bagg, R. M., J r . 1912. U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y B u l l . 513; P l i o c e n e and P l e i s t o c e n e F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m S o u t h e r n C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 1-153, p i s . 1-28. B a i l e y , J . W. 1851. S m i t h s o n i a n I n s t . C o n t r . Knowledge, W a s h i n g t o n , D. C., v o l . 2, a r t . 3; M i c r o s c o p i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n o f s o u n d i n g s made by t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s C o a s t S u r v e y o f f t h e A t l a n t i c C o a s t o f t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s ; pp. 1-15. Bandy, O r v i l l e . 1950. J o u r . P a l e o n . , v o l . 24, no. 3; Some l a t e r C e n o z o i c F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m Cape B l a n c o , Oregon; pp. 269-281, p i s . 41, 42. 1953. J o u r . P a l e o n . , v o l . 27, no. 2; E c o l o g y and p a l e o e c o l o g y o f some C a l i f o r n i a F o r a m i n i f e r a ; p t . 1 - The f r e q u e n c y d i s t r i b u t i o n o f Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a o f C a l i f o r n i a , pp. 161-182, p i s . 21-25, t e x t f i g s . 1-4, t a b l e 1. I 9 6 0 , R e p t . I n t e r n a t . G e o l . Congr., 2 1 s t s e s s i o n , v o l . 22; G e n e r a l c o r r e l a t i o n o f f o r a m i n i f e r a l s t r u c t u r e w i t h e n v i r o n m e n t , pp. 7-19, f i g s . 1-9. 1961. M i c r o p a l e o n t o l o g y , v o l . 7, no. 1; D i s t r i b u t i o n o f F o r a m i n i f e r a , R a d i o l a r i a and d i a t o m s i n s e d i m e n t s o f t h e G u l f o f C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 1-26. , and R. E. A r n a l . 1957. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 8, p t . 2, no. 164; Some new T e r t i a r y and R e c e n t F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m C a l i f o r n i a and E a s t e r n P a c i f i c Ocean; pp. 54-58, p i . 7. Be, A. W. H. I960. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 11, p t . 2, no. 209; Some o b s e r v a t i o n s on A r c t i c p l a n k t o n i c F o r a m i n i f e r a ; pp. 64-68, t e x t f i g . 1. B e l j a e v a , N. W. 1960. A k a d . Nauk SSSR I n s t . O k e a n o l . Trudy, t . 32; D i s t r i b u t i o n o f F o r a m i n i f e r a i n t h e w e s t e r n p a r t o f t h e B e r i n g Sea, pp. 158-170. Bowen, R. N. C. 1954. Ann. Mag. N a t . H i s t . , s e r . 12, v o l . 7, no. 82; Q u a t e r n a r y F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m S t . John's F j o r d , West S p i t s b e r g e n , pp. 737-752. 213 B r a d y , H. B. 1864. T r a n s . L i n n . Soc. London, v o l . 24; C o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e knowledge o f t h e F o r a m i n i f e r a , \u00E2\u0080\u0094 on t h e r h i z o p o d a l f a u n a of t h e S h e t l a n d s ; pp. 463-476, p i . 48. 1868. Ann. Mag. N a t . H i s t . , s e r . 5, v o l . 1, no. 6; On t h e r e t i c u l a r i a n and r a d i o l a r i a n R h i z o p o d a ( f o r a m i n i f e r a and p o l y c y s t i n a ) o f t h e N o r t h - P o l a r E x p e d i t i o n . o f 1875-1876, pp. 425-440, p i s . 20, 21. 1881a. Ann. Mag. N a t . H i s t . , s e r . 5, v o l . 8; On some A r c t i c F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m s o u n d i n g s o b t a i n e d on t h e A u s t r o - H u n g a r i a n N o r t h - P o l a r e x p e d i t i o n o f 1872-1974; pp. 393-418, p i . 21. 1881b. I n : Markham, A. H., A p o l a r r e c o n n a i s s a n c e 1879. London: C. Kegan P a u l & Co.; Notes on R h i z o p o d a o b t a i n e d from C a p t a i n Markham 1s s o u n d i n g s on t h e s h o r e s o f Novaya Zemlya, pp. 346-348, 1884. C h a l l e n g e r fexped. 1873-76, Rept., London, Z o o l . , v o l . 9, ( p t . 2 2 ) ; R e p o r t on t h e F o r a m i n i f e r a dredged by H. M. S. C h a l l e n g e r d u r i n g t h e y e a r s 1873-76; pp. 1-814, p i s . 1-115. ( S t a n d a r d r e f e r e n c e i s R e p t . Voy. C h a l l e n g e r , v o l . 9 ( Z o o l . ) . ) B r o d n i e w i c z , I r e n e 1965. A c t a P a l e o n t o l o g i c a P o l o n i c a , v o l . 10; R e c e n t and some H o l o c e n e F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e s o u t h e r n B a l t i c Sea, pp. 131-229. B u d d i n g t o n , A. F. 1927. Amer. J o u r n . S c i . , s e r . 5, v o l . 13; Abandoned m a r i n e benches i n s o u t h e a s t e r n A l a s k a , pp. 45-52. 1929. U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y , B u l l . 807; G e o l o g y o f Hyder and v i c i n i t y , s o u t h e a s t e r n A l a s k a , w i t h a r e c o n n a i s s a n c e o f C h i c k a m i n R i v e r , pp. 1-124. , and T. C h a p i n 1929. U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y , B u l l . 800; G e o l o g y and m i n e r a l d e p o s i t s o f s o u t h e a s t e r n A l a s k a , pp. 1-398. Buzas, M. 1965a. , S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 145, no. 8; F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m l a t e P l e i s t o c e n e C l a y n e a r W a t e r v i l l e , M a i n e ; pp. 1-30, p i s . 1-5. 214 1965b. S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 149, no. 1; The D i s t r i b u t i o n and Abundance o f F o r a m i n i f e r a i n Long I s l a n d Sound; pp. 1-89, p i s . 1-4. C a r p e n t e r , W. B. 1876. I n : J e f f r e y s , J . G., P r e l i m i n a r y r e p o r t o f t h e b i o l o g i c a l r e s u l t s o f a c r u i s e i n . H . M. S. V a l o r o u s t o D a v i s S t r a i t s i n 1875; Roy. Soc. London, P r o c , v o l . 25 (1876-1877); F o r a m i n i f e r a , pp. 223-227. C o c k b a i n , A. E. 1963. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 14, p t . 2, no. 260; D i s t r i b u t i o n o f F o r a m i n i f e r a i n J u a n de F u c a and G e o r g i a S t r a i t s , B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a , Canada; pp. 37^75. Cooper, Susan C. 1964. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 15, p t . 3; B e n t h o n i c F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e C h u k c h i Sea, pp. 79-104, p i s . 5, 6. Cushman, J . A. 1913. U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 71; Monograph o f t h e F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e N o r t h P a c i f i c Ocean; p t . 3, L a g e n i d a e , pp. 1-119, p i s . 1-47. 1914. D. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 71; Monograph o f t h e F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e N o r t h P a c i f i c Ocean; p t . 4, C h i l o s t o m e l l i d a e , G l o b i g e r i n i d a e , N u m m u l i t i d a e ; pp. 1-46, p i s . 1-19. 1915. U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 71; Monograph o f t h e F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e N o r t h P a c i f i c Ocean; p t . 5, R o t a l i i d a e , pp. 1-87, p i s . 1-31, t e x t f i g s . 1-62. 1917. U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 71; Monograph o f t h e F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e N o r t h P a c i f i c Ocean; p t . 6, M i l i o l i d a e ; pp. 1-108, p i s . 1-39, t e x t f i g s . 1-52. 1920. C a n a d i a n A r c t i c Exped., 1913-1918, R e p t . , v o l . 9, p t . M; F o r a m i n i f e r a , pp. 1-13, p i . 1. 1921. U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 100, v o l . 4; F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e P h i l i p p i n e and a d j a c e n t s e a s ; pp. 1-608, p i s . 1-99. 1922. Canada B i o l . B o a r d , C o n t r i b . C a n a d i a n B i o l . , no. 9 ( 1 9 2 1 ) ; R e s u l t s o f t h e Hudson Bay exped., 1920, I - The F o r a m i n i f e r a ; pp. 133-147. 215 U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 104; The F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e A t l a n t i c Ocean; p t . 4, L a g e n i d a e , pp. 1-228, p i s . 1-42. C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 1, p t . 2, no. 11; Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a ; pp. 38-45, p i s . 6, 7. C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2, no. 43; Some n o t e s on t h e e a r l y f o r a m i n i f e r a l g e n e r a e r e c t e d b e f o r e 1808; pp. 122-127, p i . 24. C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 5, p t . 3, no. 83; P l i o c e n e Lagenas f r o m C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 67-76, p i . 11. C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 5, p t . 4, no. 84; A l a t e T e r t i a r y f a u n a o f V e n e z u e l a and o t h e r r e l a t e d r e g i o n s ; pp. 77-101, p i s . 12-14. U, S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 104; The F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e A t l a n t i c Ocean, p t . 8 - R o t a l i i d a e , A m p h i s t e g i n i d a e , C a l c a r i n i d a e , C y m b a l o p o r e t t i d a e , G l o b o r o t a l i i d a e , A n o m a l i n i d a e , P l a n o r b u l i n i d a e , R u p e r t i i d a e , and Homotremidae; ;pp. 1-179, p i s . 1-26. Cushman L a b , Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 5; An i l l u s t r a t e d key t o t h e g e n e r a o f t h e F o r a m i n i f e r a ; p i s . 1-40. S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 89, no. 9; New A r c t i c F o r a m i n i f e r a c o l l e c t e d by C a p t . R. A. B a r t l e t t f r o m Fox B a s i n and o f f t h e n o r t h e a s t c o a s t o f G r e e n l a n d ; pp. 1-8, p i s . 1, 2. U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 161; The F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e t r o p i c a l P a c i f i c c o l l e c t i o n s o f t h e A l b a t r o s s , 1899-1900, p t . 2, L a g e n i d a e t o A l v e o l i n e l l i d a e , pp. 1-79, p i s . 1-19. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 8; A monograph o f t h e f o r a m i n i f e r a l f a m i l y V a l v u l i n i d a e ; pp. 1-210, p i s . 1-24. 216 Gushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 9; A monograph o f t h e s u b f a m i l y V i r g u l i n i n a e o f t h e f o r a m i n i f e r a l f a m i l y \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 B u l i m i n i d a e ; pp. 1-228, p i s . 1-20. U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . Pap. 191; A monograph o f t h e f o r a m i n i f e r a l f a m i l y N o n i o n i d a e ; pp. 1-100, p i s . 1-20. C o n t r i b . Cushman La b . Foram. Res., v o l . 17, p t . 2, no. 227; Some f o s s i l F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m A l a s k a ; pp. 33-38, p i . 9. Cushman L a b . Foram, Res., Spec. P u b l . 12; F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e s h a l l o w w a t e r o f t h e New E n g l a n d c o a s t ; pp. 1-37, p i s . 1-4. Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 23; A r c t i c F o r a m i n i f e r a ; pp. 1-79, p i s . 1-8. F o r a m i n i f e r a , t h e i r c l a s s i f i c a t i o n and economic u s e . 4 t h ed., Cambridge, Mass., H a r v a r d U n i v . P r e s s ; 605 pp., 55 p i s . , 31 t e x t p i s . , and W. S t o r r s C o l e . C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 6, p t . 4, no. 97; P l e i s t o c e n e F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m M a r y l a n d ; pp. 94-100, p i . 13. , and P a t r i c i a G. Edwards. C o n t r i b . Cushman La b . Foram. Res., v o l . 13, p t . 1, no. 181; A s t r o n o n i o n , a new genus o f t h e F o r a m i n i f e r a , and i t s s p e c i e s ; pp. 29-36, p i . 3. , and U. S. G r a n t , IV. T r a n s . San D i e g o Soc. N a t . H i s t . , v o l . 5, no. 6; L a t e T e r t i a r y and Q u a t e r n a r y E l p h i d i u m s o f t h e west c o a s t o f N o r t h A m e r i c a ; pp. 69-82, p i s . 7, 8. , and H. B. G r a y . Cushman La b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 19; A F o r a m i n i f e r a l f a u n a f r o m t h e P l i o c e n e of Timms P o i n t , C a l i f o r n i a , pp. 1-46, p i s . 1-8. , and M. A. Hanna. T r a n s . San D i e g o Soc. N a t . H i s t . , v o l . 5, no. 4; F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e Eocene n e a r San D i e g o , C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 45-64, p i s . 4-6. 217 , and B o r i s L a i m i n g . J o u r . P a l e o n . , v o l . 5, no. 2; Mio c e n e F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m Los Sauces Creek, V e n t u r a County, C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 79-120, p i s . 9-14, 5 t e x t f i g s . , and I r e n e M c C u l l o c h . A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 1; A r e p o r t on some arenaceous F o r a m i n i f e r a ; pp. 1-113, p i s . 1-12. A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 3; Some N o n i o n i d a e i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n s o f t h e A l l a n Hancock F o u n d a t i o n , pp. 145-178, p i s . 17-20. A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 4; Some V i r g u l i n i n a e i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n s o f t h e A l l a n Hancock F o u n d a t i o n ; pp. 179-230, p i s . 21-28. A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 5; The s p e c i e s o f B u l i m i n a and r e l a t e d g e n e r a i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n s o f t h e A l l a n Hancock F o u n d a t i o n ; pp. 231-294, p i s . .29-32. A l l a n Hancock P a c i f i c Exped., v o l . 6, no. 6; Some L a g e n i d a e i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n s o f t h e A l l a n Hancock F o u n d a t i o n ; pp. 295-396, p i s . 37-48. , and Y o s h i a k i Ozawa. P r o c . D. S. N a t . Mus., v o l . 77, A r t . 6, no. 2829; A monograph o f t h e f o r a m i n i f e r a l f a m i l y P o l y m o r p h i n i d a e Recent and f o s s i l ; pp. 1-185, p i s . 1-40. , and F. L. P a r k e r . C o n t r i b . Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., v o l . 7, pt.. 1, no. 99; M i o c e n e F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e Temblor o f t h e e a s t s i d e o f t h e San J o a q u i n V a l l e y , C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 1-16, p i s . 1, 2. C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 12, p t . 4, no. 179; Some s p e c i e s o f R o b e r t i n a ; pp. 92-100, p i . 16. C o n t r i b . Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., v o l . 16, p t . 1, no. 215; The s p e c i e s o f B u l i m i n a h a v i n g r e c e n t t y p e s ; pp. 7-22, p i s . 2, 3, U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . Pap. 210-D; B u l i m i n a and r e l a t e d f o r a m i n i f e r a l g e n e r a ; pp. 55-176, p i s . 15-30. 218 - , and Roscoe E. and K a t h e r i n e C. S t e w a r t . 1930. T r a n s . San D i e g o Soc. Nat.. H i s t . , v o l . 6, no. 2; T e r t i a r y F o r a m i n i f e r a from Humboldt County, C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 41-94, p i s . 1-8. , and R u t h Todd. 1941. C o n t r i b . Cushman La b . Foram. Res., v o l . 17, p t . 3, no. 231; N otes on t h e s p e c i e s o f U v i g e r i n a and A n g u l o g e r i n a d e s c r i b e d f r o m t h e P l i o c e n e and P l e i s t o c e n e ; pp. 70-78, p i s . 17-20. 1945. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 15; M i o c e n e F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m B u f f Bay, J a m a i c a ; pp. 1-73, p i s . 1-12. 1947a. Cushman L a b . Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 21; F o r a m i n i f e r a from t h e c o a s t o f W a s h i n g t o n ; pp. 1-23, p i s . 1-3; 1947b. C o n t r i b . Cushman La b . Foram. Res., v o l . 23, p t . 3, no. 297; A f o r a m i n i f e r a l f a u n a f r o m A m c h i t k a I s l a n d , A l a s k a ; pp. 60-72, p i s . 13-16. 1954. _, R u t h Todd, and R i t a J . P o s t . U, S. G e o l . S u r v e y P r o f . Pap. 260-H; \"Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e M a r s h a l l I s l a n d s , \" I n ; B i k i n i and n e a r b y a t o l l s ; p t . 2, Oceanography ( b i o l o g i c ) ; pp. 319-384, p i s . 82-93. 1930. , and W. W. V a l e n t i n e . C o n t r i b . D e p t . G e o l . S t a n f o r d U n i v . , v o l . 1, no. 1; S h a l l o w -w a t e r F o r a m i n i f e r a from t h e Channel I s l a n d s o f S o u t h e r n C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 5-51, p i s . 1-10. D a l l , W. H. 1904. I n : Emerson, G, K., and o t h e r s , G e o l o g y and p a l e o n t o l o g y ; H a r r i m a n A l a s k a s e r i e s , v o l . 4; N e o z o i c i n v e r t e b r a t e f o s s i l s ; a r e p o r t on t h e c o l l e c t i o n s made by t h e e x p e d i t i o n , pp. 97-122, p i s . 1, 2. Dawson, G. M. 1870. C a n a d i a n N a t . , n. s., v o l . 5; On F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e G u l f and R i v e r S t . Lawrence; pp. 172-180, p i s . 1-12. D e f r a n c e , M. J . L. 1824, I n : B l a i n v i l l e ; M o l l u s q u e s , v e r s e t z o o p h y t e s i n D i c t i o n a i r e des S c i e n c e s N a t u r e l l e s . P a r i s . F. G. L e v r a u l t , tome 32 ( m o l l u s - m o r f ) , pp. 1-567. ( d e s c r i p t i o n ) Z o o l o g i e : c o n c h y l i o l o g i e e t m a l a c o l o g i e . I n D i c t i o n a i r e des S c i e n c e s N a t u r e l l e s ; 1816-1830 P a r i s . F. G. L e v r a u l t , P l a n c h e s , C o n c h y l , M a l a c , pp. 1-36, p i . 118. ( f i g u r e ) . 219 D e t l i n g , M i l d r e d R. 1958. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 9, p t . 2, no. 179; Some L i t t o r a l F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m S u n s e t Bay, Coos County, Oregon; pp. 25-31, p i s . 7, 8. E h r e n b e r g , C. G. 1872. A b h a n d l . k. A k ad. W i s s . B e r l i n ; M i k r o g e o l o g i s c h e S t u d i e n a l s (1873) Zusammenfassung s e i n e r Beobachtungen des k l e i n s t e n l e b e n s d e r m e e r e s - t i e f g r u n d e a l l e r zonen und d e s s e n g e o l o g i s c h e n e i n f l u s s ; pp. 265-322. E l l i s , B.. F., and A n g e l i n a M e s s i n a . 1940. Amer. Mus. N a t . H i s t . Spec. P u b l . ; C a t a l o g u e o f F o r a m i n i f e r a . E m i l i a n i , C , and J . G e i s s . 1957. G e o l o g i s c h e n Rundschau, Bd. 46, H e f t 2; On g l a c i a t i o n s and t h e i r c a u s e s ; pp. 576-601, f i g s . 1 a n d 2. Enbysk, B. J . MS. 1960. D i s t r i b u t i o n o f F o r a m i n i f e r a i n t h e N o r t h e a s t P a c i f i c ; Unpub. Ph.D. T h e s i s , U n i v . W a s h i n g t o n , pp. 1-150, p i s . 1-21. F e y l i n g - H a n s s e n , R. W. 1953. N o r s k G e o l . T i d s s k r , , v o l . 33; E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m f r o m L a t e -G l a c i a l o f Romerike, Norway, pp. 228y 229. 1954a. N o r s k G e o l . T i d s s k r . , v o l . 33; L a t e P l e i s t o c e n e F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e O s l o f j o r d a r e a , S o u t h e a s t Norway, pp. 109-152, p i s . 1, 2. 1954b. N o r s k G e o l . T i d s s k r . , v o l . 33; The s t r a t i g r a p h i c p o s i t i o n o f t h e q u i c k c l a y a t B e k k e l a g e t , O s l o , pp. 185-196, p i . 1. 1957. Norges G e o l . U n ders., no. 197; M i c r o p a l e o n t e o l o g y a p p l i e d t o s o i l m e c hanics i n Norway, pp. 1-69. 1964. Norges G e o l . U n d e r s . , no. 225; F o r a m i n i f e r a i n l a t e Q u a t e r n a r y d e p o s i t s f r o m t h e O s l o f j o r d a r e a ; pp. 1-377, p i s . 1-21. 1965. N o r s k P o l a r i n s t i t u t t M e d d e l e l s e r no. 93; S h o r e l i n e d i s p l a c e m e n t i n c e n t r a l V e s t s p i t s b e r g e n and a m a r i n e s e c t i o n f r o m t h e H o l o c e n e o f T a l a v e r a on B a r e n t s j i y a i n S p i t s b e r g e n , pp. 1-34, p i s . 1-3. G a l l o w a y , J . J . , and S. G. W i s s l e r . 1927a. J o u r . P a l e o n . , v o l . 1, no. 1; P l e i s t o c e n e F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e L o m i t a q u a r r y , P a l o s V e r d e s H i l l s , C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 35-87, p i s . 7-12. 220 1927b. J o u r . P a l e o n . , v o l . 1, no. 3; C o r r e c t i o n o f names o f F o r a m i n i f e r a ; p. 193. G o i s , A. T. 1894. K. Sven. V e t . - A k a d . H a n d l . , v o l . 25 ( 1 8 9 2 ) , no. 9; A s y n o p s i s o f t h e A r c t i c and S c a n d i n a v i a n R e cent m a r i n e F o r a m i n i f e r a h i t h e r t o d i s c o v e r e d , pp. 1-127, p i s . 1-25, t e x t f i g s . 1, 2. Goodwin, J . C,, and J . N. Thomson. 1954. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 5, p t . 4, no. 120; P u r i s i m a P l i o c e n e F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e Halfmoon Bay a r e a , San Mateo County, C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 170-178, f i g . 32. Gow, A. J . , W. F. Weeks, G. H e n d r i c k s o n , and R. Rowland 1965, U. S. Army Mat. Comm. C o l d Reg. Res. & Eng. L a b . Res. R e p t . 173; On t h e mode o f u p l i f t o f t h e f i s h . a n d f o s s i l i f e r o u s m o r a i n e s o f t h e McMurdo I c e S h e l f , A n t a r c t i c a , pp. 1-16. Green, K. E. 1960. M i c r o p a l e o n . , v o l . 6, no. 1; E c o l o g y o f some A r c t i c F o r a m i n i f e r a , pp. 57-78, p i . 1. H oglund, Hans. 1947. Z o o l o g i s k a B i d r a g U p p s a l a , v o l . 26; F o r a m i n i f e r a i n t h e G u l l m a r F j o r d and t h e S k a g e r a k ; pp. 1-328, p i s . 1-32, 312 t e x t f i g s . H o p k i n s , D. M. 1959. . S c i e n c e , v o l . 129, no. 3362, C e n o z o i c h i s t o r y o f t h e B e r i n g l a n d b r i d g e , pp. 1519-1528. J a r k e , J . 1960. I n t e r n . Revue d e r gesamten H y d r o b i o l . , v o l . 45, no. 4; B e i t r a g z u r K e n n t i n i s d e r F o r a m i n i f e r e n f a u n a d e r m i t t l e r e n und w e s t l i c h e n B a r e n t s See, pp. 581-654, p i s . 1-13. K i a e r , H. 1899. N o r w e g i a n N o r t h - A t l a n t i c Exped., 1876-1878, C r i s t i a n a , v o l . 7, Z o o l . ; Thalomorpha, pp. 1-13, p i . 1. 1908. Mus. A r s h e f t e r , v o l . 25; F o r t g n e l s e o v e r Tromsj6sundets f o r a m i n i f e r , Troms?5, Norway, pp. 45-48. 1909. R e p t . Second N o r w e g i a n Exped. Fram, 1898-1902, v o l . 3, no. 17; On t h e b o t t o m d e p o s i t s f r o m t h e second N o r w e g i a n A r c t i c E x p e d i t i o n i n t h e Fram, pp. 1-8. 221 K l e i n p e l l , R. M. 1938. M i o c e n e S t r a t i g r a p h y o f C a l i f o r n i a , The A m e r i c a n A s s o c i a t i on o f P e t r o l e u m G e o l o g i s t s , T u l s a , O k l a . , 450 pp., 22 p i . , 14 t e x t f i g s . L a n k f o r d , R. R. MS. 1962. R e cent F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e n e a r s h o r e t u r b u l e n t zone, w e s t e r n U n i t e d S t a t e s and n o r t h w e s t M e x i c o ; Unpub. Ph.D. Thesis,. U n i v . C a l i f o r n i a , San D i e g o . L a t h r a m , E. H., R. A. Loney, W. H. Condon, and H. C. B e r g . 1958. U. S. G e o l . Survey ( M i s c . G e o l . I n v e s t . , Map 1-276), P r o g r e s s map of t h e . g e o l o g y o f t h e J u n e a u Q u a d r a n g l e , A l a s k a . L e s l i e , R, J . 1963. G e o l . S u rvey Canada, Dept. M i n e s and Tech. S u r v e y s , Pap. 63-16; F o r a m i n i f e r a l s t u d y o f a c r o s s s e c t i o n o f Hudson Bay, Canada, pp. 1-28. L o e b l i c h , A. R., J r . , and H e l e n Tappan. 1953. S m i t h s o n i a n M i s c . C o l l . , v o l . 121, no. 7; S t u d i e s o f A r c t i c F o r a m i n i f e r a ; pp. 1-150, p i s . 1-24. L o e b l i c h , A. R., J r . , H e l e n Tappan, J . P. Beckmann, H. M. B o l l i , E. M. G a l l i t e l l i , and J . C. T r o e l s e n . 1957. U. S. N a t . Mus. B u l l . 215; S t u d i e s i n F o r a m i n i f e r a ; pp. 1-313, p i s . 1-74, t e x t f i g s . 1-30. M a l l o r y , V. S. 1959. Lower T e r t i a r y b i o s t r a t i g r a p h y o f t h e C a l i f o r n i a C o a s t Ranges; p u b l . by t h e Amer. A s s o c . P e t r o l . G e o l . , T u l s a , O k l a . , U.S.A.; 416 pp., 42. p i s . , 19 t a b l e s , 7 f i g s . M a r t i n , L e w i s . .1952. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 3, no. 63; Some P l i o c e n e F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m a p o r t i o n o f t h e Los A n g e l e s B a s i n , C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 107-141, p i s . 17-25. M i l l e r , D. J . 1953. J o u r . G e o l . , v o l . 61, no. 1; L a t e C e n o z o i e m a r i n e g l a c i a l s e d i m e n t s and m a r i n e t e r r a c e s o f M i d d l e t o n I s l a n d , A l a s k a ; pp. 17-40. M i l l e t t , F. W. 1901. J o u r . Roy. M i c r . Soc., London, p t . 11; R e p o r t on t h e Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e M a l a y A r c h i p e l o g o c o l l e c t e d by Mr. A. D u r r a n d ; pp. 485-497, p i . 8. 222 Montagu, George. 1803. T e s t a c e a B r i t a n n i c a , o r n a t u r a l h i s t o r y o f B r i t i s h s h e l l s , m a r i n e , l a n d and f r e s h w a t e r , i n c l u d i n g most m i n u t e ; Romsey, E n g l a n d , p r i n t e d by J . S. H o l l i s ; pp. 1-606, p i s . 1-16. N a t l a n d , M- L. 1933. C a l i f o r n i a U n i v . , S c r i p p s I n s t . Oceanogr., B u l l . , T ech. s e r . , v o l . 3, no. 10; The t e m p e r a t u r e and d e p t h d i s t r i b u t i o n o f some Recent and f o s s i l F o r a m i n i f e r a i n t h e s o u t h e r n C a l i f o r n i a r e g i o n , pp. 225-230, t a b l e . N ^ rvang, A k s e l . 1945. The Z o o l o g y o f I c e l a n d , v o l . 2, p t . 2; F o r a m i n i f e r a ; pp. 1-79, 14 t e s t f i g s . O r b i g n y , A. d'. 1826. Ann, S c i . N a t . , P a r i s , s e r . 1, tome 7; T a b l e a u methodique de l a c l a s s e des Cephal o p o d e s ; pp. 96-314, p i s . 10-17 ( i n A t l a s ) . 1839. Voyage dans l ' A m e r i q u e m e r i o d i o n a l e , F o r a m i n i f e r e s , v o l . 5, p t . 5; S t r a s b o u r g , P. B e r t r a n d ; pp. 1-86, p i s . 1-9. 1846. F o r a m i n i f e r e s f o s s i l e s du b a s s i n t e r t i a r e de V i e n n e ( A u t r i c h e ) ( D i e f o s s i l e n f o r a m i n i f e r e n des t e r t i a r e n Beckens v o n W i e n ) . P a r i s , G i d e e t Comp., pp. 1-303, t a b . 1-21. P a r k e r , F. L. 1948. Mus. Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . , v o l . 100, no. 2; F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e c o n t i n e n t a l s h e l f f r o m t h e G u l f o f Maine t o M a r y l a n d ; pp. 213-253, pis.. 1-7, f i g s . 1-4, t a b l e s 1-10. 1952a.. Mus. Comp. Z o o l . H a r v a r d , B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 9; F o r a m i n i f e r a l s p e c i e s o f f P o r t s m o u t h , New Hampshire; pp. 391-423, p i s . 1-5. 1952b. Mus. Comp. Z o o l . Harvard, B u l l . , v o l . 106, no. 10; F o r a m i n i f e r a l d i s t r i b u t i o n i n t h e Long I s l a n d Sound - B u z z a r d s Bay a r e a ; pp. 427-473, p i s . 1-5. 1953. , F r e d B. P h l e g e r , and J e a n P e i r s o n . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 2; E c o l o g y o f F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m San A n t o n i o Bay and e n v i r o n s , s o u t h w e s t T e x a s ; pp. 1-75, p i s . 1-4. P a r k e r , W. K. and T. R. J o n e s . 1857. Ann. Mag. N a t . H i s t . , s e r . 2, v o l . 19; D e s c r i p t i o n o f some F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e c o a s t o f Norway; pp. 273-303, p i s . 10, 11. 223 1865. P h i l o s . T r a n s . Roy. Soc. London, v o l . 155; On some F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e N o r t h A t l a n t i c and A r c t i c Oceans, i n c l u d i n g D a v i s S t r a i t s and B a f f i n ' s Bay; pp. 325-441, p i s . 13-19. P a r k e r , W. K., T. R. J o n e s , and H. R. B r a d y . 1871. . Ann Mag. N a t . H i s t . , London, s e r . 4, v o l . 8; On t h e n o m e n c l a t u r e o f t h e F o r a m i n i f e r a . P a r t 14: The s p e c i e s enumerated by d' O r b i g n y I n t h e 'Annales des S c i e n c e s N a t u r e l l e s , ' 1826, v o l . 7 ( c o n t i n u e d f r o m Ann. Mag. N a t . H i s t . , s e r . 3, v o l . 16, p i . 4 1 ) ; pp. 145-179, 238-266, p i s . 8-12. P a r r , W. J . 1950.. B. A. N. Z. A n t a r c t i c Res. Exped. 1929-1931, R e p t s . , A d e l a i d e , s e r . B ( Z o o l o g y and B o t a n y ) , v o l . 5, p t . 6; F o r a m i n i f e r a ; pp. 233-392, p i s . 3-15, t e x t f i g s . 1-8. P h l e g e r , F r e d B. 1951. C a l i f . U n i v . , S c r i p p s I n s t . (Oceanogr..Submarine G e o l . R e p t . , no. 18; F o r a m i n i f e r a l d i s t r i b u t i o n i n some sediment samples f r o m t h e C a n a d i a n and G r e e n l a n d A c r t i c . 1952. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2, no. 61; F o r a m i n i f e r a d i s t r i b u t i o n i n some sediment samples f r o m t h e C a n a d i a n and G r e e n l a n d A r c t i c ; pp. 8089, p i s . 13, 14. 1960. E c o l o g y and d i s t r i b u t i o n o f Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a ; The Johns H o p k i n s P r e s s , pp. 1-297, p i s . 1-11. 1964. M a r i n e G e o l . , v o l . 1, no. 1; F o r a m i n i f e r a l e c o l o g y and m a r i n e g e o l o g y , pp. 16-43. Reu s s , A. E. 1862. S i t z . A k a d . W i s s . Wien, v o l . 44, p t . 1; E n t w u r f e i n e r X1863) s y s t e m a t i s c h e n Zusammenstellung d e r F o r a m i n i f e r e n ; pp. \" . 395-396. Rhumbler, L u d w i g . 1936. Foram d e r K i e l e r B u c h t , gesammelt d u r c h A, Remane; T e l l 2, A m m o d i s c u l l n i d a e , b i s e i n s c h l . T e x t u l i n i d a e ; K i e l , Bd. 1 (1936, 1937), H e f t 1, pp. 179-242, t f s . 147-246. R i s d a l , Dag 1964. Norges G e o l . Unders., no. 226; The b a t h y m e t r i c r e l a t i o n o f Recent f o r a m i n i f e r a l f a u n a s i n t h e O s l o f j o r d , w i t h a d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e f o r a m i n i f e r a l zones f r o m l a t e Q u a t e r n a r y t i m e , p p . l -142. 224 R o n a i , P. H. 1955. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 6, p t . 4, no. 145; B r a c k i s h - w a t e r F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e New Y o r k B i g h t ; pp. 140-149, p i s . 20, 21. Sachs, K. N., J r . 1965. Deep-Sea Res., v o l . 12; Removal o f a s h f r o m p l a n k t o n samples c o n c e n t r a t e d by i g n i t i o n , p. 697. , R. C i f e l l i , and V. T. Bowen 1964. Deep-Sea Res., v o l . 11; I g n i t i o n t o c o n c e n t r a t e s h e l l e d o r g anisms i n p l a n k t o n s a m p l e s , pp. 621-622. S a i d , R u s h d i . 1951. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 2, p t . 3; F o r a m i n i f e r a o f N a r r a g a n s e t t Bay, pp. 75-86. S a i d o v a , K. M. 1956. Akad. Nauk SSSR I n s t . O k e a n o l . T r u d y , t . 19; Method of e x t r a c t i n g F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m s e d i m e n t s , pp. 294-296. 1960. Adak. Nauk SSR I n s t . O k e a n o l . T r u d y , t . 32; D i s t r i b u t i o n o f F o r a m i n i f e r a i n t h e b o t t o m s e d i m e n t s o f t h e Okhotsk Sea, pp. 96-158. S c h m i d t , R u t h . 1963. S c i e n c e , v o l . 141, no. 3578; P l e i s t o c e n e m a r i n e m i c r o f a u n a i n t h e B o o t l e g g e r Cove C l a y , Anchorage, A l a s k a ; pp. 350-351, Schwager, Conrad. 1866. N o v a r a Exped. 1857-1859, Wien, O s t e r r e i c h , 1866, G e o l . T h e i l , Bd. 2, A b t . 2; F o s s i l e F o r a m i n i f e r e n v o n K a r N i k o b a r ; pp. 187-268, p i s . 4-7. S m i t h , A. B. 1963. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 14; D i s t r i b u t i o n o f l i v i n g p l a n k t o n i c F o r a m i n i f e r a i n t h e n o r t h e a s t e r n P a c i f i c , pp. 1-15, p i s . 1, 2. 1964. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 15, p t . 4; L i v i n g p l a n k t o n i c F o r a m i n i f e r a c o l l e c t e d a l o n g an e a s t - w e s t t r a v e r s e i n t h e n o r t h P a c i f i c , pp. 131-134. S m i t h , P a t s y B. 1963. U. S. G e o l . S u r v e y , P r o f . Pap. 475-C, A r t . 78 ( 7 9 ) ; P o s s i b l e P l e i s t o c e n e - - R e c e n t Boundary i n t h e G u l f o f A l a s k a , b a s e d on b e n t h o n i c F o r a m i n i f e r a ; pp. C73-C77. 225 S p a r c k , R. 1933. M e d d e l e l s e r om G r ^ n l a n d , v o l . 100, no. 1; C o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e a n i m a l e c o l o g y o f F r a n z J o s e p h F j o r d and a d j a c e n t e a s t Greenland, Waters,, pp. 131-134. S t s c h e d r i n a , Z. G. 1936. L e n i n g r a d . V s e s . A r k t i c . I n s t . T r u d y , t . 33; Gn F o r a m i n i f e r a o f U. S. S. R. p o l a r s e a s , pp. 51-64. 1938. A k a d. Nauk SSSR D o k l a d y , n. s., t . 19, no. 4; On t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n of F o r a m i n i f e r a i n t h e K a r a Sea, pp. 319-322. 1939. A k ad. Nauk SSR D o k l a d y , n. s., t . 24, no. 1; A new genus o f sand F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e A r c t i c s e a s , pp. 95, 96, i l l u s . 1946. I n : D r e i f . E ksped. G l a v s e v . G. Sedov, 1937-1940, gg. Trudy, t . 3, New s p e c i e s o f F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e A r c t i c Ocean, pp. 139-148, p i s . 1-4. 1947. A k a d . Nauk SSSR D o k l a d y , n. s., t . 55, no. 9; On d i s t r i b u t i o n o f F o r a m i n i f e r a i n t h e G r e e n l a n d Sea, pp. 871-874. 1948. I n : G a e v s k a y a - S o k o l o v a , N. S. and o t h e r s , O p r e d e l i t e l ' f a u n y I f l o r y ; F o r a m i n i f e r a , pp. 5-20, p i s . 1-4. 1950a. Akad. Nauk SSSR D o k l a d y , n. s., t . 70, no. 4; On t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n o f m a r i n e f o r a m i n i f e r s i n c o n n e c t i o n w i t h t h e i r l i f e c o n d i t i o n s , pp. 711-713. 1950b. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Z o o l . I n s t . I s s l e d o v . M o r e i , v y p . 2; C o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e f a u n a o f f o r a m i n f e r s o f t h e Sea o f Okhotsk, pp. 248-280, p i s . 1, 2. 1950c. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Z o o l . I n s t . Trudy, t . 12; On d i v e r s e forms of F o r a m i n i f e r a (Rhabdammina abyssorum C a r p e n t e r ) ; pp. 7-24, p i s . 1-5, t e x t f i g s . 1-4, t a b l e s 1-4. 1952a. A k a d . Nauk SSSR, Z o o l . I n s t . T r u d y , t . 12; On v a r i o u s forms o f f o r a m i n i f e r s , Rhabdammina abyssorum C a r p e n t e r , pp. 7-24, d i a g r s . 226 1952b. A k a d . Nauk SSSR, Z o o l . I n s t . T r udy, t . 12; New s p e c i e s o f f o r a m i n i f e r s o f t h e genus Rhabdammina M. S a r s , pp. 25-33, i l l u s . 1953. A k a d . Nauk SSSR, Z o o l . I n s t . T r u d y , t . 13; New d a t a on t h e f o r a m i n i f e r a l f a u n a o f t h e Okhotsk Sea and t h e i r d i s t r i b u t i o n , pp. 12-32. 1955a. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Z o o l . I n s t . T r u d y , t . 18; Two new g e n e r a o f t h e f a m i l y Trochamminidae, F o r a m i n i f e r a , pp. 5-9, i l l u s . 1955b. A k a d . Nauk SSSR, Z o o l . I n s t . T r udy, t . 21; New s p e c i e s o f F o r a m i n i f e r a o f t h e F a r E a s t e r n s e a s , pp. 79-93, 4 f i g s . 1956. V o p r o s y M i k r o p a l e o n . , no. 1; R e s u l t s o f t h e s t u d y o f F o r a m i n i f e r a i n t h e S o v i e t s e a s , pp. 23-26. 1957. L e n i n g r a d . Obs. E s t e s t v . , Otd. Z o o l . T r u d y , t . 73, v y p . 4; Some r e g u l a r i t i e s i n t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n o f r e c e n t F o r a m i n i f e r a , pp. 99-105. 1958. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Murman. B i o l . T r u dy, t . 4; F o r a m i n i f e r s o f e a s t e r n Murman w a t e r s , pp. 118-129. 1959. I n : I n t e r n a t i o n a l Oceanogr. Congr. 1959, P r e p r i n t s ; F o r a m i n i f e r a as i n d i c a t o r o f e c o l o g i c a l c o n d i t i o n s and c l i m a t i c changes i n t h e A r c t i c B a s i n , pp. 119-121. Tappan, H e l e n . 1951. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 2, p t . 1, no. 18; N o r t h e r n A l a s k a I ndex F o r a m i n i f e r a ; pp. 1-8, p i . 1. Terquem, 0. 1882. Soc. G e o l . F r a n c e , Mem., P a r i s , F r a n c e , s e r . 3, tome 2, no. 3; L e s F o r a m i n i f e r e s de 1'Eocene des e n v i r o n s de P a r i s ; pp. 1-187, p i s . 1-20. Todd, R u t h , and D o r i s Low. 1961. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found.. Foram. Res., v o l . 12, p t . 1, no. 217, N e a r s h o r e F o r a m i n i f e r a o f M a r t h a ' s V i n e y a r d I s l a n d , M a s s a c h u s e t t s ; pp. 5-21, p i s . 1, 2. 227 U c h i o , T a k a y a s u . 1953, Japanese J o u r . G e o l . and Geog., v o l . 23; On some F o r a m i n i f e r a l g e n e r a i n J a p a n , pp. 151-162, p i . 1. 1959. P u b l . S e t o Mar, B i o l . L ab., v o l . 7, no. 3; E c o l o g y o f s h a l l o w -w a t e r F o r a m i n i f e r a o f f . t h e c o a s t o f N o b o r i b e t s u , S o u t h w e s t e r n H o k k a i d o , J a p a n , pp. 295-302. 1960. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Spec. P u b l . 5; E c o l o g y o f l i v i n g b e n t h o n i c F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e San D i e g o , C a l i f o r n i a , a r e a ; pp. 5-72, p i s . 1-10. v a n V o o r t h u y s e n , J . H. 1952. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 1, no. 51; E l p h i d i u m oregonense Cushman and G r a n t , a p o s s i b l e marker f o r t h e A m s t e l i a n (Lower P l e i s t o c e n e ) i n N o r t h A m e r i c a and n o r t h w e s t e r n Europe; pp. 22-23, p i . 5. Wagner, F r a n c e s J . E. 1959. Dept. Mines and Tech. S u r v e y s , G e o l . S u r v e y Canada, B u l l . 52; P a l a e o e c o l o g y o f t h e M a r i n e P l e i s t o c e n e f a u n a s o f s o u t h w e s t e r n B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a ; pp. 1-67, p i . 1. W a l k e r , G., and W. Boys. 1784. T e s t a c e a m i n u t a r a r i o r a , n u p e r r i m e d e t e c t a i n a r e n a l i t t o r i s S a n d v i c e n s i s ; London, J . March; pp. 1-25, p i s . 1-3. , and E. J a c o b . 1798. Infr Kanmacher, F.; Adams' Es s a y s on t h e m i c r o s c o p e , ed. 2, London, E n g l a n d , p r i n t e d by D i l l o n and K e a t i n g ; pp. 1-712, p i s . 1-32. W a l t o n , W. R. 1952. C o n t r i b . Cushman Found. Foram. Res., v o l . 3, p t . 2; T e c h n i q u e s f o r r e c o g n i t i o n o f l i v i n g F o r a m i n i f e r a , pp. 56-60. W h i t e , W. R. 1956. J o u r . P a l e o n . , v o l . 30, no. 2; P l i o c e n e and M i o c e n e F o r a m i n i f e r a f r o m t h e C a p i s t r o n o f o r m a t i o n , Orange County, C a l i f o r n i a ; pp. 237-260, p i s . 27-32. W i e s n e r , H, 1931. I n : D r y g a l s k i , E. v o n ; D e u t s c h e S u d - P o l a r exped, 1901-1903, v o l . 20 ( Z o o l . v o l . 1 2 ) , B e r l i n u. L e i p z i g , W. de G r u y t e r ; pp. 53-165, p i s . 1-24.. W i l l i a m s o n , W. C. 1848. Ann. Mag. N a t . H i s t . , London, E n g l a n d , s e r . 2, v o l , 1; On t h e R e c e n t B r i t i s h s p e c i e s of t h e genus Lagena; pp. 1-20, p i s . 1, 2. 228 1858. Ray S o c , London; On t h e Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a o f G r e a t B r i t a i n ; pp. 1 - 1 0 7 , . p i s . 1-7. W r i g h t , J . 1876-77. P r o c B e l f a s t N a t . F i e l d C l u b , B e l f a s t , n. s., v o l . 1 (1873-1880), app. 4; Recent F o r a m i n i f e r a o f Down and A n t r i m ; . p p . 101-105, p i . 4. 1886. P r o c . B e l f a s t N a t . F i e l d C l u b , B e l f a s t , n. s., v o l . 1 (1873-1880), app. 9; A l i s t o f t h e C r e t a c e o u s F o r a m i n i f e r a o f Keady H i l l , County D e r r y ; pp. 327-332, p i . 27. PLATES (The m a g n i f i c a t i o n o f a l l specimens i s t h e same, b e i n g 145X. The a n g l e o f l i g h t i n g f o r each f i g u r e i s g i v e n because i t v a r i e s r a t h e r t h a n b e i n g t h e o more u s u a l s t a n d a r d o f N 45 W. F i g u r e s a r e r e t o u c h e d p h o t o g r a p h s . ) P L A T E 1 1. P r o t e o n i n a l o n g i c o l l i s W i e s n e r . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 1. L o c . D-1211. L i g h t 220\u00C2\u00B0. P. 89. 2. P r o t e o n i n a (?) s p . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 2. L o c . B - 7 0 6 9 . L i g h t 100\u00C2\u00B0. P. 89. 3. S a c o o r h i z a (?) s p . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 3. L o c . B - 7 0 7 2 . L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 89. 4-. H a p l o p h r a g m o i d . e s c f . H . s u b g l o b o s u m (G. 0. S a r s ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 4-. L o c . B-7068. L i g h t 310\u00C2\u00B0. P. 90. 5. H a p l o p h r a g m o i d . e s s p . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 5. L o c . B - 7 0 7 1 . . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 90. 6. E g g e r e l l a a d v e n a ( C u s h m a n ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 6. L o c . B-7074-. L i g h t 200\u00C2\u00B0. P- 91. 7. R z e h a k i n a ( ? ) s p . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7. L o c . D-1210. L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 92. PLATE 2 1. Quinqueloculina a g g l u t i n a t a Cushman. Si d e view. Hypotype 8. Loc. B-7077. L i g h t 180\u00C2\u00B0. P . 93. 2. QuinqueloGiutlina akneriana d'Orbigny v a r . b e l l a t u l a Bandy. Side view. Hypotype 9a. Loc. B-7066. L i g h t 360\u00C2\u00B0. P . 94. 3. Quinqueloculina a r c t i c a Cushman. Side view. Hypotype 10a. Loc. B-7065. L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. p - 9 5 -PLATE 3 1. Q u i n q u e l o c u l i n a s t a l k e r i L o e b l i c h and Tappan. S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 11. L o c . B-7065. L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 95. 2. Q u i n q u e l o c u l i n a c f . _Q. s t a l k e r i L o e b l i c h and Tappan. S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 12. L o c . D-1212. L i g h t 90\u00C2\u00B0. P. 96. 3. Q u i n q u e l o c u l i n a s p. S i d e view. Hypotype 13. L o c . B-7077. L i g h t 360\u00C2\u00B0. P. 96. 4-. Q u i n q u e l o c u l i n a s p. S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 14-. L o c . D-1216. L i g h t 360\u00C2\u00B0. P- .96. 5. M i l i o l i n e l l a c a l i f o r n i c a Rhumbler. S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 15. L o c . B-7076. L i g h t 290\u00C2\u00B0. P. 97. 6. M i l i o l i n e l l a o b l o n g a (Montagu) ( ? ) . S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 16. L o c . B-7076. L i g h t 290\u00C2\u00B0. P- 98. 7. P a t e o r i s h a u e r i n o i d e s (Rhumbler). S i d e v i e w . Specimen b r o k e n . Hypotype 17a. L o c . B-7065. L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 99. 8. P a t e o r i s s p. S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 18. L o c . B-6891. L i g h t 50\u00C2\u00B0. P. 1 0 1 . P L A T E 4-1. T r i l o c u l i n a i n o r n a t a d ' O r b i g n y . S i d e v i e w . H y p O t y p e 1 9 . L o c . D-1214. L i g h t 360\u00C2\u00B0. P. 101. 2. T r i l o c u l i n a t r i h e d r a L o e b l i c h a n d T a p p a n . a \u00C2\u00BB s i d e v i e w , H y p o t y p e 2 0 , L o c . B - 7 0 7 3 , L i g h t 180\u00C2\u00B0; b - p e r i p h e r a l v i e w , L i g h t 320\u00C2\u00B0. P.rl02. 3. P y r g o r o t a l a r i a L o e b l i c h a n d T a p p a n . F r o n t v i e w . H y p o t y p e 2 1 . L o c . B\u00C2\u00AB6891. L i g h t 5 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 102. 4-. P y r g o (?) c f . P. r o t a l a r i a L o e b l i c h a n d T a p p a n . a .\u00C2\u00AB s i d e v i e w , H y p o t y p e 2 2 a , L o c . B - 6 8 9 1 , L i g h t 4-5\u00C2\u00B0; b - f r o n t v i e w , L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. p . 104. \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 P L A T E 5 1. G o r d i o s p i r a c f . G. a r c t i c a Cushman. a ** s i d e v i e w , H y p o t y p e 2 3 , L o c . B - 7 0 6 5 , L i g h t 8 0 \u00C2\u00B0 ; b - s i d e v i e w , L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 105. \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 2. T r o c h a m m i n a ( ? ) s p . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 24-. L o c . B - 7 0 6 8 . L i g h t 8 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 106. . 3. R o b u l u s s p . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 2 5 . L o c . B-7074-. L i g h t 1 8 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 106. , P l a n u i a r i a C a l i f o r n i a ( G a l l o w a y a n d W i s s l e r ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 2 6 . L o c . B - 7 0 7 7 . L i g h t 220\u00C2\u00B0. P. 107. 5. D e n t a l i n a c o s t a i ( S c h w a g e r ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 2 7 . L o c . B ~ 7 0 6 7 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 107. . 6. D e n t a l i n a i t t a i L o e b l i c h a n d T a p p a n . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 2 8 . L o c . B\u00C2\u00AB6891. L i g h t 360\u00C2\u00B0. P.. 1 0 8 . PLATE 6 1. D e n t a l i n a p a u p e r a t a d ' O r b i g n y . S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 29. L o c . B-7073. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 108. 2* O o l i n a a f f . 0. a l c o c k i ( W h i t e ) , S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 30, L o c . B-7075. L i g h t 270\u00C2\u00B0. P. 123. 3. Lagena c f . L. amphora R e u s s . S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 31a. L o c . B-7065. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 109. 4. Lagena c f . L. amphora R e u s s . S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 31b. L o c . D-1211. L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 109. 5. O o l i n a a p i o p l e u r a ( L o e b l i c h and Tappan). S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 32. L o c . B-6892. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 124. 6. O o l i n a c f . 0. a p i o p l e u r a ( L o e b l i c h and T a p p a n ) . S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 33. L o c . B-7077. L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 126. 7. Lagena d i s t o m a P a r k e r and J o n e s . S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 34. L o c . D-1211, L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 110. 8. Lagena f l a t u l e n t a L o e b l i c h and Tappan. S i d e v i e w . Hypotype 35. L o c . B-7074. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 111. 9. Lagena g r a c i l l i m a ( S e g u e n z a ) . S i d e v i e w , Hypotype 36. L o c . B-7073. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 112. PLATE 7 1. Lagena l a e v i s (Montagu) . Side view. Hypotype 37. Loc. B-7075. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. p. 113. 2. Lagena m o l l i s Cushman. Si d e view. Hypotype 38. Loc. B-7074-. L i g h t 1 80\u00C2\u00B0. P. 114. 3. Lagena p a r r i L o e b l i c h and Tappan. S i d e view. Hypotype 39. Lo c . B~7073. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. p. 115. 4-. Lagena p e r l u c i d a (Montagu) (?) . Side view. Hypotype 4-0. Lo c . B-7075. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. p. 115. 5. Lagena s e m i l i n e a t a Wright. Side view. Hypotype 4-1. L o c . D\u00C2\u00AB1211. L i g h t 270\u00C2\u00B0. P. 117. 6 \u00C2\u00AB Lagena s e t i g e r a M i l l e t t . Side view. Hypotype 4-2. L o c . B-7075. L i g h t 210\u00C2\u00B0.P. 118. 7. Lagena s u b s t r i a t a W i l l i a m s o n . Side view. Hypotype 4-3. L o c . D-1211. L i g h t 6 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 119. 8. Lagena s u l c a t a (Walker and J a c o b ) . Side view. H y p o t y p e 4 4 . Loc. B-7065.. L i g h t 210\u00C2\u00B0. P- 120. 9. Lagena sp. Side view. Hypotype 4-5a. L o c . B-7067. L i g h t 230\u00C2\u00B0. P. 121. PLATE, 8 1. L a g e n a s p . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 4-5b. L o c . B - 7 0 6 7 . L i g h t 2 25\u00C2\u00B0. P.' 121. 2. L a g e n a s p . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 4 6 . L o c . B ^ 6 8 9 2 . L i g h t 2 25\u00C2\u00B0. P. 121. . 3 \u00C2\u00AB O o l i n a b o r e a l i s L o e b l i c h a n d T a p p a n . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 4-7. L o c . D-.1214-. L i g h t 320\u00C2\u00B0. P. 126. 4-. O o l i n a c a u d i g e r a ( W i e s n e r ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 4-8. L o c . B - 7 0 7 2 . L i g h t 4-5\u00C2\u00B0. P., 128. 5. O o l i n a c o l l a r i s ( C u s h m a n ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 4-9. L o c . D-1209. L i g h t 1 3 5 \u00C2\u00B0 . P.. 129. . 6. O o l i n a c o l l a r i s (Cushman) v a r . h o w e n s i s S m i t h n . s p . S i d e v i e w . H o l o t y p e 5 0 a . L o c . D-1209. L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 130. 7. O o l i n a c o l l a r i s /Cushman) v a r . h o w e n s i s S m i t h n . s p . S i d e v i e w . P a r a t y p e 1 \u00C2\u00AB 5 0 b . L o c . D\u00C2\u00AB1209. L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P.. 130. 8. O o l i n a c o l l a r i s (Cushman) v a r . h o w e n s i s S m i t h n . s p . S i d e v i e w . P a r a t y p e 2 - 5 0 c . L o c . D\u00C2\u00AB1209. L i g h t 260\u00C2\u00B0. P* 130. 9 . O o l i n a l i n e a t a f W i l l i a m s o n ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 5 1 . L o c . B - 7 0 7 4 . L i g h t 360\u00C2\u00B0. P. 131. 1 0 . O o l i n a m e l o d ' O r b i g n y . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 5 2 . L o c . B**7067. L i g h t 360\u00C2\u00B0. P. 132. 1 1 . O o l i n a s t r i a t o p u n c t a t a ( P a r k e r a n d J o n e s ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 5 3 . L o c . B * 7 0 7 0 . L i g h t 4-5\u00C2\u00B0. P. 134. PLATE 9 1. F i s s u r i n a c f . F. c u c u r b i t a s e m a L o e b l i c h a n d T a p p a n . . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 54-. L o c . B - 7 0 7 0 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 135. 2. F i s s u r i n a l u c i d a ( W i l l i a m s o n ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 5 5 a . L o c . D-1211. L i g h t 320\u00C2\u00B0. P. 136. \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 3. F i s s u r i n a l u c i d a ( W i l l i a m s o n ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 5 5 b . L o c . D-1214-. L o c . D-1214-. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P\". 136. 4-. F i s s u r i n a l u c i d a ( W i l l i a m s o n ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 55c,. L o c . D-1214-. L i g h t 1 80\u00C2\u00B0. P. 136. 5. F i s s u r i n a c f . F. m a r g i n a t a ( M o n t a g u ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 5 6 . L o c . D-1211. L i g h t 1 80\u00C2\u00B0. P. 139. 6. F i s s u r i n a m a r g i n a t a (Montagu) v a r . j u n e a u e n s i s S m i t h n . v a r . S i d e v i e w . H o l o t y p e 5 7 a . L o c B - 7 0 7 5 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. p. 139. 7. F i s s u r i n a m a r g i n a t a (Montagu) v a r . j u n e a u e n s i s S m i t h n . v a r . S i d e v i e w . P a r a t y p e 1 - 5 7 b . L o c . B - 7 0 7 5 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 139. 8. F i s s u r i n a m a r g i n a t a (Montagu) v a r . j u n e a u e n s i s S m i t h n . v a r . S i d e v i e w . P a r a t y p e 2 5 7 c . L o c . B - 7 0 7 0 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 139. 9. F i s s u r i n a c f . F. q u a d r a t a ( W i l l i a m s o n ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 5 8 . L o c . B - 7 0 6 5 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 141. \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 1 0 . F i s s u r i n a s e r r a t a ( S c h l u m b e r g e r ) ( ? ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 5 9 . L o c . B - 7 0 6 5 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 141. 1 1 . F i s s u r i n a s p . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 6 0 . L o c . D-1215. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 142. 1 2 . P o l y m o r p h i n a k i n c a i d i Cushman a n d T o d d . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 6 1 . L o c . B - 7 0 7 6 . L i g h t 260\u00C2\u00B0. p - 1 4 2 \u00C2\u00AB 1 3 . S i g m o m o r p h i n a (?) s p . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 6 2 . L o c . _ - v _ \ 5 . L i g h t 90\u00C2\u00B0. P . \ 1 4 3 . 14-. (?) L a r y n g o s i g m a h y a l a s c i d i a L o e b l i c h a n d T a p p a n . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 6 2 . L o c . D-1215. L i g h t 3 15\u00C2\u00B0. P. 144. PLATE 10 1 . N o n i o n l a b r a d o r i c u m {Dawson) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 64-. L o c . B * 7 0 7 7 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 144. 2. A s t r o n o n i o n g a l l o w a y i L o e b l i c h a n d T a p p a n . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 6 5 . L o c . B - 6 8 9 1 . L i g h t 4-5\u00C2\u00B0. P.'\" 145. . 3. ( ? ) A s t r o n o n i o n v i r a g o e n s e Cushman and. E d w a r d s . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 6 6 . L o c . B - 7 0 7 2 . L i g h t 3 6 0 6 . P. 146. 4-. N o n i o n e l l a t u r g i d a ( W i l l i a m s o n ) v a r . d i g i t a t a N ^ r v a n g . a \u00C2\u00AB d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 6 7 , L o c . B - 7 0 7 7 , Light.20\u00C2\u00B0; b - v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 2 2 5 \u00C2\u00B0 . P v 146. 5. N o n i o n e l l a ( ? ) s p . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 6 8 . L o c . D-1211. L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 147. . 6. P s e u d o n o n i o n a u r i c u l f c i t r r . ( H e r o n - A l l e n a n d E a r l a n d ) . . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 6 9 . L o c . B - 7 0 7 7 . L i g h t 135\u00C2\u00B0. P. 147. 7. P s e u d o n o n i o n c f . P. a u r i c u l u n n ( H e r o n - A l l e n a n d E a r l a n d ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7 0 . L o c . B - 7 0 7 2 . L i g h t 9 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 148. 8. P s e u d o n o n i o n (?) s p . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7 1 . L o c . B - 7 0 7 2 . L i g h t 8 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 148. P L A T E 1 1 1. E l p h i d i u m b a r t l e t t i Cushman. S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7 2 a . L o c . D-1209. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 149. 2. E l p h i d i u m b a r t l e t t i Cushman. S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7 2 b . L o c . D\u00C2\u00AB1209. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 149. 3. E l p h i d i u m b a r t l e t t i Cushman. S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7 2 c . L o c . D-1209. L i g h t 280\u00C2\u00B0.P. 149. 4-. E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m . C u s h m a n . S i d e , v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7 3 a . L o c . D*12'12'. L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 151. 5. E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m Cushman. S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7 3 b . L o c . D-1212. L i g h t 210\u00C2\u00B0 P. 151. 6. E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m Cushman. S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7 3 c . L o c . D*1212. L i g h t 1 3 5 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 151. 7. E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m Cushman (?) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 74-a. L o c . D-1215. L i g h t 9 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 155. 8. E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m Cushman ( ? ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 74-b. L o c . D-1215. L i g h t 6 0\u00C2\u00B0. P. 155. P L A T E 12 1 . E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m Cushman (?) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 74-c. L o c . D-1211. L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P . , 1 5 5 . 2. E l p h i d i u m c l a v a t u m Cushman ( ? ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 74-d. L o c . D _ 1 2 H . L i g h t 3 6 0\u00C2\u00B0. P. 1 5 5 . 3. E l p h i d i u m f r i g i d u m Cushman. S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7 5 . L o c . B\u00C2\u00AB7074. L i g h t 9 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . Pi 1 5 6 . 4-. E l p h i d i u m f r i g i d u m Cushman (?) . Side v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7 6 a . L o c . B*.7076. L i g h t 1 8 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 1 5 7 . 5. E l p h i d i u m f r i g i d u m Cushman (?) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7 6 b . L o c . D-1210. L i g h t 350\u00C2\u00B0. P: 1 5 7 . P L A T E 13 1. E l p h i d i u m (?) s p . c f . E. f r i g i d u m Cushman. S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 7 7 a . L o c . B - 7 0 7 7 . L i g h t 360O. P. 158. 2. . . E l p h i d i u m (?) s p . c f . E. F r i g i d u m Cushman. S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 77b. L o c . B-7066. L i g h t 25\u00C2\u00B0. P. 158. 3. E l p h i d i u m o r e g o n e n s e Cushman a n d G r a n t . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 78. L o c . B - 7 0 7 7 . L i g h t 270\u00C2\u00B0. p. 160. P L A T E 14-1 . E l p h i d i e l l a a r c t i c a ( P a r k e r a n d J o n e s ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 8 0 . L o c . D-1210. L i g h t 1 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 161. 2. E l p h i d i e l l a n i t i d a Cushman. S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 8 1 . L o c . B - 6 8 9 2 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0.P. 162. 3. P r o t e l p h i d i u m o r b i c u l a r e ( B r a d y ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 8 2 . L o c . D-1215. L i g h t 260\u00C2\u00B0. P. 164. 4-. ( ? ) P r o t e l p h i d i u m p a u c i l o c u l u m ( C u s h m a n ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 8 3 . L o c . B - 7 0 6 5 . L i g h t 260\u00C2\u00B0. P. 166. P L A T E 15 1. B u l i m i n e l l a e l e g a n t i s s i m a d ' O r b i g n y . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 84-. L o c . B - 6 8 9 2 . L i g h t 9 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 167. 2. ( ? ) R o b e r t i n a c h a r l o t t e n s i s ( C u s h m a n ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 8 5 . L o c . B - 7 0 7 5 . L i g h t 200\u00C2\u00B0. P. 168. 3. G l o b o b u l i m i n a a u r i c u l a t a ( B a i l e y ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 8 6 . L o c . B - 7 0 6 7 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P; 170. 4-. \" V i r g u l i n a \" f u s i f o r m i s ( W i l l i a m s o n ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 8 7 . L o c . B\u00C2\u00AB707M-. L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 170. 5. B o l i v i n a a l e x a n d e r e n s i s S m i t h n . s p . S i d e v i e w . H o l o t y p e 8 8 a . L o c . B - 7 0 7 5 . L i g h t 300\u00C2\u00B0. P\u00C2\u00AB 17 2. 6 * B o l i v i n a a l e x a n d e r e n s i s S m i t h n . s p . S i d e v i e w . P a r a t y p e 1 - 8 8 b . L o c . B - 7 0 7 5 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 172. 7* B o l i v i n a a l e x a n d e r e n s i s S m i t h n . s p . S i d e v i e w . P a r a t y p e 2 - 8 8 c . L o c . B - 7 0 6 6 . L i g h t 260\u00C2\u00B0 P. 17 2. 8. B o l i v i n a a l e x a n d e r e n s i s S m i t h n . s p . S i d e v i e w . P a r a t y p e 3 \u00C2\u00AB 8 8 d . L o c . B - 7 0 7 5 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 17 2. 9* B o l i v i n a p a c i f i c a Cushman a n d M c C u l l o c h . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 89 . L o c . B - 7 0 7 2 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 173. P L A T E 16 1. U v i g e r i n a c u s h m a n i ^Todd'.. S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 9 0 a . L o c . D-1211. L i g h t 360\u00C2\u00B0. P, 1/4. 2. U v i g e r i n a c u s h m a n i f;Todd^ .\u00E2\u0080\u009E S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 9 0 b . L o c . D\u00C2\u00BB1211. L i g h t 1 8 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 174. 3. T r i f a r i n a f l u e n s ( T o d d ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 9 1 a . L o c . B - 7 0 7 5 . L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P- 175. 4-. T r i f a r i n a f l u e n s ( T o d d ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 9 1 b . L o c . D-1211. L i g h t 360\u00C2\u00B0. P. 175. 5. T r i f a r i n a h u g h e s i ( G a l l o w a y a n d W i s s l e r ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 9 2 a . L o c . D-1211. L i g h t 1 8 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 177. 6. T r i f a r i n a h u g h e s i ( G a l l o w a y a n d W i s s l e r ) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 9 2 b . L o c . D-1211. L i g h t 1 8 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 177. 7. D i s c o r b i s s p . a - d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 1 0 0 , L o c . B - 7 0 6 6 , L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0; b * v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 1 0 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 178.. 8. D i s c o r b i s s p . a \u00C2\u00BB d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 1 0 1 , L o c . B<*7066. L i g h t 320\u00C2\u00B0; b * v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 320\u00C2\u00B0. P. 178. PLATE 17 1. D i s c o r b i s ( ? ) s p . a - d o r s a l v i e w , Hypotype 102, L o c . B-7066, o ft L i g h t 50 ; b - v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 270\u00C2\u00B0. P. 178. 2. D i s c o r b i s ( ? ) s p . a - d o r s a l v i e w , Hypotype 103, L o c . B-7066, L i g h t 60\u00C2\u00B0} b - v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 178. 3. E p i s t o m a r o i d e s c f . E. r i m o s a ( P a r k e r and J o n e s ) . a - d o r s a l v i e w , Hypotype 99, L o c . B-6892, L i g h t 280\u00C2\u00B0j b - v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 179. 4. P a t e l l i n a c o r r u g a t a W i l l i a m s o n , a - d o r s a l v i e w , Hypotype 93, L o c . B-7067, L i g h t 45\u00C2\u00B0; b - v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 270\u00C2\u00B0. P. 181. 5. E p i s t o m i n e l l a p a c i f i c a (Cushman). a - d o r s a l v i e w , Hypotype 94, \u00C2\u00B0 o L o c . B-6892, L i g h t 315 J b - v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 225 . P. 181. 6. E p i s t o m i n e l l a v i t r e a P a r k e r , a - d o r s a l v i e w , Hypotype 95a, L o c . B-7073, L i g h t 190\u00C2\u00B0; b - v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 100\u00C2\u00B0. P. 182. 7. E p i s t o m i n e l l a v i t r e a P a r k e r , a - d o r s a l v i e w , Hypotype 95b, L o c . B-7073, L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0J b - v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 135\u00C2\u00B0. P. 182. 8. E p i s t o m i n e l l a v i t r e a P a r k e r , a - d o r s a l v i e w , Hypotype 95c, L o c . B-7073, L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0; b - v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 270\u00C2\u00B0. P. 182. P L A T E 18 1. B u c c e l l a f r i g i d a ( C u s h m a n ) . a - d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 9 6 a , L o c . B - 7 0 7 3 , L i g h t 5 0 \u00C2\u00B0 ; b \u00C2\u00AB v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 270\u00C2\u00B0. P . 184. 2. B u c c e l l a f r i g i d a ( C u s h m a n ) . a - d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 9 6 b , . L o c . B - 7 0 7 3 , L i g h t 30\u00C2\u00B0; b \u00C2\u00BB v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 24-5\u00C2\u00B0. P . 184. 3. (?) B u c c e l l a f r i g i d a ( C u s h m a n ) . a - d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 9 7 , L o c . D-1211, L i g h t 220\u00C2\u00B0; b - v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 1 0 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P.. 186. 4-. B u c c e l l a t e n e r r i m a B a n d y , a - d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 9 8 a , L o c . B - 7 0 6 6 , L i g h t 360\u00C2\u00B0; b - v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 315 \u00C2\u00B0 J > . 186. P L A T E 19 1. B u c c e l l a t e n e r r i m a B a n d y , a - d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 9 8 b , L o c . B - 7 0 6 6 , L i g h t 90\u00C2\u00B0; b - v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 186. 2. B u c c e l l a t e n e r r i m a B a n d y . a.\u00C2\u00BB d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 9 8 c , L o c . B - 7 0 6 6 , L i g h t 1 10\u00C2\u00B0; b \u00C2\u00AB v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 360\u00C2\u00B0. P. 186.-3. C a s s i d u l i n a i s l a n d i c a N i f c v a n g . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e lOU-a, L o c . B - 7 0 7 7 . L i g h t 320\u00C2\u00B0. P. 188. 4-. C a s s i d u l i n a i s l a n d i c a N j r i r v a n g . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 104-b. L o c . D-1214-. L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 1 8 9 . \" \" 5. C a s s i d u l i n a i s l a n d i c a N o r v a n g (?) . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 1 0 5 . L o c . B - 6 8 9 1 . L i g h t 1 0 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 189. 6. C a s s i d u l i n a n o r c r o s s i Cushman. S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 1 0 6 . L o c . LV-.1215. L i g h t 4-5\u00C2\u00B0. P. 190. 7. C a s s i d u l i n a t e r e t i s T a p p a n . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 1 0 7 a . L o c . B^.7077. L i g h t 1 80\u00C2\u00B0. P. 190. P L A T E 20 1 . . C a s s i d u l i n a t e r e t i s T a p p a n . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 1 0 7 b . L o c . D-1209. L i g h t 20\u00C2\u00B0.p. 190. 2. C a s s i d u l i n a t e r e t i s T a p p a n . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 1 0 7 c . L o c . D _ 1 2 ' l l . L i g h t 3 1 5\u00C2\u00B0. P. 190. 3. ( ? ) C a s s i d u l i n a t e r e t i s T a p p a n . S i d e v i e w . H y p o t y p e 1 0 8 . L o c . D-1211. L i g h t 3 1 5\u00C2\u00B0. p. 192. M-. G l o b i g e r i n a b u l l o i d e s d r 0 r b i g n y . a - d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 1 0 9 , L o c . B * 7 0 6 8 , L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0; b \u00C2\u00AB v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0. P. 193. 5. G l o b i g e r i n a p a c h y d e r m a ( E h r e n b e r g ) . a - d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 1 1 0 a , L o c . D-1214-. L i g h t 1 9 0\u00C2\u00B0; b * v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 1 8 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . p - 1 9 3 -6. G l o b i g e r i n a p a c h y d e r m a ( E h r e n b e r g ) . a - d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 1 1 0 b , L o c . B - 7 0 7 2 , L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0; b \u00C2\u00AB v e n t r a l v i e w , L i g h t 1 2 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 193. P L A T E 21 1. C i b i c i d e s l o b a t u l u s ( W a l k e r a n d J a c o b ) , a ~ d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 1 1 1 a , L o c . B - 7 0 7 6 , L i g h t 315\u00C2\u00B0; b - v e n t r a l v i e w ^ L i g h t 225\u00C2\u00B0. P. 194. 2. C i b i c i d e s l o b a t u l u s ( W a l k e r a n d J a c o b ) , a ~ d o r s a l v i e w , H y p o t y p e 1 1 1 b , L o c . B\u00C2\u00BB7077, L i g h t 20\u00C2\u00B0; b - v e n t r a l v i e w , Light 1 2 0 \u00C2\u00B0 . P. 194. PLATE 22 1. D y o c i b i c i d e s b i s e r i a l i s Cushman and V a l e n t i n e , a \u00C2\u00BB d o r s a l view, Hypotype 112, Loc. B-7076, L i g h t 90\u00C2\u00B0; b - v e n t r a l view, L i g h t 90\u00C2\u00B0. P. 196. CHECK LIST OF FORAMINIFERA SPECIES VANCOUVER a.c. LAKELSE JUNEAU 00 o CN o 8 CN a o o CN a CN a CI CN 6 CN 6 CN 6 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2o CN 6 fx CN 6 s CN 6 CN Q o CN CN 6 CN CN o 3 cb CN I cb cb rv 1 cb B-7072 Px o fx cb fx e CD cb s s cb 8-7073 1 rx rx cb 1 cb 1 rx cb I cb s cb Aitrononion gollowoyi Loeblich & Tappan o o o O o o 0 o 0 o o o (?) Aitrononion viragoenit Cuihman & Edwardl 0 Bolivina olexanderensii Smith n.ip. -- 0 0 O o 0 0 O o O o X O X Bolivina pacifica Cuihman (V McCulloch o o o o o o o o o o Buccella frigida Cuihman \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 X X X \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 0 o o o 0 X \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 X o o X o o X X X o o Buccella frigida Cuihman (?) \u00E2\u0080\u0094 o \u00E2\u0080\u0094 0 o 7 o O o o Buccalla tenerrima (Bandyl X o \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 0 0 X \u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 Buliminella elegantiulma Id'Orbigny) \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 o \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 Canidulina Iilandica Nfrvang 0 0 X \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 0 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 X 0 o X 0 o o o o o o \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 o \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 o X o o Catildulina iilandica Nervang |?) 0 0 o Canidulina norcroul Cuihman o Conidulina teretli Tappan ofl - IK 0 x 0 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 0 o \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 X o X \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 0 X \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 x X o o Canldullna torori* Tappan (?) r Cibicidet lobatului (Walker & Jacob| Dentalina coital (Schwager) 0 o o o Dentalina ittal loeblich & Tappan 0 0 o o o Dentalina pauperata d'Orbigny o Dlicorbli ipp. 0 o o o o O o Diicorbli (?) ipp. 0 o o O Dyoclblcldei blierlalli Cuihman & Valentine 0 o o o o o Eggerella advena (Cuihman) o o o o Elphidiella arctico (Porker & Jenei) 0 0 0 0 0 Elphidiella nitida Cuihman 0 .? 0 o 0 o Elphidium bartletti Cuihman \u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2 EMBB 0 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2BB Elphidium clavatum Cuihman \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2 Elphidium clavatum Cuihman (?) \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 B \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00E2\u0080\u00A2 Elphidium frigidum Cuihman o o 0 o o o o o o X \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 Elphidium frigidum Cuihman (?) 0 O Elphidium (?) ip. cf. E. frigidum Cuihman X X X 0 o o o o X o \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 X X Elphidium oregonenie Cuihman & Grant o o o Elphidium ipp. o 0 o 0 o o o o o X o Epiitomaroidei cf. E. rimoia (Parker & Jenei) o o o Epittominella pacifica (Cuihman) 0 o O 0 o O Epiitominella vitrea Parker 0 0 0 o 0 X \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 0 o X X o o o X o o o o Fiuurina cf. F. cucurbitatema loeblich & Tappan 0 o 0 o Fissurina lucida (Williamson) 0 X O 0 0 O o O Fitsurina cf. F. marginato (Montagu) O O Fisiurina marginota (Montagu) var. juneaueniii Smith n. var. o o o o o o o o o Fiuurina cf. F. quadrata (Williamion) o o Fisiurina serrata (Schlumberger) (?) o O O Fissurina ip. 0 Globigerina bulloides d'Orbigny 0 X O O O 0 O O O o O Globigerina pachyderma (Ehrenberg) O O O ? O Globobulimina auriculata (Bailey) o O o Gordiospira cf G. arctica Cushman O o o o o o Haplophragmoidei cf. H. subglobosum (G.O.Sars) O Haplophragmoides sp. o Oolina aff.O alcocki (White) o o o o o lagena cf. 1. amphora Reuss O o O o o o Oolina apiopleuralLoeblich & Tappan) O O O O O O O O O o O Oolina cf.Q opiopleuro(Loeblich & Tappan) ? O lagena distoma Parker & Jones O O O O lagena flatulento loeblich & Tappan O lagena gracillima (Seguenza) o O o o ? O o O o O o o lagena laevis (Montagu) o lagena mollis Cushman 0 o O o o o O o o o Lagena parri Loeblich & Tappan O O Lagsnd perlucida (Montagu) (?) O O o O o O o o o lagena semilineata Wright O o O o o o o o lagena setigero Millett ? o o o lagena substriata Williamson O lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob) o o o O O lagena spp. o o o o o (?) Laryngosigma hyalascidia Loeblich & Tappan O O Miliolinella californica Rhumbler o Miliolinella oblonga (Montagu) (?) o O O O O O Nonion labradoricum (Dawson) O X O O 0 o O o o \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 o \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 o o o o o Nonionella turgido (Williamson) var. digitata Nolrvang O O O O O O O O O o O O O O Nonionella (?) ip. .\u00E2\u0080\u009E>\u00E2\u0080\u00A2\u00C2\u00BB. O O Oolina borealis Loeblich & Tappan ? o o o o Oolina caudigera (Wiesner) o o o o o Oolina collaris (Cushman) X O Oolina collorii |Cu\u00C2\u00BBhmon) var. howensis Smith n. var. X ? O O Oolina lineata (Williamson) \u00E2\u0080\u00A2> o o o o o Oolina melo d'Orbigny 0 o o O o o o o o Oolina striatopunctata (Parker & Jones) o O o o o o Patellina corrugata Williamson o o o o Pateoris houerinoides (Rhumbler) o o o o Pateoris ip. ' O Planularia californica (Galloway & Winter) o Polymorphina kincaidi Cuihman & Todd o Protelphidium orbiculare (Brady) ? X o 0 O o o o o o o o o (?) Protelphidium pauciloculum (Cuihman) O O ? 0 0 X o o O 0 0 o O o o o o Proteonina longicollii Wiesner O Proteonina (?) ip. o Pteudononion auricula (Heron-Allen& Earland) ? X o \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 X \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 X o o Pseudononion cf. P. auricula (Heron-Allen & Earland) o Pseudononion (?) ip. o Pyrgo rotalaria loeblich & Tappan 0 o o o o o Pyrgo (?) cf. P. rotalaria Loeblich & Tappan 0 0 0 o Quinqueloculina agglutinata Cushman o 0 0 0 o o o o o o Quinqueloculina akneriana d'Orbigny var. bellatula Bandy 0 o o \u00E2\u0080\u00A2> \u00C2\u00BB o o o o o o Quinqueloculina arctica Cuihman o o o o o o o o o Quinqueloculina stalkeri loeblich & Tappon 0 0 X o o o 0 o o 0 X o X X o o X o X o o o o Quinqueloculina cf. Q. stalkeri loeblich & Tappan 0 Quinqueloculina ipp. o 0 (?) Robertina charlottemis (Cuihman) 0 Robului sp. 0 o Rzehakina (?) sp. 0 Saccorhiza (?) ip. o Sigmomorphino (?) ip. 0 Trifarina fluens (Todd) o 0 0 0 0 o o o o o o o o o 0 o o Trifarina hugheii (Galloway & Winler) 0 0 0 O 0 o o o o o o o Triloculina inornata d'Orbigny O o 0 o Triloculina trihedra loeblich & Tappan 0 0 0 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2> o Trochommina (?) ip. o Uvigerino cuihmani Todd X o o o Virgulina fusiformis (Williamson) 0 O O 0 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 X X o o X o \u00E2\u0080\u00A2 o o o o Diotomi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Ostracoda + + + \u00E2\u0080\u00A2+ + + + + + + \u00E2\u0080\u00A2+ + + + + + + + + + Echinoid spines + + + + + + + + + + Mollusca + + + + + + Serpula (?) + + + Sponge spicules + + + + + + + Bryozoa + + + '+ + + + + + + Megafossil fragments + + + + + + + + + Fish remains + X o + Abundant Common Few Rare Present Quest ident (All RARE) U.C.M.P. Loc. No.'s "@en . "Thesis/Dissertation"@en . "10.14288/1.0053043"@en . "eng"@en . "Geological Sciences"@en . "Vancouver : University of British Columbia Library"@en . "University of British Columbia"@en . "For non-commercial purposes only, such as research, private study and education. Additional conditions apply, see Terms of Use https://open.library.ubc.ca/terms_of_use."@en . "Graduate"@en . "Glacio-marine foraminifera of British Columbia and Southeast Alaska"@en . "Text"@en . "http://hdl.handle.net/2429/37169"@en .